hide results

    Game Endings Guide by AdamL

    Version: 1.5 | Updated: 12/18/14 | Search Guide | Bookmark Guide

    
    _______  _______  __   __  _______    _______  _______  __   __
    |       ||   _   ||  |_|  ||       |  |  _    ||       ||  | |  |
    |    ___||  |_|  ||       ||    ___|  | |_|   ||   _   ||  |_|  |
    |   | __ |       ||       ||   |___   |       ||  | |  ||       |
    |   ||  ||       ||       ||    ___|  |  _   | |  |_|  ||_     _|
    |   |_| ||   _   || ||_|| ||   |___   | |_|   ||       |  |   |
    |_______||__| |__||_|   |_||_______|  |_______||_______|  |___|
    _______  __    _  ______   ___   __    _  _______  _______
    |       ||  |  | ||      | |   | |  |  | ||       ||       |
    |    ___||   |_| ||  _    ||   | |   |_| ||    ___||  _____|
    |   |___ |       || | |   ||   | |       ||   | __ | |_____
    |    ___||  _    || |_|   ||   | |  _    ||   ||  ||_____  |
    |   |___ | | |   ||       ||   | | | |   ||   |_| | _____| |
    |_______||_|  |__||______| |___| |_|  |__||_______||_______|
    
    
    
    
    
    
    A Guide to Game Endings for the original Nintendo Game Boy.
    
    v1.5 - Completed 12/18/14
    
    Written and maintained by Adam Lamontagne
    Copyright ©2013-2014 Adam Lamontagne
    Email: alamont1 AT gmail DOT com
    
    Check out my other Game Endings guides:
    NES: http://www.gamefaqs.com/nes/916386-nes/faqs/26831
    SMS: http://www.gamefaqs.com/sms/916382-sega-master-system/faqs/61734
    
    
    
    
    =-=-=-=-=-=
    DEDICATION
    =-=-=-=-=-=
    
    I would like to dedicate this guide to nolberto82 from the gamehacking.org
    forums. Because of his expertise at making codes I was able to reach the end
    of many of the games you will read about below. For every request I made he
    was always able to figure out a code to get past the problem. Thanks buddy
    for making a lot of these endings possible to get to.
    
    
    
    
    =-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
    TABLE OF CONTENTS
    =-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
    
    I.    Updates
    II.   Introduction
    III.  The Games
          A. USA Releases
          B. Non-USA Releases
          C. Prototypes
    IV.   Miscellaneous
    V.    Disclaimer
    
    
    
    
    =-=-=-=-=-=
    I. UPDATES
    =-=-=-=-=-=
    
    12/18/14: v1.5
    -Added finishes for over 125 Game Boy games
    -2nd Space (Sachen 4-in-1 Vol. 6)*
    -A-Force (Sachen 4-in-1 Vol. 6)*
    -Addams Family, The
    -Addams Family, The - Pugsley's Scavenger Hunt
    -Altered Space - A 3-D Alien Adventure
    -Amazing Penguin
    -Amazing Tater
    -Arctic Zone (Sachen 4-in-1 Vol. 5)*
    -Banishing Racer (J)
    -Bart Simpson's Escape from Camp Deadly
    -Bases Loaded GB
    -Batman - The Animated Series
    -Battletoads
    -Battletoads and Double Dragon - The Ultimate Team (GB)
    -Battletoads in Ragnarok's World (GB)
    -Beast Fighter*
    -Beavis and Butt-Head
    -Black Forest Tale (Sachen 4-in-1 Vol. 6)*
    -Bomb Disposer (Sachen 4-in-1 Vol. 6)*
    -Bomberman GB
    -Bugs Bunny Crazy Castle, The
    -Bugs Bunny Crazy Castle 2, The
    -Captain America and the Avengers
    -Captain Knick-Knack (Sachen 4-in-1 Vol. 8)*
    -Castelian
    -Centipede
    -Chalvo 55 (J)
    -Choplifter II
    -Choplifter III (E)
    -Cool World
    -Crazy Burger (Sachen 4-in-1 Vol. 9)*
    -Cutthroat Island
    -David Crane's The Rescue of Princess Blobette
    -Dexterity
    -Dick Tracy
    -Double Dragon
    -Double Dragon II
    -Double Dragon 3 - The Arcade Game
    -Dr. Franken
    -Dr. Franken II
    -Duck Tales
    -Explosive Brick 94 (Sachen 4-in-1 Vol. 8)*
    -Faceball 2000
    -Game & Watch Gallery
    -Gargoyle's Quest
    -Golf
    -HAL Wrestling
    -Heavyweight Championship Boxing
    -High Stakes
    -Hugo 2 (G)
    -Iron Man/X-O Manowar in Heavy Metal
    -Itchy & Scratchy in Miniature Golf Madness
    -Jankenman (J)
    -Jeopardy!
    -Kid Dracula
    -Klax
    -Klax (J)
    -Looney Tunes
    -Magic Maze (Sachen 4-in-1 Vol. 8)*
    -Magical Tower (Sachen 4-in-1 Vol. 5)*
    -Makai Mura Gaiden - The Demon Darkness (J)
    -Master Karateka (J)
    -Maui Mallard
    -Mega Man II
    -Metal Masters
    -Mickey's Ultimate Challenge
    -Mickey Mouse - Magic Wands
    -Minesweeper - Soukaitei (J)
    -Montezuma's Return! (E)
    -Mouse Trap Hotel
    -Ms. Pac-Man
    -Mulan
    -Mystical Ninja Starring Goemon
    -NFL Football
    -Ninja Taro
    -Out of Gas
    -Pac-In-Time
    -Pac-Man
    -Palamedes (E)
    -Panel Action Bingo
    -Paperboy
    -Penta Dragon (J)
    -Pit-Fighter
    -Primal Rage
    -Pyramids of Ra
    -Q*bert for Game Boy
    -Qix
    -Raging Fighter
    -Rainbow Prince*
    -Ring Rage
    -RoboCop
    -RoboCop 2
    -RoboCop vs. The Terminator
    -seaQuest DSV
    -Shaq Fu
    -Simpsons, The - Bart & the Beanstalk
    -Skate or Die - Bad 'n Rad
    -Sky Ace (Sachen 4-in-1 Vol. 7)*
    -Smurfs Nightmare, The (E)
    -Snoopy's Magic Show
    -Space Invaders
    -Space Invaders (J)
    -Spanky's Quest
    -Spud's Adventure
    -Square Deal
    -StarHawk
    -Street Rider (Sachen 4-in-1 Vol. 1)*
    -Sumo Fighter
    -Super Chinese Land - Updated, changed to (J)
    -Super Hunchback
    -T2 - The Arcade Game
    -Tarzan
    -Tasmania Story
    -Taz-Mania
    -Taz-Mania 2
    -Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles - Fall of the Foot Clan
    -Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles II - Back from the Sewers
    -Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles III - Radical Rescue
    -Tennis
    -Terminator 2 - Judgment Day
    -Tesserae
    -Tetris
    -Trap & Turn (Sachen 4-in-1 Vol. 1)*
    -Trip World (E)
    -True Lies
    -Turok - Battle of the Bionosaurs
    -Ultima - Runes of Virtue
    -Universal Soldier
    -Vex Block (Sachen 4-in-1 Vol. 1)*
    -Volley Fire (J)
    -Waterworld (E)
    -Wheel of Fortune
    -WordZap
    -World Bowling
    -Worm Visitor (Sachen 4-in-1 Vol. 5)*
    -Yogi Bear in Yogi Bear's Goldrush
    -Zen - Intergalactic Ninja
    -Zipball (Sachen 4-in-1 Vol. 9)*
    -Zoo Block (Sachen 4-in-1 Vol. 7)*
    -Updated Super Chinese Land (J) and changed to (J)
    -Fixed minor spelling error in R-Type II (E)
    -Added a sentence to the Kwirk ending
    -Updated Dan Laser* ending description
    -Updated Deep - Final Mission* ending description
    -Added links to my NES and SMS endings guides
    -Removed the Past Updates section - will keep them in this section for now
    -Removed the Asian (A) designation - changed to (*) Unlicensed
    
    
    10/31/13: v1.0
    -Started the Guide
    -Added finishes for 142 Game Boy games
    
    
    
    
    =-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
    II. INTRODUCTION
    =-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
    
    Many of you have probably seen my NES endings guide on gamefaqs. That is and
    will always be a work in progress, as I will never finish every single NES,
    Famicom, PAL, Homebrew and other 8-bit related Nintendo game ever made, if
    only because of the language barrier for some of them and the fact that I
    simply will run out of time before I pass away.
    
    The NES was my first true love when it came to video games, but then in the
    summer of 1989 Nintendo released a handheld system called simple the Game
    Boy. My first game for it was Super Mario Land and I played the hell of it,
    very much like I did to Super Mario Brothers after I got my NES for Christ-
    mas in 1987. I have many fond memories of burning through batteries playing
    these small-screen black & white games. One day I purchased an AC adapter for
    it and decided to bring it to college with me somewhere around 1992. One
    weekend when all my friends had either gone home or were out doing something
    I was left in my dorm room alone with nothing to do so I decided I would have
    another go at beating that damned hard Castlevania game. It had frustrated me
    beyond belief but I was determined to finish it. After an hour or so I finally
    defeated Dracula for the first time and was ecstatic. I then figured since I
    was on a roll I would try to beat the other game my grandfather Gerard had
    gotten me for Christmas (these would be my last ties to him, as he passed
    away not long afterward), Batman - The Video game. An hour or so later I was
    sitting there in disbelief as I defeat the Joker for the first time. I was on
    such a roll at this point that I even grabbed my roommate's shitty Amazing
    Spider-Man game that was impossible to beat and threw that in there. Sure
    enough that game was taken down next.
    
    So even though the NES has always been my favorite, I have very fond memories
    with my Game Boy and now through emulation I am able to relieve those ending
    memories that go by so fast when you are watching them after beating the game.
    Best of all, my son is into video games now and we recently beat Super Mario
    Land together. Even though he is growing up on Wii and DS games, mainly Poke-
    mon releated, he still enjoys these old games and I think part of it is be-
    cause he knows his old man did and he knows he is playing the same games I
    did when I was younger.
    
    Spoilers abound throughout this guide, so if you don't want the ending to a
    game spoiled for you, DO NOT continue reading. Also, if there is a game that
    you cannot find in the guide that you are curious about, I am always open to
    suggestions that will help someone out. There are many photos of game endings
    at vgmuseum.com, many of them contributed by the game ending guru Rey Esteban,
    so if you just want to see what the ending is like, that is the place to go.
    However, if you want a bit of explanation on how to get the ending and want a
    bit of a back story on some of the games, then read on my friend.
    
    
    
    
    =-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
    III. THE GAMES
    =-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
    
    The following is a list of the games included in this guide that I have writ-
    ten ending descriptions for. If you have any special requests, please email
    them to me and I will try and get that game's ending in the next update.
    
    There are separate sections for the USA releases, Non-USA releases and for
    Prototype games that were never officially released. My ultimate goal would
    be to get every USA released game ending documented but I did not want to ex-
    clude the Non-USA releases so I will include them as well. The Non-USA re-
    leases will have a letter next to them noting which region of the World they
    were released in or a * next to them if they are unlicensed, which will be
    mostly the Sachen titles.
    
    
    
    USA RELEASES
    
    Addams Family, The
    Addams Family, The - Pugsley's Scavenger Hunt
    Adventure Island
    Adventures of Star Saver, The
    Aerostar
    Alfred Chicken
    Alien³
    Alien Vs Predator - The Last of His Clan
    Alleyway
    Altered Space - A 3-D Alien Adventure
    Amazing Penguin
    Amazing Spider-Man, The
    Amazing Spider-Man 2, The
    Amazing Spider-Man 3, The: Invasion of the Spider-Slayers
    Amazing Tater
    Asteroids
    Atomic Punk
    Bart Simpson's Escape from Camp Deadly
    Bases Loaded GB
    Batman - Return of the Joker
    Batman - The Animated Series
    Batman - The Video Game
    Battle Bull
    Battle Unit Zeoth
    Battletoads
    Battletoads and Double Dragon - The Ultimate Team
    Battletoads in Ragnarok's World
    Beavis and Butt-Head
    Bill & Ted's Excellent Game Boy Adventure
    Bionic Battler
    Bionic Commando
    Blaster Master Boy
    Bomberman GB
    Boomer's Adventure in Asmik World
    Boxxle
    Boxxle II
    Brain Drain
    Bubble Bobble
    Bubble Bobble Part 2
    Bubble Ghost
    Bugs Bunny Crazy Castle, The
    Bugs Bunny Crazy Castle 2, The
    Burai Fighter Deluxe
    Burgertime Deluxe
    Buster Brothers
    Captain America and the Avengers
    Casper
    Castelian
    Castlevania: The Adventure
    Castlevania II: Belmont's Revenge
    Castlevania Legends
    Catrap
    Centipede
    Chase H.Q.
    Chessmaster, The
    Choplifter II
    Chuck Rock
    Contra - The Alien Wars
    Cool Ball
    Cool World
    Cosmo Tank
    Crystal Quest
    Cutthroat Island
    Cyraid
    Daedalian Opus
    Darkwing Duck
    David Crane's The Rescue of Princess Blobette
    Dead Heat Scramble
    Dexterity
    Dick Tracy
    Dig Dug
    Double Dragon
    Double Dragon II
    Double Dragon 3 - The Arcade Game
    Dr. Franken
    Dr. Franken II
    Dragon's Lair
    Duck Tales
    Elevator Action
    Faceball 2000
    Fastest Lap
    Final Fantasy Adventure
    Fish Dude
    Fist of the North Star
    Flash, The
    FOrtified Zone
    Frogger
    Game & Watch Gallery
    Game of Harmony, The
    Gargoyle's Quest
    Go! Go! Tank
    Godzilla
    Golf
    Gradius - The Interstellar Assault
    Great Greed
    Gremlins 2 - The New Batch
    HAL Wrestling
    Heavyweight Championship Boxing
    Heiankyo Alien
    High Stakes
    Hunt for Red October, The
    In Your Face
    Iron Man/X-O Manowar in Heavy Metal
    Itchy & Scratchy in Miniature Golf Madness
    James Bond 007
    Jeopardy!
    Kid Dracula
    Kid Icarus: Of Myths and Monsters
    Kirby's Block Ball
    Kirby's Pinball Land
    Klax
    Knight Quest
    Kung Fu Master
    Kwirk
    Lazlos' Leap
    Lock'N Chase
    Looney Tunes
    Marble Madness
    Maru's Mission
    Maui Mallard
    Mega Man - Dr. Wily's Revenge
    Mega Man II
    Metal Masters
    Mickey's Dangerous Chase
    Mickey's Ultimate Challenge
    Mickey Mouse - Magic Wands
    Mighty Morphin Power Rangers
    Mighty Morphin Power Rangers - The Movie
    Milon's Secret Castle
    Miner 2049er
    Missile Command
    Mortal Kombat
    Motocross Maniacs
    Mouse Trap Motel
    Mr. Chin's Gourmet Paradise
    Mr. Do!
    Ms. Pac-Man
    Mulan
    Mysterium
    Mystical Ninja Starring Goemon
    Nail'N Scale
    Navy Seals
    Nemesis
    NFL Football
    NFL Quarterback Club
    Ninja Gaiden Shadow
    Ninja Taro
    Operation C
    Out of Gas
    Pac-In-Time
    Pac-Man
    Panel Action Bingo
    Paperboy
    Pinocchio, Disney's
    Pit-Fighter
    Popeye 2
    Primal Rage
    Punisher, The: The Ultimate Payback
    Pyramids of Ra
    Q*bert for Game Boy
    Qix
    R-Type
    Raging Fighter
    Riddick Bowe Boxing
    Ring Rage
    RoboCop
    RoboCop 2
    RoboCop vs. The Terminator
    Rolan's Curse II
    seaQuest DSV
    Serpent
    Shaq Fu
    Simpsons, The - Bart & the Beanstalk
    Skate or Die - Bad 'n Rad
    Smurfs, The
    Sneaky Snakes
    Snoopy's Magic Show
    Snow Bros. Jr.
    Solarstriker
    Solomon's Club
    Space Invaders
    Spanky's Quest
    Spider-Man and the X-Men in Arcade's Revenge
    Spud's Adventure
    Square Deal
    Star Trek - 25th Anniversary
    Star Wars
    Star Wars - The Empire Strikes Back
    StarHawk
    Stop That Roach!
    Sumo Fighter
    Super Breakout
    Super Hunchback
    Super Mario Land
    Super R.C. Pro-Am
    Super Star Wars - Return of the Jedi
    Sword of Hope, The
    T2 - The Arcade Game
    Tail 'Gator
    Talespin
    Tarzan
    Tasmania Story
    Taz-Mania
    Taz-Mania 2
    Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles - Fall of the Foot Clan
    Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles II - Back from the Sewers
    Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles III - Radical Rescue
    Tennis
    Terminator 2 - Judgment Day
    Tesserae
    Tetris
    Trax
    True Lies
    Turok - Battle of the Bionosaurs
    Ultima - Runes of Virtue
    Universal Soldier
    Wario Land - Super Mario Land 3
    Wheel of Fortune
    Who Framed Roger Rabbit
    Wizards & Warriors Chapter X: The Fortress of Fear
    WordZap
    World Bowling
    Xenon 2 - Megablast
    Yogi Bear in Yogi Bear's Goldrush
    Zen - Intergalactic Ninja
    
    
    NON-USA/OTHER RELEASES
    *: Unlicensed
    C: China
    E: Europe
    J: Japan
    G: Germany
    
    2nd Space (Sachen 4-in-1 Vol. 6)*
    A-Force (Sachen 4-in-1 Vol. 6)*
    Adventures of Lolo (E)
    Arctic Zone (Sachen 4-in-1 Vol. 5)*
    Banishing Racer (J)
    Battle of Olympus, The (E)
    Beast Fighter*
    Black Forest Tale (Sachen 4-in-1 Vol. 6)*
    Block Kuzushi GB (J)
    Bomb Disposer (Sachen 4-in-1 Vol. 6)*
    Bomb Jack (E)
    Burning Paper (J)
    Captain Knick-Knack (Sachen 4-in-1 Vol. 8)*
    Chalvo 55 (J)
    Choplifter III (E)
    Crazy Burger (Sachen 4-in-1 Vol. 9)*
    Dan Laser (Sachen 4-in-1 Vol. 7)*
    Deep - Final Mission (Sachen 4-in-1 Vol. 9)*
    Explosive Brick 94 (Sachen 4-in-1 Vol. 8)*
    Fire Dragon (C)
    Fire Fighter (E)
    Ganso!! Yancha Maru (J)
    Hugo 2 (G)
    Jankenman (J)
    Klax (J)
    Lawnmower Man, The (E)
    Magic Maze (Sachen 4-in-1 Vol. 8)*
    Magical Tower (Sachen 4-in-1 Vol. 5)*
    Makai Mura Gaiden - The Demon Darkness (J)
    Master Karateka (J)
    Minesweeper - Soukaitei (J)
    Montezuma's Return! (E)
    Palamedes (E)
    Parodius (E)
    Penta Dragon (J)
    Pop'N Twinbee (E)
    Popeye (J)
    R-Type II (E)
    Rainbow Prince*
    Sagaia (J)
    Sky Ace (Sachen 4-in-1 Vol. 7)*
    Smurfs Nightmare, The (E)
    Smurfs Travel the World, The (E)
    Space Invaders (J)
    Street Rider (Sachen 4-in-1 Vol. 1)*
    Super Chinese Land (J)
    Trap & Turn (Sachen 4-in-1 Vol. 1)*
    Trip World (E)
    Vex Block (Sachen 4-in-1 Vol. 1)*
    Volley Fire (J)
    Waterworld (E)
    Worm Visitor (Sachen 4-in-1 Vol. 5)*
    Zipball (Sachen 4-in-1 Vol. 9)*
    Zoo Block (Sachen 4-in-1 Vol. 7)*
    
    
    PROTOTYPES
    
    Adventures of Pinocchio
    
    
    
    
    ================
    A. USA RELEASES
    ================
    
    ADDAMS FAMILY, THE (Ocean)
    -This is a decent platform/action game where you play as Gomez and must res-
    cue the other members of your family who are being held captive in our out-
    side of the mansion and defeat Tully Alford, their attorney who has turned
    on them and evicted them from their home in an effort to acquire their for-
    tune. The game seems open-ended, but you can only get to certain areas after
    going through other areas first. The following is the order to play through
    the game according to Snow Dragon's guide on Gamefaqs.com: Graveyard, Boiler
    Room, River, Ice Box, Toy Box, Attic and finally the cellar. The Woods and
    Beehive area are not necessary to go through to complete the game. Along the
    way you will rescue Wednesday, Granny, Lurch, Pugsley and finally Morticia
    at the very end, who is being held captive by Tully in a secret area of the
    Cellar. The final battle looks like a scene right out of the classic game
    Jungle Hunt, as Morticia is hanging by rope over a boiling kettle. Fight
    Tully to save her and when you beat him his eyes will bulge out in defeat.
    It goes to a big pic of Morticia and she says the following:
    MY
    DARLING!!!
    GOMEZ
    I WAS ABOUT TO BE
    HURT!
    YOU ARE
    MY HERO
    It then shows a picture of the mansion and has the following text below it:
    THE FAMILY'S HOUSE
    HAS BEEN RECLAIMED
    THANKS TO GOMEZ'
    HEROISM.
    THE DETERMINATION OF
    THE FAMILY HAS WON
    THE DAY.......
    POISON THEM
    THROTTLE THEM
    HURT THEM
    THEY WILL COME
    BACK FOR MORE.....
    AND WHY?
    BECAUSE THEY
    LIKE IT!!!
    THE
    END
    Several screens of staff credits followed by your HI SCORE flash by and then
    pressing a button brings you back to the title screen. If you know exactly
    where you need to go and what to do in this game you can finish it fairly
    quickly, like in half an hour or so. Oh, I forgot to mention that you do get
    to fight Uncle Fester near the end of the game but he is under some kind of
    spell and beating him rescues him as well.
    
    
    ADDAMS FAMILY, THE - PUGSLEY'S SCAVENGER HUNT (Ocean)
    -This has the same basic story as The Addams Family where you need to rescue
    your family throughout rooms in the mansion and defeat the Judge, who had
    help from the nefarious attorney Tully, who was the boss in the first game for
    the Game Boy. In this game you control Pugsley. The game is open ended, as
    you can explore most of the rooms in any order you choose. Each rooms has a
    series of interconnected rooms, so the levels are definitely longer than in
    the first Addams Family game. When you reach a boss you will simply have to
    jump on its head several times to defeat it. It will show that you have res-
    cued a family member and now you can go rescue another one. You have to rescue
    Fester, Wednesday, Granny and Gomez. In the boss room that you rescue Fester
    in, Fester will be walking around hypnotized and you have to bounce off his
    head to get up to hurt the boss. Once you have rescued these 5 family members
    that locked door in the middle of the first floor will be unlocked. Go in
    there and you will immediately fight the Judge. He takes 6 hits to defeat.
    Once you defeat him his demise will be in a fiery explosion! It then goes to
    a screen showing MOrticia and says:
    CONGRATULATIONS
    PUGSLEY.
    YOU HAVE RESCUED
    MORTICIA.
    Now you will get the ending sequence, which shows Pugsley walking down a hall
    in the mansion and stopping at each of the family portraits and stuffing some-
    thing into his mouth at each one. After the last portrait you get the follow-
    ing message:
    WELL DONE PUGSLEY,
    YOU HAVE RESCUED
    YOUR FAMILY.
    Several staff credits will scroll by and then it will return to the title
    sequence. The game isn't a bad action game but the ending leaves a lot to be
    desired.
    
    
    ADVENTURE ISLAND (Hudson)
    -This first Adventure Island game for the Game Boy is more like the NES title
    Adventure Island 2 in that you can find different dinosaurs to ride on to
    help you get through a stage. There are 8 stages and each stage has 5 levels
    plus a boss battle, making a grand total of 48 areas to get through. When you
    finish Stage 8-5 you will battle against the larvae form of Diptera, the
    final boss. Thrash him with your axes and you will then have to battle his
    flying form. Hammer away at him and he will eventually explode and be no more.
    Master Higgins will throw an egg in the air and Tina comes out of it (weird).
    CONGRATULATIONS!
    YOU HAVE SAVED
    YOUR LOVELY TINA
    FROM
    THE MONSTERS
    She jumps for joy as hearts come from the both of you. You hold hands and
    Higgins gives the peace sign as a big heart stays above you. It then goes to
    a scene showing you and Tina on the beach looking out at the island and says
    PRESENTED BY HUDSON SOFT beneath you, where it will stay until you reset.
    
    
    ADVENTURES OF STAR SAVER, THE (Taito)
    -This is a neat platform game where you control a little guy who is on a
    mission to save his sister. You control a mech but if you get hit you will
    have to go on foot until you find another mech to climb into. The object of
    the game is to make it to the end of each of the 9 Stages and fight a boss at
    the end of each one, then jump into a portal to escape. They throw a curveball
    at you in Stage 7, as the boss seems to be invincible, so you have to find
    the hidden exit to the bonus stage so you can bypass this boss and move on to
    Stage 8. As you go through Stage 9 (last stage) you will reach an energy
    chamber you have to go through. Not sure what this does to you but I'm sure
    it is a good thing. There will be another energy chamber after this. Go in it
    and you will lose your mech but will find your sister! When you find her the
    two of you will automatically run to the right and jump in a ship. Control it
    the same as you controlled the mech and work your way up platforms until you
    reach the portal at the top. No final boss fight! It will go to a scene show-
    ing you and your sister running to a building on what looks to be a giant
    space station and then the top of the building takes off and flies into space.
    It then shows the ship flying past a nice scenic lake and mountain area and is
    followed by END on a white screen. Pressing start brings you back to the title
    screen. Not much of an ending here, but the game was pretty simplistic.
    
    
    AEROSTAR (Vic Tokai)
    -This is definitely a shooter, but it has a Bump'n Jump type gameplay to it.
    YOu control a ship that must always be above a solid surface. There is a jump
    meter where you can "jump" from one solid surface to the next (over water or
    gaps) but you must be above a solid surface at all times. Think of your ship
    as a hovercraft more than an actual flying craft. Anyway, there are a total of
    7 Stages, each with a boss fight at the end. There are also 3 difficulty set-
    tings: EASY, NORMAL and HARD. When you beat the Stage 7 boss on EAsy mode it
    will tally up your points and you get this screen:
    SCORE
    CHALLENGE
    NORMAL MODE
    So now play through the 7 Stages in NORMAL mode and when you defeat the boss
    of Stage 7 it will show a cool screen with your Aerostar escaping from the
    city as it sinks into the ground. The AEROSTAR STAFF credits will then start
    scrolling and you will will get this screen at the end of the scroll:
    SCORE
    CHALLENGE
    HARD MODE
    Now play through HARD mode and destroy the final boss again at the end of
    Stage 7. It will show the same ending you got in NORMAL mode, with the city
    sinking into the ground and the STAFF credits. However, at the end of the
    credits the following message will scroll by:
    THANKS TO YOUR
    BRAVE FIGHTERS.
    THE EARTH
    RESTORED PEACE.
    THE END
    It will show your score and pressing Start will bring you back to the title
    screen. Not the greatest of endings but at least you were given more when you
    beat the game on the higher difficulty modes. Also, kudos if you noticed they
    spelled BONUS wrong whenever you completed a Stage.
    
    
    ALFRED CHICKEN (Mindscape)
    -This is a very fun platform game with lots of hidden rooms and secret items
    to locate. In fact, one of the secret items, the Water Pail, must be found
    in each of the first 10 Stages in order to get the good ending. There are a
    total of 11 Stages. The Water Pail is hidden pretty good in each stage, usu-
    ally by finding a hidden door to a secret room using your bombs or by bumping
    your head against a seemingly empty space. You will also have to battle the
    Meka Chicken at the end of Stages 3, 7 and 11 (the final stage). Stage 11 is
    really straight forward. You only have to find 5 balloons and you will be
    warped to the final battle against the Meka Chicken. Blast his head and when
    his energy meter is depleted you will have to fight his body (and avoid the
    spiked ball in the process). Now blast away at the body until you deplete his
    second energy meter and he will be destroyed. Collect the egg that is left
    behind and you will be sent to a screen full of bonus starts that you can col-
    lect as you free fall. When you land at the bottom grab the egg then head in
    the door. You will go to the room with the flower, Mr. Pekles. He says the
    following to you:
    ALFRED:
    YOUR
    QUEST
    IS OVER.
    He spits out a heart that cracks in half and your girlfriend, Floella Chicken
    comes out of it. An exclamation mark (!) is Alfred's reply. It then goes to
    the CAST scroll with a starry background and lists the characters in the game
    as well as the STAFF who made the game. At the end of the scroll it says
    THANKS FOR PLAYING. Now here is where the ending will vary:
    --BAD ENDING--
    If you did not find all 10 Water Pails it will show a screen with a Water Pail
    at the top and the number of how many you found next to it and will say:
    NOW FIND ALL 10
    ONE ON EACH STAGE.
    It will then go back to the title screen where you can start over. It is bad
    that the programmers didn't allow you to go back into a previous stage to col-
    lect the Pail(s) you missed.
    --GOOD ENDING--
    If you managed to hunt down all 10 Water Pails it will show you back on the
    screen with Mr. Pekles and Floella after the credits finish but Floella will
    start shaking and will turn into the Meka Chicken! Alfred simply replies with
    the exclamation mark (!) and it goes back to the starry screen and says TO BE
    CONTINUED... Now if you wait a few seconds it goes to a cool scene of Alfred
    in a hot air balloon with Mr. Pekles face on it, floating through the cloudy
    sky. It will do this until you hit Start. So at least Mindscape, known for
    making some pretty bad NES games, took the time to give the player a good end-
    ing for finding all those Water pails. This game was also released for the NES
    and the SNES, though the NES game is quite shorter than the GB and SNES games.
    
    
    ALIEN³ (LJN)
    -This is an interesting action game where you control Ripley and must go
    through several levels of a prison complex, destroying 5 Alien nest, then
    after that you must go through each level and exterminate all the Alien
    Drones, Face Huggers and finally the Alien Warriors. Once you clear the prison
    of these vermin the Alien Queen will appear on Level 3. I highly suggest using
    the FAQ and maps for the game, as you need to acquire a few different key
    cards to open various doors and various items to advance further in the game.
    When you have destroyed every Alien in the game and make it to the Queen in
    Level 3 you will have to avoid her while activating the piston. The piston
    will slowly travel down the level and end up at a pit of molten lead. The
    only way to defeat the Queen is to lure her in front of the piston as it is
    moving down and she will get trapped and pushed into the lead. After she
    perishes it will immediately place you back on the Surface level next to your
    escape ship. You have to ue the repair kit to fix Bishop's Head (right next
    to the ship) then use his head to activate the ship and make your escape. When
    he is activated it will show his head on the screen and say:
    BISHOP COMES ROUND
    AHHHH HI RIPLEY, HOW
    ARE YOU? I LIKE
    YOUR NEW HAIRCUT..
    IT'S LUCKY YOU FOUND
    ME BECAUSE I CAN
    HELP YOU OPERATE
    THE EEV LAUNCH.
    You think this is the end, but just use Bishop's Head one more time and you
    get the ending message:
    USING BISHOP LINKED
    UP TO THE EEV
    COMPUTER THE
    CONTROLS ARE NOW
    ON LINE...
    YOU SET THE
    CO-ORDINATES FOR
    GATEWAY STATION
    AND SETTLE BACK
    INTO HYPER-SLEEP...
    It then shows a cool cut scene of your ship taking off from the prison colony
    and then you get a screeen showing the following:
    -MISSION SCORE-
    FACE HUGGERS-##
    WARRIORS-##
    ALIENS-##
    EGGS-##
    QUEEN KILLED-YES
    PRISONERS ALIVE-##
    EEV LIFT OFF-YES
    TRIES REMAINING-##
    TOTAL SCORE-######
    This screen shows your game totals and you also get it if you use up all your
    lives during the mission, which explains whey it says YES or NO for a couple
    of the options. Pressing Start here will bring you back to the title screen.
    
    
    ALIEN VS PREDATOR - THE LAST OF HIS CLAN (Activision)
    -This is not the smoothest of games and I am guessing only fans of the Alien
    and/or Predator franchises really got into this one. You control a Predator
    and must kill your way through 7 Levels to beat this one. In each Level you
    need to find a key to open a black door that blocks the exit. There are also
    weapons to be found like a laser cannon, cutting disk and bombs, which will
    also help you blow up certain walls that impede your progress. When you get
    through the first 6 Levels you will start Level 7, which only consists of a
    short area to get through and then you just bomb out a piece of the floor to
    reach the Alien Queen. She is a pain and must be dealth with harshly. First,
    destroy her arm that attacks you. Once it is gone you must hit her body. It is
    a good idea to use the Invisibility Suit at some point during the battle so
    you can inflict a good amount of damage without taking any until the suit runs
    out. Once you nail her body enough times the screen will flash and go to the
    Level end scoring screen, which shows your BONUS points, SCORE and RANK as
    well as a picture of your Predator with YOU WON above him. Press Start and it
    goes to a white screen with the following on it:
    MISSION
    COMPLETED.
    It then brings you back to the opening screens of the game. Yes, that was the
    entire ending. This game is pretty difficult, so you have every right to feel
    ripped off at this ending.
    
    
    ALLEYWAY (Nintendo)
    -This is an Arkanoid/Breakout clone with the added bonus of the whole game be-
    ing Mario themed. I wasn't expecting this when I started the game up but you
    are basically controlling Mario inside your deflector bar. Also, whenever you
    complete 3 stages you play a bonus stage where you have a certain amount of
    time to knock out all the pieces of a Mario themed enemy, like a goomba and
    several other characters from the game. When you get to Stage 24 and finish
    it you play your last bonus stage, Bowser himself! Since it is a bonus stage
    you do not have to knock out all the bricks that comprise Bowser but if you
    do you will be rewarded with a good deal of points. Finish this bonus stage
    and it will show a picture of Mario's smiling mug with the words NICE PLAY!
    above him and NINTENDO below him. Also, if you manage to score over 9,999 pts
    you will get a fire flower symbol next to your score. Notice the words TRY
    AGAIN will appear beneath Mario now and you will be plopped back to Stage 1,
    though it says Stage 25 to the right. Play through the 24 stages again and you
    get the same ending as before. I went and played through the game 4 times,
    finishing Stage 96 and the Bowser bonus stage and got the same ending the 4th
    time around, so I can only assume the game repeats forever. The only thing
    that changes are the symbols next to your score when you hit a certain mark.
    I mentioned the Fire Flower and here I will list the other symbols:
    10,000 - Fire Flower
    20,000 - Mushroom
    30,000 and above - Star
    So you could say beating the game would be beating all the 24 unique stages.
    It's too bad there wasn't a better ending than what they gave us, but it was
    still cool to have what is probably one of the most obscure Mario appearances
    in any game.
    
    
    ALTERED SPACE - A 3-D ALIEN ADVENTURE (Sony Imagesoft)
    -Sony Imagesoft put out similar games for the NES (Solstice) and SNES
    (Equinox) and Altered Space was their answer for a Game Boy game in the same
    vein. You control a spaceman named Humphrey who has been captured by aliens
    and now he must find his way off their awful, trap-filled spaceship. Not only
    does the isometric view make it very difficult to control Humphrey, but the
    degree of control needed to make the jumps has to be precise otherwise you
    die on contact with spikes and most enemies. Also, you run out of air fairly
    quickly, so that combined with all the other difficult elements make this
    game a not-so-fun challenge. If this was the only Game Boy game you owned
    and you managed to get past all this negativity, you tried your darndest to
    make it through all 8 levels of the ship. Luckily there are warps that let
    you skip a couple levels if you follow the walkthrough on Gamefaqs (Levels 2
    and 4) and Level 6 is a cakewalk, but everything is a pain, especially the
    almost impossible to finish Level 8. Level 8 is comprised of some precision
    jumps around spikes where if you are off by a bug hair you are dead. The next
    to last room in the game has a jump where you have to get past a row of
    spikes, pick up a box, jump back past those same spikes and then make a jump
    the entire length of the room by jumping off the box you picked up, picking
    the box back up AS YOU JUMP FROM IT, and then at the peak of your jump
    placing the box back down IN MIDAIR and jumping high off of it again to make
    it to the other side. I cannot imagine doing this on an actual Game Boy un-
    less you practiced it many times as I had a hard enough time playing it with
    save states. Do all this and when you enter the next room try not to get
    bumped off by the alien, then make your way to the exit to beat the game. The
    elevator will carry you up and the rocket will scroll up showing all the
    Stages you finished and at the top it will say ESCAPE! above Stage 8. It then
    switches to a cutscene showing the spaceship cruising through space and the
    front of it breaks off and flies off the screen followed by this message:
    THE ESCAPE CAPSULE
    HAS BLASTED AWAY
    AND THANKS TO YOU
    OUR HERO HAS BEEN
    SET FREE FROM HIS
    ROCKETSHIP PRISON.
    THANKS TO YOU, HE
    IS SAFELY ON HIS
    WAY BACK HOME!
    CONGRATULATIONS
    FROM ALL AT SONY
    IMAGESOFT INC. AND
    SOFTWARE CREATIONS
    The screen then goes white and speeds up before it drops you into the ENTER
    YOUR INITIALS high scorers screen. Enter your initials and you go back to
    the title screen.
    
    
    AMAZING PENGUIN (Natsume)
    -This is an action game very similar to a Pac-Man type game. You control a
    penguin and must run over all the dots and minus symbols on the board, which
    in turn fill in parts of the board when they are run over, all while avoiding
    the various enemies that are looking to do you in. There are a total of 40
    Rooms to play through, most of which take up only one screen but some are
    larger and will scroll a bit as your character moves to the edge of the area.
    Every few rooms you will get a password and a cutesy intermission scene. When
    you reach the very last level, Room 40, you only have one minus sign to run
    over (no dots), but this level is different from all the others because there
    are many different paths to take to the top and there are 2 large enemies
    (they look like polar bears to me) canvasing the entire level. If you pick
    the right path to take that leads to the top of the room you will find a
    bird enemy guarding the minus sign you need to get to. If you manage to get
    to the minus sign the screen will shake and the top of the screen will open
    up. You and the bird move through the opening as all the surrounding ice
    thaws out revealing what looks like grass and then the bird explodes. Your
    score is tallied up and a pathway opens up. A female penguin appears and
    you run up to her and stand beside her. They walk off the screen together and
    then appear on the next screen which shows them standing outside the castle
    with a nice tree and cloud backdrop. Your character then walks away from her
    as the STAFF credits flash by underneath. A blimp with the letter P will
    float by and you will eventually walk by a sign that says FIN with PRESENTED
    BY NATSUME at the bottom of the screen. It will stay here until you hit Start
    or Select then go to the title screen.
    AMAZING SPIDER-MAN, THE (LJN)
    -This is not a very fun game and the reviews for it on Gamefaqs prove it. In
    the game you have to make it through 8 un-numbered stages. In 6 of the stages
    you will fight bosses while 2 of them you switch to building climbing mode
    and need to make it to the top of the building (no boss fight). When you
    reach the end of Stage 8 (the Sewers) you will do battle with Venom. When you
    defeat him Mary Jane will drop onto the screen and you will embrace her while
    hearts come from the two of you. You then get the following text screen:
    DON'T WORRY
    MARY JANE,
    YOU'RE SAFE NOW.
    OH PETER, I KNEW
    YOU'D COME.
    BUT YOU REALLY
    NEED SOME
    NICER FRIENDS.
    GAME OVER
    I hate getting GAME OVER when you actually beat a game. You can then enter
    your initials in the TOP TEN screen and after this are returned to the title
    screen.
    
    
    AMAZING SPIDER-MAN 2, THE (LJN)
    -I feel bad for the young Spider-Man fan who begged his mom to get him this
    game...he was probably begging her to bring it back after playing it for a
    few minutes. The first Amazing Spider-Man for the Game Boy wasn't very good
    but this one is a bear of a game. There are no set stage sequences in this
    game, but instead are a couple of connected areas in which you must perform
    certain tasks to either defeat a boss or move to the next section. The sewers
    connect the starting area to a couple of other areas, including the nasty
    amusement park area where you must sling a web onto one of the rides going by
    and ride it through the entire area, while lowering and raising the length of
    your web to avoid platforms that will knock you back down to the ground floor
    where Carnage awaits. Did I mention Carnage is invincible? Anyway, once you
    get to this amusement park area, which is towards the middle-to-end of the
    game and manage to get by it, you will then have to make your way to the
    rooftop and then into a blimp where you will fight the final boss, Mysterio.
    Several Mysterio clones will appear but you will know which one is the real
    Mysterio because your Spidey senses will go off. Hit the one closest to you
    when they do. Also, do not fall through the hole in the floor or you will
    have to get back into the blimp, which isn't always easy. When you manage to
    whittle down Mysterio's life meter and give him his final blow, he will ex-
    plode as the blimp shakes and then it goes to a screen with a picture of
    Spider-Man slinging a web and you get these messages:
    CONGRATULATIONS
    WITH THE DEFEAT
    OF MYSTERIO
    THE REPUATION
    OF SPIDER-MAN
    HAS BEEN RESTORED
    It then promptly dumps you back to the title screen. That's it. I would re-
    commend against playing this game unless of course you just want to add it to
    your games beaten list like myself. Not worth the trouble.
    
    
    AMAZING SPIDER-MAN 3, THE: INVASION OF THE SPIDER-sLAYERS (LJN)
    -Most websites refer to this game as just Spider-Man 3, but the opening copy-
    right screen of the game says The Amazing Spider-Man 3, so that's what I'm
    calling it. Anyway, if you hated the original Amazing Spider-Man for the Game
    Boy then you definitely hated The Amazing Spider-Man 2. Those games seem like
    fun compared to The Amazing Spider-Man 3: Invasion of the Spider-Slayers. This
    game is laden with so many difficult jumps where if you fail you need to make
    previous difficult jumps again ad nauseum. Your only weapon is kicking your
    foes and learning to control your jumps and webs is a whole different story.
    There are a total of 15 stages in this game and they are numbered like this:
    1-1, 1-2, 1-3
    2-1, 2-2
    3-1, 3-2, 3-3, 3-4, 3-5
    4-1, 4-2
    5-1, 5-2, 5-3
    Stage 1-3 is a super difficult climbing stage while Stage 5-1 is a stage where
    you basically crawl into a hole and takes about 10 seconds. I guess stuff like
    that is just what makes this game the mess it is. There is a boss fight at the
    end of each stage and you will encounter the final enemy, Alistair Smythe, at
    Stage 5-3. Like all the other bosses in the game just try and outlast him and
    get a kick in as soon as humanly possible. If you can manage to kick him so
    many times before he defeats you he will simply fall off the screen and it
    will do the usual end of stage Time Bonus tally. It will then show Spider-Man
    with the following text in squares around him:
    HE FEELS NO
    TRIUMPH, NO RUSH
    OF VICTORY.
    ONLY SICKNESS AT
    THE NEAR LOSS
    OF LIFE-
    -AND A BONE-WEARY
    RELIEF THAT, AT
    LAST IT'S OVER.
    It then abruptly goes to a CREDITS screen and then a DESIGN CREDITS screen and
    finally the ACCLAIM DEVELPMENT BY THE BLACK TEAM screen. This game was so bad
    these guys are only incriminating themselves by having their names appear in
    these credits. After this self gratification it shows your FINAL SCORE and
    simply goes back to the title screen. Not sure how Nintendo let this one pass.
    
    
    AMAZING TATER (Atlus)
    -This game is known as Puzzle Boy II in Japan and is the sequel to Kwirk
    (Puzzle Boy), with Spud's Adventure rounding out the 3 Game Boy Puzzle Boy
    games. This plays almost exactly like Kwirk in that you push around blocks in
    order to make your way to the exit. There are 4 Game Modes. I will list them
    below and write what you have to do to finish them:
    -------------
    BEGINNER MODE
    -------------
    This mode is simple and consists of 10 boards to play your way through, with
    helpful hints between each board. When you finish the 10th puzzle you will
    get a screen showing your teacher at the top with the following message:
    CONGRATULATIONS!
    YOU HAVE PASSED
    THE BEGINNER'S
    LESSON MODE. NOW
    TRY THE OTHER
    MODES!
    It will then return you to the SELECT MODE screen.
    -----------
    PUZZLE MODE
    -----------
    In PUZZLE mode there are 4 difficulty levels to choose from (Easy, Average,
    Hard and Pro). Each difficulty level has 10 Floors to beat. You can pick any
    Floor from 1-7 to start on but must beat the first 7 Floors before you can
    play Floors 8-10 in each difficulty. When you beat all 10 Floors in Level #1
    Easy it will say YOU HAVE GRADUATED LEVEL #1 and show a pic of you walking
    away from 3 bad guys. You will get the same message when you finish all 10
    Floors in Levels #2 and #3 also. When you finish all 10 Floors in Level #4 it
    will show the same message saying YOU HAVE GRADUATED LEVEL #4 but in addition
    you wll get a screen showing you standing with the 3 bad guys with the fol-
    lowing message at the top of the screen:
    ALL CLEAR!
    YOU ARE A
    PUZZLE MASTER
    It will then return you to the SELECT MODE screen.
    -------------
    PRACTICE MODE
    -------------
    In this mode you can do a 1 PLAYER mode where you play some practice puzzles
    or play a VS mode against another player who has a Game Boy link. As for the
    1 PLAYER mode, you can choose 3 difficulties: Level #1 (Easy), #2 (Average)
    or #3 (Pro). You can choose how many Floors you want to play in each Level
    (up to 30) but this is just for practice purposes and there is no ending.
    -----------
    ACTION MODE
    -----------
    ACTION MODE gives you the option of playing 2 games: MEGA PICNIC or PUZZLE
    FOREST. They each consist of 10 screens with a storyline intertwined between
    Floors. MEGA PICNIC's story consists of you racing against other veggies.
    When you finish the 10th screen it will show Spud up on a podium holding a
    trophy with the following text under him:
    HOORAY! SPUD
    WINS!! VICTORY!!
    CLAP! CLAP!
    THIS YEAR'S MEGA
    PICNIC NOW COMES
    TO A HAPPY END!!
    DON'T FORGET TO
    CHALLENGE THE
    OTHER SCENES!!
    It then puts you back at the SELECT MODE screen. The PUZZLE FOREST selection
    also consists of 10 screens which has Spud trying to escape from the Puzzle
    Forest. When you finish the 10th screen of PUZZLE FOREST it will show Spud
    running to his house and below him says:
    ALL RIGHT! WE
    DID IT! WE'RE
    SAVED! IT SURE
    WAS ROUGH, BUT
    IT WAS FUN TOO!
    WAY TO GO!
    That is all the info on all the modes to get all the endings. If you enjoyed
    this make sure to check out Kwirk. Spud's Adventure is a completely different
    game with boss fights and minimal puzzle solving, but it does have the same
    characters that appear in Amazing Tater.
    
    
    ASTEROIDS (Accolade)
    -True fans of the arcade version of Asteroids will appreciate this version as
    there is absolutely no ending to it. You simply play round after round of
    shooting asteroids (and the occasional UFO) until you've had your fill. There
    are 3 difficulty modes to choose from and a preset high score of 35,000 points
    to shoot for but other than this the only other goal to try for is to turn the
    counter over at 99,990 points. At least if you let the title screen and demo
    run before starting a game you get to see the Staff Credits. That's pretty
    much all I've got for you on this one.
    
    
    ATOMIC PUNK (Hudson)
    -This is the name for Bomberman on the Game Boy. I'm not sure why they went
    with the name Atomic Punk, other than it being a kickass Van Halen song, but
    I guess it fits. The game is known as Bomber Boy in Japan and DynaBlaster in
    Europe. Atomic Punk has 2 Game Modes. GAME A is set up like an adventure, in
    that you have to visit different cities and beat a certain amount of enemies
    in each one and find the exit before time runs out. GAME B is pretty much a
    port of the classic NES Bomberman game, so you are basically getting two games
    in one with this cart. I will explain what you have to do to beat both GAME A
    and GAME B below.
    GAME A ENDING
    In GAME A you get to choose from 7 different cities to play through. Each city
    has a set amount of stages in it. You can also find various panels in certain
    cities that help you, like a remote detonator for your bombs and a panel that
    allows you to walk through walls. You can choose any of the 7 cities to play
    through but once you select one you have to beat all the stages in that city
    before you can choose a new city. Once you have gone through all the stages in
    all the cities you will be able to play through the 8th and final city, Faria,
    the city of fire (Faria is also the name of a pretty good RPG for the NES).
    Below is a list of each of the cities along with how many stages are in each
    one. They are listed in recommended order from the FAQ by RedIsPoetic, located
    on Gamefaqs.com, but you can play them in any order you want, except the last
    stage as mentioned:
    HEVOL - 5 STAGES
    CUOLECE - 8 STAGES
    WATHER - 9 STAGES
    GRAD - 7 STAGES
    WINDRIA - 9 STAGES
    THULIA - 6 STAGES
    JAGORAZ - 6 STAGES
    FARIA - 10 STAGES
    When you finish the 10th stage in Faria you will get the same scene that you
    get whenever you beat the other cities, the Punk rescuing a bunch of bomber-
    looking dudes with the words THANK YOU! KID! at the top of the screen. This
    time it will go to another screen showing the city of Faria being destroyed as
    the Atomic Punk runs to safety. The words ATOMIC PUNK STAFF appear and the
    credits start appearing under several pictures that will appear, including one
    of Punk overlooking the land, then getting tossed in the air by the people
    celebrating in the streets and then Punk waving good by to the citizens. The
    next screen shows Punk walking past the revelers and then another screen has
    him up on a rooftop looking over the city, then turning towards you as THE END
    appear on the screen. THANK YOU FOR PLAYING and 1991 HUDSON SOFT appear then
    it returns you back to the title screen eventually.
    GAME B ENDING
    There are a total of 50 Stages in Game B, which as I mentioned above, is the
    NES game Bomberman ported over to the Game Boy. Your goal in each stages is
    to bomb the bricks and find the exit so you can move on to the next stage.
    There are also bonus stages every 5th stage. The ending is also just like the
    NES version. When you complete Stage 50 it will show the Atomic Punk walking
    on the bottom of the screen with the following text above you:
    CONGRATULATIONS
    AT LAST BOMBERMAN
    HAS ESCAPED THE
    UNDERGROUND EMPIRE
    AND BECOME HUMAN
    In mid stride he turns into another Hudson Soft character, revealing himself
    to be the guy from Lode Runner. This is pretty much the exact same ending you
    get when beating the NES game. Pressing Start brings you back to Stage 1.
    
    
    BART SIMPSON'S ESCAPE FROM CAMP DEADLY (Acclaim)
    -This game is typical of some of the early Simpson's games for the NES in
    that it is not very fun nor is it easy to play. Certain enemies kill you
    with one hit and the controls seem a bit off. That being said, it does have
    that Simpson's charm, so if you are a fan of the series it won't hurt to
    give it a try, especially with some cheat codes. Your goal is to guide Bart
    through 6 different areas to escape Camp Deadly. The 6 Areas consist of one
    big long stage, but they are divided up by signs that explain what the next
    area entails. Areas 1, 3, 5 and 6 are side scrolling action stages, where
    you have to defeat camp counselors, spiders, nuclear plant workers and other
    vermin that get in your way. Areas 2 & 4 are also side scrolling, but they
    just consist of you running along tables in the mess hall collecting food to
    throw at your enemies. When you reach the end of the last area at the Power
    Station, you will get to your sister Lisa, who has been taken prisoner by
    Ironfist Burns, the camp director of Camp Deadly as well as a distant rela-
    tive of Montgomery Burns. You cannot hurt him in battle, but as you enter
    the area where he is holding Lisa you will see 4 lights on the ceiling. Be-
    fore you even get Burns to appear you can jump up and hit the lights with
    the boomerang to make it dark (or you can just try to do it with him chasing
    you and Lisa chained to the floor). At any rate, knock out the 4 lights and
    make it past Burns to the ladder and climb up. On the next screen climb up
    on the high voltage until and hit the switch that says DO NOT TOUCH. It will
    go to a screen showing Bart and Lisa on a cliff overlooking the camp as the
    camp's lights and power goes out. Now move Bart to the right (not left or he
    will fall off the cliff) and the next screen shows the whole family (Bart,
    Lisa, Homer, Marge, Maggie and a skunk) in front of the camp with a CAMP
    CLOSED sign on the door. Here it will stay until you press Start. Also, for
    those who care about scoring, when you clear 9,999,999 points the counter
    simply resets and starts from 0 again.
    
    
    BASES LOADED GB (Jaleco)
    -A very simplistic version of the popular NES game, yet not as simplistic as
    Jaleco's version of Hoops (In Your Face) for the Game Boy. You can either
    play against another player or play an exhibition game. If you want to get to
    the meat of this game, then select OFFICIAL GAME and you will enter the
    tournament. Pick EAST or WEST and you will embark on a 5-game tourney where
    you have to defeat the following teams: ROOKIE, 1A, 2A, 3A and M (MAJOR).
    When you defeat the MAJOR team, which is no small task, it will show the
    FINAL SCORE screen and then a screen showing your small player walking up
    to the MAJOR team who are all standing there with their mouth's open. You
    shake the hands of one of their team in a scene vaguely reminiscent of the
    un-implied masturbation scene from the NES game Ring King. Perhaps it was my
    dirty mind at work, but this just didn't look right. Anyway, after you "shake
    his hand" you run back down the screen to your team and jump into the air
    as the word CONGRATULATIONS! appears above you. It will stay here until you
    press Start or A.
    BATMAN - RETURN OF THE JOKER (Sunsoft)
    -This is the 2nd Batman game released on the Game Boy and even though it is
    very short it is technically more superior looking than Batman - The Video
    Game that was released before it. In the options mode you can choose from
    EASY, NORMAL (default) and HARD difficulty. There are only 4 Stages to play
    through. You can choose any of the first 3 stages to play through but can only
    play Stage 4 once you have beaten the first 3. When you get to Stage 4 you
    will battle the Joker. Try and avoid the giant magnet that will suck you in
    if you get too close. Hopefully you saved some Batarangs for the battle but
    regardless just keep hammering away at him. He will fall, making you think you
    have beaten him, but then he gets back up and attacks some more. Continue to
    hammer away at him and you will finally beat him. It goes to a black screen
    that has the following text:
    THE JOKER'S INSANE
    PLOT HAS FAILED.
    BATMAN PREVAILS OVER
    EVIL ONCE AGAIN.
    LIFE FOR THE
    CITIZENS OF GOTHAM
    CITY HAS RETURNED TO
    NORMAL FOR NOW.
    ALTHROUGH THE JOKER'S
    CRIME WAVE HAS ENDED
    , THE JOKER HAS THE
    LAST LAUGH. DUE TO
    THE STATE OF HIS
    PSYCHOTIC MENTAL
    CONDITION, HE WILL
    BE COMMITTED TO THE
    ARKHAM ASYLUM.
    BUT HE HAS ALWAYS
    FOUND MEANS OF AN
    ESCAPE. THE CITIZENS
    OF GOTHAM CITY CAN
    ONLY HOPE THIS WILL
    BE THE LAST....
    It then shows a cool pic of Batman holding his grappling hook as the credits
    flash by to his right. PRESENTED BY SUNSOFT will appear on the next screen and
    then pressing Start will bring you to the title screen. That was from playing
    through the game on NORMAL difficulty. If you play through on EASY you get the
    exact same ending, the only major difference I noticed was that the giant mag-
    net is not present when fighting the Joker, but the ending is no different. If
    you play through the game on HARD difficulty the ending is exactly the same as
    well, so you get the same ending beating the game no all 3 difficulty settings
    and are not rewarded for beating the harder challenge.
    
    
    BATMAN - THE ANIMATED SERIES (Konami)
    -This is a good old-fashioned action game released by the pros at Konami.
    You control Batman (and Robin on a few of the levels) through 5 different
    episodes. Each episode has several areas to play through. When you finish
    an episode it tallies your score and any Time Bonus you got for getting
    through the Episode quick (I only got a Time Bonus on Episode 5, which is
    just the final boss fight). The usual Batman villains are present in this
    one, including the Joker, Mr. Freeze, Scarecrow, Penguin, Poison Ivy, the
    Riddler and even Cat WOman. When you make it to Episode 5 you will just run
    across the screen and into the next section where you will do battle against
    the Joker's Clown Drill. The fight is easy. Avoid the hands that come down
    after you, then when the drill lunges down at you, dodge it then hit it while
    it is in the ground. That is the only time you can damage it. Do this about
    10 or so times and the Drill will be defeated. It flies up to the ledge where
    the Joker is standing and drops on him. The screen fades to black and goes
    to the score screen. Then the Bat signal appears and you get the following
    dialogue:
    "OK ROBIN, THE
    POLICE WILL BE
    HERE SOON.
    LET'S GO HOME!"
    "I COULD REALLY GO
    FOR A HOT MEAL!"
    "I"LL HAVE ALFRED
    PREPARE SOMETHING
    FOR US!"
    The staff credits then roll and it ends with THANK YOU FOR PLAYING with your
    score below it. Pressing start will go back to the title screen. Not much of
    an ending, but once you finish the game if you press Select at the title
    screen to bring up the options menu you will find an Episode select there to
    start at the beginning of any Episode. You will get the same ending whether
    you beat the game on Normal or Hard difficulty.
    
    
    BATMAN - THE VIDEO GAME (Sunsoft)
    -This original Batman game for the Game Boy isn't that long, but man is it
    tough to beat. There are 4 stages and here is the breakdown:
    Stage 1: 1-1, 1-2, 1-3 and 1-B (boss battle against Jack)
    Stage 2: 2-1, 2-2 and 2-3
    Stage 3: Batwing stages 3-1 and 3-2
    Stage 4: 4-1, 4-2 and 4-B (boss battle against The Joker)
    The battle against the Joker in the bell tower is tough and he takes quite a
    few hits to defeat, even with a high powered weapon, but when you blast him
    with the last shot it will blow him off the tower and it will show a picture
    of him embedded in the sidewalk below. The following words appear below:
    "JOKER, THE EVIL
    LEADER, IS DEFEATED
    AFTER THE FINAL
    BATTLE WITH BATMAN.
    HE LEAVES BEHIND HIM
    A WEIRD LAUGHTER
    THAT ECHO'S
    THROUGHOUT
    GOTHAM CITY."
    It then goes to a screen showing Batman standing on a platform with the Bat
    signal in the distance as the STAFF credits roll as his cape ripples in the
    breeze. THE END PRESENTED BY SUNSOFT appears and it returns to the title
    screen.
    
    
    BATTLE BULL (SETA)
    -This is a cool, old-style arcade action game where you control a bulldozer
    like vehicle and the object of each Stage is to eliminate a certain amount of
    enemy vehicles (noted at the bottom right of the screen after E) by either
    crushing them with blocks or shooting them. The higher the stage the more en-
    emy vehicles you will have to defeat. There are a total of 48 Stages to bull
    your way through. When you finish Stage 48 it will tally up your score and
    then will go to a screen showing your character sitting in the open cockpit
    of his vehicle with a girl greeting him as confetti falls around them. The
    following message appears above them:
    BATTLE IS OVER!!
    YOU ARE THE CHAMPION
    It then switches to another scene of you and the girl looking out at the sun
    as the STAFF credits flash by. The message SEE YOU AGAIN! appears and then you
    are brought back to the title screen. Since this is a relatively short ending
    description, I will give you a bit of useless information that I read in the
    game's FAQ: SETA, the company that made this game, is an acronym for Super
    Entertainment and Total Amusement. Bet you didn't know that.
    
    
    BATTLE UNIT ZEOTH (Jaleco)
    -This is an excellent shooter in the style of the Sega game Forgotten Worlds
    where you control a robot-like mech warrior who must battle through 5 stages
    to finish the game. Stage 1, 3 and 5 scroll horizontally while Stages 2 and 4
    have you moving vertically. Each stage has a good sized boss to defeat. When
    you get to the final boss at the end of Stage 5, a giant mech warrior, wear
    him out by firing your weapon (a full powered laser finishes him off in no
    time if you are lucky enough to have it) and avoiding the several different
    kinds of projectiles he throws at you. Once defeated he will split apart and
    it will go to a screen showing you standing in front of the exploding robot
    as his gun arm falls off. You then face forward and the following appears:
    YOU HAVE ERADICATED
    THE ENEMY.
    MISSION COMPLETED
    THE END
    You turn back around and the STAFF credits begin to slowly scroll by. It ends
    on the PRESENTED BY JALECO screen then throws you back to Stage 1, but with
    your score and weapon intact. You can play through the game again but will get
    the exact same ending you got the first time.
    
    
    BATTLETOADS (Tradewest)
    -This was the first of 3 Game Boy Battletoads games. It is completely differ-
    ent from the NES version and is its own separate game. The NES version was
    ported over to the Game Boy 2 years after this game was released and is called
    Battletoads in Ragnarok's World (with 6 or so stages cut from the game in the
    conversion). Anyway, in this original Game Boy Battletoads game there are a
    total of 9 Stages to fight through. Most are side-scrolling beat'em ups but
    they throw in a couple shooter type stages as well as a stage where you have
    to outrun a boulder chasing you, like a cross between the Clinger Winger
    stage from Battletoads (NES) and that scene from Raiders of the Lost Ark.
    Anyway, when you get to Stage 9 it will just be a final battle against the
    main villain of the game named Robo-Manus. He takes up most of the screen and
    can be defeated by taking out both of his arms and his head. Do this and he
    will be done for. The screen will shake and he will break up into pieces. It
    will then show Zitz (the Toad you controlled) rescuing his 2 companions, Rash
    and Pimple I believe. It shows a screen with the Toads taking what amounts
    to a selfie with the following text below:
    ...AND THE TOADALLY
    AWESOME TRIO ARE
    REUNITED AND READY
    FOR ACTION
    ONCE AGAIN!!
    The bird-like captain of your ship appears and says:
    WELL DONE, ZITZ!!
    NO-ONE CAN BEAT YOU
    WHEN YOU GET GOIN !!
    On the next screen the Dark Queen appears. You did not encounter her during
    gameplay but that doesn't mean she can't pop in to comment, as she says:
    HA! DON'T BET ON IT,
    BIRDBRAIN! I'LL BE
    BACK SOON - WITH A
    VENGEANCE!
    It then abruptly goes back to the title screen. This game seemed much more
    polished compared to Battletoads in Ragnarok's World.
    
    
    BATTLETOADS AND DOUBLE DRAGON - THE ULTIMATE TEAM (Tradewest)
    -This is quite the team up, putting members of two of the more popular NES
    games together (this was released on the NES, Game Boy and SNES). It's too
    bad you are stuck with the character you choose at the beginning of the game
    and aren't allowed to switch between Levels. You can choose from Rash, Zitz,
    Pimple, Billy or Jimmy. The game definitely uses elements from both franch-
    ises but has more of a Battletoads feeling to me, even when playing as one
    of the Double Dragon boys. There are 7 Levels to play through, with each
    Level having a varying amount of stages in it. They break down as follows:
    1-1, 1-2
    2-1, 2-2, 2-3
    3-1, 3-2, 3-3
    4-1, 4-2
    5-1, 5-2
    6-1
    7-1
    Level 5 is one of the more difficult as you have 3 mini-boss fights during
    the Level as well as a difficult final boss in Robo-Manus. Level 6 is fairly
    short and you take on the Shadow Boss from Double Dragon at the end. Level 9
    is quick, as the Dark Queen appears not long after starting the Level. She
    burrows into the ground and attacks you before burrowing again. Just keep
    putting the boots to her and elbow dropping her as she goes back into the
    ground and eventually you will do her in. You will go to a screen showing
    your bird friend at the top and the Dark Queen at the bottom with the message
    IT'S THE RIGHT RESULT FOR LEVEL SEVEN! EXCELLENT! scrolling across the top.
    The birdman says:
    IT'S GAME OVER
    FOR YOU, DARK
    HAS-BEEN!
    YOU'LL BE
    BANISHED
    FOREVER!
    The Dark Queen replies:
    DON'T COUNT
    YOUR CHICKENS,
    WINGED WEIRDO.
    I'LL BE BACK,
    THAT'S A PROMISE!
    It then goes to a scene showing the Queen's ship taking off as the Shadow
    Boss gets tossed from it and the Queen says GET OUT! HA! HA! HA! Well that
    was mean. The following message appears on the next screen:
    THE DARK QUEEN,
    BEATEN AND HUMBLED,
    MAKES HER ESCAPE
    INTO SPACE, WHILE THE
    SHADOW BOSS SEEKS
    SANCTUARY IN THE
    MURKY ALLEYWAYS!
    THE TOADS AND
    DRAGONS GO THEIR
    SEPARATE WAYS, BUT
    EVIL FORCES BEWARE..
    BATTLETOADS
    AND
    DOUBLE DRAGON
    ARE
    -THE ULTIMATE TEAM-
    TOTAL TIME ##
    Pressing the start button brings you back to the title screen.
    
    
    BATTLETOADS IN RAGNAROK'S WORLD (Tradewest)
    -So only recently did I discover that the game Battletoads for the Game Boy
    was a different game than the NES version and that this game, Battletoads in
    Ragnarok's World is actually the Game Boy version of the NES classic, minus
    a few of the Stage. There are 7 Stages in this version as opposed to the 13
    in the NES version of the game. Unfortunately that damn Clinger Winger stage
    is still in the GB game at Stage 6. If you are skillful enough to finish that
    Stage you go on to the final Stage, where you have to scale the tower. There
    are a lot of hard jumps onto disappearing platforms and springs but if you
    manage to make it to the top you will face off against the Dark Queen. Just
    keep punching her while avoiding her in tornado mode and eventually you will
    do her in. It then goes to a screen with your bird buddy in the spaceship and
    you get the following text:
    OKAY, LET'S BREAK OUT
    THE SODAS AND JUNK-
    FOOD, IT'S PARTY TIME
    After this it shows the evil Dark Queen who has this to say:
    I GUESS YOU SLIPPERY
    SUCKERS THINK YOU'RE
    PRETTY HOT STUFF, HUH
    WELL, YOU DON'T CHEAT
    THE DARK LADY THAT
    EASILY! 'TILL NEXT
    TIME, CATTLE LOADS!
    She disappears leaving a black screen and the following text:
    AND SO, THE DARK
    QUEEN IS DEFEATED
    ONCE AGAIN -
    RETREATING INTO THE
    SHADOWY MARGINS OF
    THE GALAXY TO RECOUP
    HER LOSSES....
    UNTIL THE NEXT TIME.
    Pressing start will bring you to the title screen.
    
    
    BEAVIS AND BUTT-HEAD (GT Interactive)
    -This show was a guilty pleasure of mine when I was in college so it was cool
    to revisit these 2 clowns 20 years after their show was popular. In this game
    you control both Beavis and Butt-Head in 8 or 9 Levels of play. You cannot
    switch between them, as they have their own designated Levels, including one
    that is completely different in gameplay to the rest of the Levels. This odd
    Level is the Level 3 sewer, where you control Beavis in a platform type level
    instead of the normal type of Levels this game has to offer. The Levels are
    not numbered but you get a password after finishing an area, so I count the
    area after getting a password as a new Level, however on Level 7 you get a
    password mid-way through the Level even though you have to return back to the
    area that you were in before getting that password to complete that area. Re-
    gardless of how many Levels there technically are, when you get to the Jail
    Level you are in the final area. In the Jail you have to go through 3 cell
    blocks until you find Todd. He threatens to beat you up if you do not free
    him. Go further in the Level to find the key to his cell then return to him
    to spring him and you will get the ending. It will show the gruff Todd grab-
    bing Beavis and BUtt-Head by their shirts and he says the following:
    YOU LITTLE
    QUEENS
    ACTUALLY
    MANAGED TO
    BREAK ME OUT
    OUT OF HERE. (yes, OUT is here twice)
    THATS TOO
    BAD...
    CAUSE
    NOW I'M
    GONNA KICK
    YOUR BUTTS
    FOR PUTTING ME HERE.
    That was nice of him. The next screen shows a battered Beavis and Butt-Head
    sitting in front of their TV with the following dialogue between them:
    HEY BUTT-HEAD GETTING BEATEN UP SUCKS.
    YEAH. REALLY... HUH, HUH. I DON'T THINK TODD IS GOING TO LET US IN HIS GANG.
    GETTING INTO A GANG IS HARD. HUH, HUH HARD
    YEAH, LIKE MAYBE WE'RE, LIKE, DOING IT WRONG OR SOMETHING.
    MAYBE WE SHOULDN'T HAVE PUT TODD IN JAIL. HEH HEH HEH.
    HEY BEAVIS, MAYBE WE SHOULD START OUR OWN GANG
    YEAH! THEN WE'D LIKE GET CHICKS AND SCORE! SCORE!!! SCORE!!!
    SETTLE DOWN BEAVIS.
    You then get a big GAME OVER screen and then the GAME CREDITS scroll, includ-
    ing credits from several branches of GT Interactive, MTV and Torus Games then
    it goes back to the title screen.
    
    
    BILL & TED'S EXCELLENT GAME BOY ADVENTURE (LJN)
    -This is an interesting game, much different from its NES counterpart. In this
    one you must guide Bill & Ted (they alternate every other Adventure) through
    10 different adventures, each with 5 Quests, making it a total of 50 Quests to
    play through. Each Adventure happens in a different time and place and when
    you complete the 5 Quests you move on to the next Adventure. Each Quest is a
    screen where you have to collect all the shiny objects to make a phone booth
    appear. It can be tricky collecting all these objects at times because in some
    Quests you need to collect them in a certain order to get through it. When all
    is said and done and you complete Adventure 10, Quest 5 (SCHOOL CONCERT) you
    will get the ending. The first screen shows a close up of Bill and Ted saying
    HEY DUDE! THAT
    WAS A
    MOST TRIUMPHANT
    EXPERIENCE!
    YOU HAVE TOTALLY
    SAVED OUR FUTURE!
    The next screen shows your phone booth travelling through time complete with
    wavy background and then it goes back to the boys who say:
    PARTY ON DUDES!!
    You then get a GAME OVER screen (the slap in the face of ending screens) and
    are returned to the title screen. Not a good ending by any means, but at least
    it had one and wasn't really that bad for an LJN game.
    
    
    BIONIC BATTLER (Electro Brain)
    -This is a pretty odd game. You control a mech (you can select between Valiant
    and Sirius) and have to go through a first person maze level, destroying all
    the mechs in the level to finish it. There are a total of 5 Levels. The odd
    thing about the game is that when you beat Level 1 it doesn't go on to Level 2
    but just brings you back to the Level select screen, so basically each Level
    has its own separate little ending. Each Level also increases the amount of
    mechs you must defeat by 1:
    Level 1: 3 mechs
    Level 2: 4 mechs
    Level 3: 5 mechs
    Level 4: 6 mechs
    Level 5: 7 mechs
    When you defeat all the mechs in a Level the word WIN will appear on the
    screen. It will then show you exiting your mech and going into the next room
    on the left. Now here is where the Level endings differ:
    LEVEL 1: The guy at the desk (presumably your boss) gives you a handshake and
    you are rewarded $1.
    LEVEL 2: The guy at the desk hands you what looks like a cake. You are reward-
    ed $10.
    LEVEL 3: The guy at the desk hands you what appears to be a medal in a box.
    You are rewarded $100.
    LEVEL 4: The guy at the desk hands you a giant trophy. You are rewarded with
    $1000.
    LEVEL 5: There is no guy at the desk this time. You walk toward the desk and
    all of a sudden a bunch of money comes down on top of you, $99999, as you are
    rewarded for finishing the final Level of the game. This is considered the
    ending, as it simply brings you back to the Level select screen and doesn't
    give you a staff credits roll or anything like that. The endings are the same
    no matter which mech, Valiant or Sirius, you are playing as.
    
    
    BIONIC COMMANDO (Capcom)
    -If you liked the NES version you should enjoy this one as well. It is not the
    same game, but the play mechanics and Stage set-up are extremely similar. You
    must control a Bionic Commando named Rad Spencer who must infiltrate the Dor-
    aize base and defeat the Albatross process and rescue the original Bionic
    Commando, Super Joe, along the way. There are a total of 17 Areas to play
    through. Areas 2, 5, 9, 11, 14 & 15 are demilitarized zones where the rebels
    hide out and you usually receive weapons, items or info. The rest of the Areas
    you must play through and defeat a boss at the end. The later levels require a
    serious amount of skill in using your bionic arm, as there are a ton of Tarzan
    like swings you need to make to reach doors that seem impossible to get to.
    When you finish Area 16 you will notice the Albatross ship appear on the map.
    Go to it and this will be Area 17, the final stage. You will have to defeat a
    gruesome skeletal boss towards the end of the stage, the Albatross. He lowers
    his 2 skeletal hands and you can use these to swing your way up to his head.
    Pound on him to defeat him and you will then get a special gun from Super Joe
    for the next part. At the edge of the cliff you have to swing out and when you
    get to the bottom you need to send a shot from your new weapon into the cock-
    pit of the getaway plane that Wiseman (the Director) is attempting to escape
    in. If you shot was true the plane will explode, but you will not get to see
    Wiseman's head explode like Hitler's did in the NES Bionic Commando. For the
    last part of the Area you have 60 seconds to grapple your way out of the base
    before it explodes. This area isn't too difficult but there is one boss along
    the way that you need to get around to continue your ascent up. Get into the
    door at the top and you get the ending. You get the following messages:
    Commander: GET OUT OF THIS PLACE IMMEDIATELY!
    Female Commando: RAD AND SUPER JOE ARE STILL INSIDE THE ALBATROSS. WILL YOU
    WAIT, SIR?
    Male Commando: I DON'T CARE! I'LL GO FIND RAD!
    It then shows Rad and Super Joe meeting up with this dialogue:
    Super Joe: YOU DID IT! YOU'VE SAVED TEH WHOLE WORLD!
    Rad: WE'VE WON THE FINAL BATTLE.
    Male Commando: CAN YOU HEAR ME, RAD? OUR HELICOPTER IS APPROACHING YOU. GET
    A HOLD OF THE HELICOPTER AS IT PASSES BY.
    Rad grapples onto the helicopter and grabs Super Joe as it flies off. The next
    screen shows the Albatross exploding as it breaks in half and crashes to the
    ground. Many birds, presumable doves, are then shown flying over the city with
    the following text appearing below:
    THE BATTLE HAS
    ENDED
    WITH THE
    DESTRUCTION OF
    THE ALBATROSS
    PROJECT
    AND THE DORAIZE
    DUKEDOM WILL
    SURELY CRUMBLE.
    The next screen shows Joe and Rad grabbing hands with the following text:
    OUT OF THE
    RUBBLE,
    A NEW HERO HAS
    EMERGED TO LEAD
    THE FF CORPS.
    RAD SPENCER,
    SUPER JOE AND
    [Bionic Commando logo appears)
    THE REST OF THE
    BIONIC COMMANDOS
    WILL CONTINUE
    THEIR ETERNAL
    VIGIL IN THE
    NAME OF PEACE.
    END
    It stays here until you reset.
    
    
    BLASTER MASTER BOY (Sunsoft)
    -People say this is a mix between Blaster Master (the out of tank scenes) and
    Bomberman, but to me it seemed more like a sequel to the NES game RoboWarrior
    and perhaps it was, but was renamed because of the popularity of Blaster Mas-
    ter. Either way, it is a decent game where you have to find a key in each
    level (levels are called Periods) and then find the exit. Along the way you
    need to bomb rocks to find powerups like lanterns that light up dark areas,
    floats to let you cross water and another icon that lets you cross spikes. In
    all there are 30 Periods to play through and they break down like this:
    Period 1-1, 1-2 (Boss)
    Period 2-1, 2-2, 2-3 (Boss)
    Period 3-1, 3-2, 3-3, 3-4 (Boss)
    Period 4-1, 4-2, 4-3 (Boss)
    Period 5-1, 5-2, 5-3, 5-4 (Boss)
    Period 6-1, 6-2 (Boss)
    Period 7-1, 7-2, 7-3 (Boss)
    Period 8-1, 8-2, 8-3, 8-4, 8-5, 8-6 (Boss)
    Period 9-1, 9-2, 9-3 (Final Boss)
    The boss battles are cool, in that you have to figure out ways to beat certain
    bosses, like the enemy frog that lashes his tongue at you. If you lay a bomb
    between you and his approaching tongue he snatches up the bomb and it blows up
    when he sucks it into his mouth. Anyway, when you reach the game's final boss
    in Period 9-3 he looks like a giant version of you (or Bomberman). Avoid him
    and the mega bombs he lays and lay your own bombs when you can to damage him.
    keep this up and when he finally blows up he will leave a key. Grab it and
    head to the exit. It will show a scene with you approaching the unstable com-
    puter and taking control of it. THe screen flashes and it shows a nice outdoor
    scene with trees then flashes to birds flying by the mountains with your guy
    looking on with a smile on his face. It then goes to a screen showing your
    helmet and weapons and the staff credits scrolling by and ends on the PRESENT-
    ED BY SUNSOFT screen where you can hit Start to return to the title screen.
    
    
    BOMBERMAN GB (Nintendo/Hudson)
    -This game was programmed by Hudson and released by Nintendo. You control
    Bomberman, who wears a fedora a la Indiana Jones as he makes his way through
    8 Areas in search for the legendary Ring. You can select STORY mode or LESSON
    mode when you start. STORY is the meat of the game while LESSON is just prac-
    ticing the different bomb skills you will acquire along the way. When you
    start STORY mode it will show you a map and then you will be able to select
    MODE A or MODE B. The only difference between these is what your goal in each
    Area is and whichever way you choose will not affect how you finish the game.
    Either way, choose MODE A or B and you will start Area 1-1. The only thing
    the goal changes is what you have to do in each Area, like defeating a set
    amount of enemies or destroying a set amount of gems, etc. Each Area has 5
    sections and then a boss battle after you finish the 5th section. In all there
    are 8 Areas to play through. When you finish Area 7-5 you will fight a boss
    and then when you go to Area 8 instead of it being Area 8-1 in this final area
    you will have to battle the previous 7 bosses one at a time in a boss rush.
    When you defeat the 7th boss you will do battle against the final boss. It
    looks like some sort of moving statue. Defeat this form and it turns into two
    masks that move around and are hard to defeat. For its 3rd form it turns into
    a freaky looking skull that chases you around. When you finally rid the world
    of this menace you will get a cinema scene showing Bomberman looking at the
    Ring on an altar. The message below says:
    BOMBERMAN HAD
    FINALLY FOUND
    THE LEGENDARY
    TREASURE!
    It then shows a close-up of the ring and says:
    MANY BATTLES
    HAD BEEN FOUGHT
    OVER THIS RING
    AND MANY WOULD FOLLOW.
    The next scene shows Indiana Bomberman standing all cool-like and says:
    BOMBERMAN HAD
    TRAVELED FAR
    IN SEARCH OF
    THE TREASURE.
    BUT HE DECIDES
    TO LEAVE
    THE TREASURE
    BEHIND.
    It shows the ring again and says:
    AND THE RING
    STILL AWAITS
    FOR THE NEXT
    ADVENTURER.
    It then shows Bomberman sitting on a bomb as the STAFF credits scroll by. It
    ends with PRESENTED BY HUDSON SOFT and stays here until you reset.
    
    
    BOOMER'S ADVENTURE IN ASMIK WORLD (Asmik)
    -This is an interesting game and the ending is equally interesting. You play
    through the game as a small dragon named Boomer. Your goal in each Stage is
    to find the key, usually by digging in random places for it, and then unlock-
    ing the door to get to the stairs to the next Stage. There are various weapons
    to find through the stages and boss battles every 8th Stage. Here is where
    things get interesting. When you defeat the boss of Stage 32 you go on to
    Stage 33 where you will fight what seems to be the final boss, Zoozoon. He
    is tough to avoid unless you can dig up the Roller Skates but if you manage
    to defeat him he will be jettisoned up and out of the castle and you will get
    the following message:
    ZOOZOON,
    THE EMPEROR OF THE
    MAGIC KINGDOM, HAS
    BEEN DEFEATED!
    HE HAS RETURNED TO
    THE MAGIC KINGDOM
    CRYING IN DEFEAT
    "THE PEACEFUL DAYS
    WILL ONCE AGAIN
    RETURN TO THIS
    LAND," THOUGHT
    BOOMER.
    BUT,
    AS HE WAS ABOUT TO
    LEAVE THE TOWER, HE
    HEARD THE RUMBING [sic]
    OF THE EARTH...
    HE MUST GET OUT OF
    THERE RIGHT AWAY!
    You must now work your way back down to the first floor (Stage 1) of the
    castle again. You pick up in Stage 33 where you just defeated Zoozoon and here
    you only have to grab the key to escape. Same in Stage 32. Now work your way
    through the stages from 33 back to 1. You will encounter bosses that you al-
    ready beat in Stages 24, 16, 8 and then the final boss back where you started
    in Stage 1. I believe his name is Zahnbela since that is the password you get
    before doing battle with him. Regardless of his name, it takes about 12 boom-
    erang shots to do him in. Once defeated you can exact the castle to the south.
    The next screen shows you walking out of the castle and then you get a side
    view of the massive 33 floor tower and the following message:
    JUST AS BOOMER
    MANAGED TO BEAT
    THE ENEMY AND GET
    OUTSIDE,
    THE TOWER CAME
    CRASHING TO THE
    GROUND WITH A
    RESOUNDING BOOM.
    AFTER THE SMOKE
    HAD CLEARED,
    THERE WAS NOTHING
    LEFT BUT THE
    PEACEFUL PLACE.
    BOOMER WAS
    WELCOMED AS A HERO,
    AND THE PEOPLE
    LIVED HAPPILY EVER
    AFTER.
    THE END
    Pressing Start will bring you back to the title screen. A pretty cool and
    unique game with a somewhat satisfying, albeit short, ending.
    
    
    BOXXLE (FCI)
    -This is the classic Sokoban game for the Game Boy. The object of the game is
    to move all the boxes on the screen onto all of the dots. When you do this you
    can move on to the next level. There are a total of 108 levels in this game.
    Stages 1 through 10 each have 10 levels and Stage 11 only has 8 levels. Luck-
    ily there is a password feature that allows you to pick up from the last level
    you played rather than play through all 108 in one sitting. Also of note is
    that after every 10 levels you will get an intermission scene before starting
    the next stage. This usually consists of your character betting rejected by
    the girl he is going after. When you complete Stage 11-08 you will get the fi-
    nal scene showing you walking toward the girl and presenting her with a heart.
    A big heart floats from her (finally gonna get lucky!) and he raises his arms
    in victory as she hugs him and another heart floats up. It shows the title
    screen right after this but it is actually part of the ending. It will scroll
    up and some staff credits will scroll by. PRESENTED BY FCI eventually scrolls
    by and then it says SEE YOU AGAIN where it stays until you reset. That last
    message holds true, as FCI did release Boxxle 2 for the Game Boy a couple
    years later.
    
    
    BOXXLE II (FCI)
    -If you liked the original Boxxle for Game Boy, you'll find more of the same
    here. Move the boxes onto the dots and when you do this for all the boxes on
    a level you will move on to the next level. There are a grand total of 120
    levels in this one, consisting of 10 levels in each of the 12 stages. As was
    the case in Boxxle, you will also get intermission scenes after you complete
    all the levels in a stage. When you finally make it to Stage 12 and finish the
    last level, 12-10 (I played the levels in order but it does let you pick any
    of the levels in a stage in whatever order you want), it will go to the final
    scene which shows your character walking towards the weird little alien guy
    that abducted your girlfriend at beginning of the game. When you get close to
    him it says the following:
    YOU'VE DONE
    VERY WELL.
    WANDA IS
    THE PRINCESS OF
    THIS WORLD.
    YOU ARE BRAVE AND
    WISE KID.
    WOULD YOU PLEASE
    RULE THIS WORLD
    TOGETHER?
    A window opens up that says:
    WHICH
    YES
    NO
    You will have to make a decision here but I think it is obvious. Choosing NO
    will bump you back into Stage 12 where you will have to finish the level again
    to get back to this point. If you choose YES Wanda will drop from the sky and
    kiss you as a heart floats up from the two of you and then it says:
    AND THEY LIVED
    HAPPILY
    EVER AFTER.
    The staff credits will scroll by and PRESENTED BY FCI will appear. The words
    THANK YOU SO MUCH! will conclude the credits and stay until you reset. It was
    nice of FCI to include a cute little ending to wrap things up.
    
    
    BRAIN DRAIN (Acclaim)
    -This is a SGB enhanced puzzle game where you have to match similar tiles by
    rotating them, not unlike solving a Rubix cube. Eliminate all the tiles on a
    Level and move on to the next one. There are 3 different difficulties in this
    game: ROOKIE, STUDENT and GENIUS. There are also 2 different modes of play in
    Brain Drain: BRAIN GAME and BRAIN RACE. I will detail what it takes to finish
    the game in each mode and difficulty below.
    -BRAIN GAME-
    -ROOKIE
    In ROOKIE you must solve 50 Levels to finish the game. After Levels 5, 15,
    25, 35 and 45 you play a Bonus slide puzzle game. After Levels 10, 20, 30 and
    40 you get a password. After finishing Level 50 it will show a picture of a
    baby behind a giant baby bottle with the following message:
    GREAT JOB!!!
    YOU HAVE FINISHED
    ALL ROOKIE LEVELS!
    NOW TRY TO SOLVE
    ALL PUZZLES IN
    STUDENT DIFFICULTY!
    -STUDENT
    In STUDENT difficulty you start at Level 21 and play through Level 150 (wow,
    that's 129 Levels!). After every 10 Levels you get a Bonus Slide puzzle game
    and every 15 Levels you get a password. After finishing Level 150 it will show
    your character standing outside a school with his books and this message:
    EXCELLENT JOB!!
    YOU HAVE FINISHED
    ALL STUDENT LEVELS!
    NOW TRY TO SOLVE
    ALL PUZZLES IN
    GENIUS DIFFICULTY!
    -GENIUS
    In GENIUS difficulty you start at Level 51 and play through Level 250!! That's
    That's 199 Levels in GENIUS alone and 378 Levels in all of BRAIN GAME!! You
    play the Bonus Slide puzzles after every 15 Levels and get a password every
    20 Levels. After finishing Level 250 it will show your character standing on a
    math book in a classroom with THE END written on the chalkboard and the fol-
    lowing message:
    CONGRATULATIONS!!
    YOU HAVE COMPLETED
    BRAIN GAME!!
    YOU MUST BE A
    G E N I U S !!!
    It then returns you back to the game select screen. Now I will give the speci-
    fics for the BRAIN RACE mode of BRAIN DRAIN.
    -BRAIN RACE-
    -ROOKIE
    In the ROOKIE difficulty of the BRAIN RACE mode there are a total of 10 Levels
    to try and finish as fast as you can. If you finish all 10 of them and have a
    good enough time you will get a screen showing the 1st, 2nd & 3rd place win-
    ners with the following message below you:
    CONGRATULATIONS!
    YOU HAVE FINISHED
    ROOKIE BRAIN RACE !
    EXCELLENT TIME!
    YOU ENTER
    THE HALL OF FAME !!!
    PLEASE ENTER YOUR
    NAME !
    NAME: _ _ _ _ _
    It will then show the HALL OF FAME ROOKIE screen with your NAME, LEVEL & TIME
    along with 3 other generic names. It then returns you back to the game select
    screen.
    -STUDENT
    In the STUDENT difficulty of BRAIN RACE mode there are 25 Levels to play
    through. If your time was good enough you will get the screen showing the 1st,
    2nd & 3rd place winners and this message:
    CONGRATULATIONS!
    YOU HAVE FINISHED
    STUDENT BRAIN RACE!
    EXCELLENT TIME !
    YOU ENTER
    THE HALL OF FAME !!!
    PLEASE ENTER YOUR
    NAME !
    NAME: _ _ _ _ _
    It will show the HALL OF FAME STUDENT screen with your NAME, LEVEL & TIME
    along with 3 other generic names. It then returns you back to the game select
    screen.
    -GENIUS
    In the GENIUS difficulty of BRAIN RACE mode there are 50 Levels to play
    through. If your time was good enough you will get the screen showing the 1st,
    2nd & 3rd place winners and this message:
    CONGRATULATIONS!
    YOU HAVE FINISHED
    GENIUS BRAIN RACE!
    EXCELLENT TIME !
    YOU ENTER
    THE HALL OF FAME !!!
    PLEASE ENTER YOUR
    NAME !
    NAME: _ _ _ _ _
    It will show the HALL OF FAME GENIUS screen with your NAME, LEVEL & TIME
    along with 3 other generic names. It then returns you back to the game select
    screen. I was hoping for a final ending of BRAIN RACE but at least the game
    had multiple endings for you to get to.
    
    
    BUBBLE BOBBLE (Taito)
    -The classic NES and Arcade game for the Game Boy dumbed down a bit but still
    has the multiple endings that its predecessors had. There are a total of 100
    Rounds to play through. You will battle bosses in Rounds 25, 50, 75 and a
    final boss, Superdrunk Jr., in Round 100. The key to getting the Good endings
    is getting the Magical Cup, Magical Jewel and Magical Crown from the Round 25,
    50 and 75 bosses. All you have to do to get the items is defeat them and go
    through the door. The only way you won't get these items is if you defeat the
    boss and don't bother going through the door. I will explain the 3 different
    endings below:
    -BAD ENDING-
    If you defeat Superdrunk Jr. in Round 100 and didn't acquire the 3 Magical
    items from the 3 mini-bosses, it will show your character transformed into
    a human with the following message:
    YOU DEFEATED
    "SUPERDRUNK JR."
    AND
    FINALLY ACQUIRED
    THE "MOON WATER."
    BUT IS THAT ALL
    YOU NEED TO DO?
    It will show the 3 Magical items below the message and the one you did not
    get will be flashing. You then get a GAME OVER screen but you can continue
    your game and select what Round you want to start at, so if you know which
    item you need and whether it was in Round 25, 50 or 75 you can go back to get
    it and then continue on to Superdrunk Jr. again to get the Good ending.
    -GOOD ENDING #1-
    When you defeat Superdrunk Jr. with all the Magical items make sure you go
    through the door after beating him or you will have to continue and fight him
    again. Now go through the door and you will be on a screen with a magic lan-
    tern. The Water Spirit will come of the lantern and tell you this:
    I'M THE SPIRIT
    OF THE WATER.
    I BELIEVED
    SOMEONE WOULD COME
    AND HELP ME.
    YOU WOULD LIKE
    THE "MOON WATER,"
    WOULDN'T YOU?
    ALL RIGHT.
    I WILL MAKE THE
    SPRING SPURT
    WITH THE WATER
    OF LIFE
    IN THE WOODS.
    It then switches to a scene showing your brother and parents looking down at
    the ground. You pop out of the ground and join them, turning back into human
    form. You then throw the 3 Magical items down into the hole and the Water of
    Life rises up complete with happy music and fish jumping out of it. The next
    screen shows a picture of the restored landscape and has the following text
    scrolling above it:
    THE "MOON WATER,"
    LIKE BEFORE,
    BEGAN TO FILL UP
    THE FOUNTAIN
    IN THE WOODS.
    THANKS TO THIS,
    THE EXTINGUISHING
    WOODS REVIVED
    WITH GREEN, AND
    THE DANGER OF
    THE NATURE WAS
    ELIMINATED.
    BUBBY WAS
    VERY GLAD BECAUSE
    HIS BROTHER'S
    HELTH [sic] CAME BACK.
    MAYBE SOME DAY
    THERE WILL BE
    AGAIN A VILLAIN
    WHO'LL TRY TO
    DESTROY THIS
    BEAUTIFUL EARTH.
    HOWEVER,
    BUBBY WILL FIGHT
    BACK TO PROTECT
    THE PRECIOUS LIVES
    ON THE EARTH.
    The screen fades out to a STAFF credits roll and ends on a screen that shows
    a password, VLT1. This is a password that starts you on an EXPERT mode! Go to
    the password entry screen and enter it to start EXPERT mode and go for the
    final Good ending.
    -GOOD ENDING #2-
    Now play through the 100 Rounds again, making sure to get the Magical items
    from the bosses of Rounds 25, 50 and 75 again. Defeat Superdrunk Jr. again
    in Round 100 and when you enter the door you will get the same exact ending
    that you got in GOOD ENDING #1. You get the same message, credits roll and
    everything. However, when the credits are done you get a final message that
    you did not get in GOOD ENDING #1. This is what it says:
    THIS IS THE END OF
    THIS STORY.
    PLEASE JOIN THEIR
    ADVENTURE AGAIN
    SOME DAY.
    SEE YOU SOON
    TAITO.
    Good to see Taito reward the hard working gamer with this bonus message.
    
    
    BUBBLE BOBBLE PART 2 (Taito)
    -This sequel plays almost identical to the original one but there are only 80
    Rounds to play through and the endings are not that great. The goal to get the
    good ending in this one is to get the 3 Keys. You will get a Key after beating
    the boss of Rounds 20, 40 and 60 but ONLY if you managed to find the big
    diamond in the Rounds leading up to the boss. I am not totally clear on how
    you trigger a big diamond to appear but I managed to do it in the Rounds be-
    fore the bosses of Rounds 20 and 40 but could not get one to appear in Rounds
    41-59, so if anyone knows the secret I will add it to this ending and credit
    you. So if you play through all 80 Rounds and defeat the Evil King Great Skall
    in Round 80 but DO NOT have the 3 Keys, you will get the bad ending:
    -BAD ENDING-
    It shows you character popping 3 bubbles on the screen revealing them to be
    3 treasures and you get the following message on the screen:
    GREAT!
    I'VE GOT THE
    TREASURES OF
    THE EVIL KING!
    BUT, I MUST
    CONTINUE THE
    JOURNEY AND
    RESCUE MY
    FRIENDS....
    Unfortunately when you press Start it brings you back to the title screen and
    does not allow you to go back into the Rounds and find the Keys you missed.
    -GOOD ENDING-
    If you managed to find the Big Diamonds and get the 3 Keys after beating the
    bosses of Rounds 20, 40 and 60 and then beat the Evil King Great Skall in
    Round 80 it will show a giant Key on the screen and say:
    CONGRATULATIONS!
    YOUR SCORE
    ###### PTS
    The 3 bubbles will then appear like in the Bad Ending, but this time when you
    pop them instead of them being treasure they are people that you have saved.
    A warrior (or warrior outfit?) appears above you and then you turn into a
    human like the others. The Warrior disappears and then it stays here until
    you press Start. Not much of an ending compared to the first one but at least
    you get a Good Ending here for finding all the keys.
    
    
    BUBBLE GHOST (FCI)
    -This is a nice action/puzzle game from an old NES game company named FCI. In
    it you control a ghost who has to move a bubble through 35 Halls (it's nice
    to see a new term for stages/levels) and to the outside where it can be set
    free. The ghost blows on the bubble to move it and there are many obstacles
    in the way that will burst your bubble, which ties in with the puzzle aspect
    of the game. You do not have to play all 35 Halls if you can manage to get the
    bubble through shortcuts in Hall 14 and another in Hall 27. So once you manage
    to get the bubble through all the Halls and reach Hall 35 and blow the bubble
    out of the confining building, it will float up into the sky on its own and
    just keep floating upwards with your ghost character circling around it until
    you hit Start. This triggers a GAME OVER screen, which always grinds my gears
    since that is synonymous with running out of lives and not finishing a game.
    Anyways, after this GAME OVER scren you go to the BUBBLE GHOST high scorers
    screen where you can enter a 4 digit name. It shows what Hall you made it to
    (shows Hall 36 for beating the game even though there are only 35 Halls) and
    your score and then brings you to the title screen. Quite the horrible ending
    for a game that can be frustrating to get all the way through, but at least it
    didn't just loop continuously.
    
    
    BUGS BUNNY CRAZY CASTLE, THE (Kemco)
    -This is just a straight action game where you play as Bugs Bunny and have to
    get all the carrots on each Stage while avoiding the regular Looney Tunes
    enemies like Yosemite Sam and Daffy Duck among others. It says your mission
    is to complete all 80 Stages to rescue Honey Bunny but the programmers left
    her out of the ending for some reason. When you finish Stage 80 it will go
    to a screen showing Bugs raising his arms up and down with the following
    message displayed above him:
    CONGRATURATIONS !!
    YOU ARE
    GOOD PLAYER !!
    This is your typical Engrish translated ending. Instead of getting any kind
    of staff credits, the game simply moves you back to Stage 1 with your score
    intact. I played through the game 3 more times to see if the ending changes
    but it was the same all 4 times, so that is pretty much all I have to say
    about this game. Actually, no it isn't. The NES version of this game has
    only 60 Stages but the interesting thing is you can use the passwords from
    this Game Boy version in the NES version to play Stages 61-80 though they
    are pretty much buggy and unplayable. Also, Babs Bunny showed up in the NES
    ending, so while you got an extra 20 Stages here you got no female ending
    bunny.
    
    
    BUGS BUNNY CRAZY CASTLE 2, THE (Kemco)
    -This game is somewhat similar to The Bugs Bunny Crazy Castle in that you
    must collect all the items in a Stage to move on (keys in this game) but
    this game has bigger stages and more weapons/items to use. There are only
    29 Stages in this one however (BBCC has 80) but they take a lot longer to
    play through and require you going into a lot of different rooms and even
    some different areas in some of the Stages. When you finish Stage 28 you
    will go to the last Stage where you will do battle with Miss Hazel Witch.
    To defeat her you must grab the 3 Bow & Arrow icons located in the room.
    Grab them all and then shoot her with them when the opportunity presents
    itself. She will disappear and then you can exit the Stage through the door
    in the upper right of the Stage. It will show a scene where Bugs walks to
    the center of a room as Hunny Bunny drops down from the ceiling. Two cupids
    appear above them and the bunnys touch faces as a heart made up of little
    hearts rises up and forms above them, encircling the cupids. Stars appear
    and lift the bunnys off the screen and the next screen shows Bugs and Hunny
    staring into each others eyes while standing in front of the castle as fire-
    works shoot up in the background forming the letters E N D. It stays on this
    screen until you reset. Also of note is that this game was released for the
    Game Boy in Japan under the name Mickey Mouse II and has Disney characters
    instead of the Looney Tunes characters. Also of note, this game was released
    in Europe for the Game Boy under the name Hugo, with characters from that
    franchise.
    
    
    BURAI FIGHTER DELUXE (Taxan)
    -Good old Taxan, throwing the multiple endings at you Game Boy style, just
    like they did for multiple games on the NES. This version of Burai Fighter
    for the Game Boy is a toned down version of the NES game. It's a straight-
    forward shooter where you have to blast your way through 5 stages and defeat
    the Dragon at the end of Stage 5. There are 3 difficulty settings to choose
    from: EAGLE, ALBATROSS and ACE. When you beat the game on ACE difficulty you
    get to play a 4th difficulty quest, called ULTIMATE. Here are the ending des-
    criptions for beating the Stage 5 Dragon on all difficulty settings:
    ------------
    EAGLE ENDING
    After defeating the Dragon a screen pops up that says:
    GREAT FIGHT WARRIOR?
    AN ACE WOULD SEE
    A GRAPHIC ENDING.
    ...KAL
    When you press Start it brings you to the SELECT LEVEL screen.
    ----------------
    ALBATROSS ENDING
    Unfortunately, you get the same exact ending that you got on EAGLE difficulty
    even thorugh ALBATROSS difficulty was definitely harder.
    ----------
    ACE ENDING
    After defeating the Dragon it shows your character standing on the planet
    holding his weapon. The screen flashes and it shows an explosion in the dis-
    tance. The clouds start scrolling by and it says CONGRATULATIONS! on the bot-
    tom with your POINTS underneath it. After a few seconds you get this message:
    DID YOU FIND
    ALL 15 HIDDEN ROOMS?
    THE ULTIMATE
    CHALLENGE AWAITS???
    ...KAL
    PUSH START
    Before pushing Start you can make your character shoot towards the screen by
    pressing the A Button. When you push Start you will see that the ULTIMATE
    difficulty setting is now available to choose.
    ---------------
    ULTIMATE ENDING
    For some reason the ULTIMATE difficulty setting seemed a lot easier than the
    ACE setting did. The enemies took a lot less hits to defeat. Anyway, when you
    defeat the Dragon at the end of Stage 5 you will get the same ending you got
    when you beat the game on ACE difficulty but after the clouds start rolling
    by it will say:
    YOU HAVE EARNED
    MY RESPECT.
    PRODUCED
    BY
    KEN LOBB
    PUSH START
    When you push Start this strange looking bird walks onto the screen pulling a
    wagon with the letters END in it. Seriously. This is the kind of cool mult-
    iple ending game that makes it worth beating in all difficulties.
    
    
    BURGERTIME DELUXE (Data East)
    -Fans of the classic arcade game should enjoy this Game Boy version. It is not
    a copy of the arcade game but is a unique game with a BurgerTime theme, com-
    plete with scenes between areas and a password system so you don't have to
    play through the whole game in one sitting. The game isn't that long. There
    are 6 Areas. Each Area has 4 Stages to play through. When you finish Area 6.4
    it will go to a scene showing a giant donut (the tough enemy in the later sta-
    ges) crushing the NUTEN DOUGHNUT building right next to your BURGER building.
    You would think a doughnut shop wouldn't be much competition for a burger
    joint, unless of course they are serving those gluttonous doughnut burgers,
    but either way your competition is gone. It immediately goes to the STAFF
    credits as your little chef pulls a square onto the screen with the name of
    the staffer in it. It finally ends with a scene showing the chef and the main
    enemy, Nuten, standing on the screen. Two hot dogs wander onto the screen and
    clobber Nuten, knocking him out cold, as the chef jumps up and down in glee.
    You are then returned to the title screen.
    
    
    BUSTER BROTHERS (Hudson)
    -This classic bubble busting game has a  total of 50 stages. The 50 stages are
    divided up between 17 areas which are  different areas on the World map.
    Each
    area has 3 stages except the last one, Antarctica, which only has 2. The num-
    bering is odd because the 1st area, Mt Fuji, has its 3 stages numbered as 1-1,
    1-2 & 1-3. The next area, Mt. Keirin, has its 3 stages numbered 2-4, 2-5 and
    2-6. So basically, the first number is the area and the second number is the
    actual stage number. Anyway, when you get to Antarctica you only have to beat
    the 2 stages, 17-49 and 17-50. When you beat Stage 17-50 it will immediately
    go to a cut scene showing you and your buddy riding in a jeep along the shore
    as WELL DONE scrolls by. It then says:
    YOU HAVE
    COMPLETED
    BUSTER
    BROTHERS
    After this, 6 sets of staff credits scroll by and then the ending message re-
    peats and will keep repeating until you hit Start, which will take you back to
    the title screen. As a side note, the first time I ever played this type of
    game was on a rare NES cart I rented called Caltron 6-in-1. The game was cal-
    led Balloon Monster and wasn't nearly as fun as Buster Brothers, so if you're
    into these type of games give it a try.
    
    
    CAPTAIN AMERICA AND THE AVENGERS (Mindscape)
    -This is just a straight forward action game where you can control Captain
    America, Iron Man, Vision or Hawkeye. There aren't many different moves to
    use, as the ol' kick and punch are the mainstays here, but Captain America
    can throw his shield, even though it does less damage than a basic attack,
    and the other Avengers each have their minimal damage causing projectiles.
    There are a total of 5 Stages (Scenes) to play through. Each Stage has 6
    Levels, except for Stage 3, which only has 5 Levels for some reason, making
    a grand total of 29 Levels to play through. There are bosses at the end of
    each Stage (the last Level of each Stage is just a boss fight) but they are
    not easily distinguishable on the small Game Boy screen or even on an emula-
    tor for that matter. When you reach Stage 5-6 you will do battle against the
    infamous Red Skull. Avoid his attacks and kick and punch him (or throw your
    shield if he is not close by) and eventually you will do him in. Now, there
    are 3 difficulty settings at the beginning of the game to choose from:
    PRACTICE, NORMAL and CHALLENGE. You get the best ending by beating CHALLENGE
    difficulty, but here are the ending messages you get for each difficulty:
    --------
    PRACTICE
    --------
    After beating the Red Skull it goes to a black screen with this message:
    GREAT JOB,
    AVENGERS!
    BUT THE REAL
    THREAT STILL
    EXISTS!
    PLEASE TRY
    AGAIN AT A
    HIGHER LEVEL!
    The staff credits roll and you can enter your name on a TOP SCORES screen be-
    fore it returns yo to the title screen.
    ------
    NORMAL
    ------
    After beating the Red Skull it shows the 4 heroes flying in space and you
    get the following message:
    THANKS TO THE BRAVE
    AND VALIANT EFFORTS
    OF OUR HEROES,
    THE AVENGERS,
    RED SKULL AND HIS
    EVIL PLAN WERE CRUSHED,
    AND THE WORLD
    COULD ONCE AGAIN
    BREATHE EASILY.
    BUT FOR THE
    AVENGERS, THE
    BATTLE DOESN'T
    END HERE.
    WHEREVER EVIL
    EXISTS IN THIS
    WORLD, THEY MUST
    CONFRONT IT...
    IN THE NAME OF
    JUSTICE,
    A V E N G E R S
    U N I T E !
    YET, AN EVEN
    GREATER CHALLENGE
    AWAITS YOU.
    PLEASE TRY THE
    'CHALLENGE' MODE!
    The staff credits roll and you can enter your name on a TOP SCORES screen be-
    fore it returns yo to the title screen.
    ---------
    CHALLENGE
    ---------
    After beating the Red Skull it shows the 4 heroes flying in space like in the
    NORMAL difficulty ending and the message you get is the same with the ending
    changed up a little:
    THANKS TO THE BRAVE
    AND VALIANT EFFORTS
    OF OUR HEROES,
    THE AVENGERS,
    RED SKULL AND HIS
    EVIL PLAN WERE
    CRUSHED,
    AND THE WORLD
    COULD ONCE AGAIN
    BREATHE EASILY.
    BUT FOR THE
    AVENGERS, THE
    BATTLE DOESN'T
    END HERE.
    WHEREVER EVIL
    EXISTS IN THIS
    WORLD, THEY MUST
    CONFRONT IT...
    IN THE NAME OF
    JUSTICE,
    A V E N G E R S
    U N I T E !
    CONGRATULATIONS,
    AVENGERS!
    YOU HAVE MET THE
    GREATEST CHALLENGE
    AND TRIUMPHED!
    Those last 5 lines were the only difference, but it is still good to see a
    game reward you for beating it on a higher difficulty level. The staff cred-
    its roll like in the other endings, you get the TOP SCORES screen and it
    goes back to the title screen.
    
    
    CASPER (Natsume)
    -This is not the easiest game in the world, in fact it is quite annoying.
    However, thanks to nolberto82 and a few Game Genie codes (which can be found
    on gamehacking.org) I was able to play through this fairly easily to record
    the ending. First off, there are 3 difficulty settings: Easy, Medium & Hard.
    The only difference is the number of lives you start with (7, 5 & 3). The game
    itself consists of 3 Levels (each with 4 mini games), followed by 2 more mini
    games that you hadn't played yet and one final Level, which is a mini game
    you have played already. Since this sounds confusing, here is how the exact
    Level layout goes in order:
    LEVEL 1
    1-Protect the Ooz mini game
    2-Ooz Runner mini game
    3-Return the Books mini game
    4-Ramp mini game #1
    (LEVEL 1 COMPLETE)
    LEVEL 2
    1-Protect the Ooz mini game
    2-Ooz Runner mini game
    3-Return the Books mini game
    4-Ramp mini game #2
    (LEVEL 2 COMPLETE)
    LEVEL 3
    1-Protect the Ooz mini game
    2-Ooz Runner mini game
    3-Return the Books mini game
    4-Ramp mini game #3
    (LEVEL 3 COMPLETE)
    5-Casper Pushing Kat mini game
    6-Lazuras Machine mini game
    7-Final Ooz Runner mini game
    So in all there are 15 mini games to play through to finish the game. It's odd
    that they put Ooz Runner as the final mini game to play through, but at least
    it says FINAL OOZ RUNNER on the screen when you start. When you complete the
    FINAL OOZ RUNNER mini game it will go to a screen that shows Casper dancing
    with Kat and Dr. Harvey as a group of 5 people dance and seem to play instru-
    ments on the floor above. They will dance until you press Start then it will
    go to a final screen that shows Casper peaking out from behind the word CASPER
    with your FINAL score at the top of the screen and CONGRATULATIONS! below
    that. The CREDITS will flash by at the bottom as well. It stays on this
    screen until you reset.
    
    
    CASTELIAN (Triffix)
    -For a more wordy game ending description for this game, check out the ending
    I did for the NES version of Castelian. In it I explain how the game's con-
    trols are a detriment to it even though the game itself is decent. The Game
    Boy version is pretty identical. Your quest is to work your pig-looking
    character to the top of 8 Towers so he can destroy them. The towers are
    fraught with difficult jumps and annoying, sometimes unavoidable, enemies.
    When you finish a tower you get to participate in a bonus level where you
    can earn time to add to your timer for the next tower, which will be invalu-
    able if you are not using a code for infinite time. When you eventually make
    it to the top of Tower 8 you will have 4 doors to choose from to finish the
    game. Take the 3rd one from the right to exit. It will tally up your score
    as usual and you wlll crumble the last tower. You will then get a one screen
    ending that says CASTELIAN at the top with a pic of your character and the
    following message below him/it:
    WELL DONE
    YOU HAVE COMPLETED
    YOUR MISSION
    You then get to enter your initials on the HIGH SCORE TABLE and then it sim-
    ply returns you to the title screen.
    
    
    CASTLEVANIA: THE ADVENTURE (Konami)
    -The first Game Boy Castlevania game. It is short but definitely not easy.
    There are only 4 stages to play through, but there are spikes and difficult
    enemies to get past everywhere. The bosses aren't that tough once you get to
    know their patterns (especially if you have a powered up whip) but getting to
    them is a pain. When you finally reach Dracula at the end of Stage 4 make good
    use of the platforms and when you destroy him he will...turn into a bat. Now
    make short work of this bat and when it is destroyed the screen will start to
    shake. It then shows Christopher Belmont (not Simon or Trevor, but Christopher
    is his name if you weren't aware) standing outside the castle as it crumbles
    into the ground. Eerie ending music starts to play and the STAFF credits will
    start to flash across the screen. At the end of the credits you see a bat fly
    out of the rubble and THE END appears on the screen. Pressing Start will get
    you back to Stage 1 but it is now called Stage 5. Apparently this is consid-
    ered the Hard Mode of the game as it is slightly harder than the games normal
    hard difficulty. Play through the game again and when you defeat the Count
    once more you get the same exact ending that you got the first time through
    and then you restart the game again, this time it says Stage 9. I am guessing
    that the game will keep looping without the ending ever changing.
    
    
    CASTLEVANIA II: BELMONT'S REVENGE (Konami)
    -This sequel to the Game Boy game Castlevania: The Adventure plays a little
    smoother than the original and isn't as difficult, but don't expect anything
    easy here. When you start the game you can select between 4 different castles
    to play through. They are Crystal Castle, Cloud Castle, Plant Castle and Rock
    Castle. Each one has a boss to defeat at the end. When you defeat all 4 of
    the castle bosses it will go to your castle map and you will see Dracula's
    Castlevania rise up out of the ground. You will go to a map screen showing
    the path through the castle. There are 2 stages in this castle plus the final
    battle, giving the game a total of 7 stages. Fight through the first castle
    stage to fight the Bone Dragon and then blast through the second castle stage
    and you will have to fight your son. He is possessed, but you still have to
    give him an ass kicking. After beating him he comes to his senses and gives
    you some intel on how to defeat Dracula. You immediately jump into the last
    stage which is just a couple of screens where you can gather hearts and then
    drop down to fight Dracula. His room is small and you have to do a good job
    of dodging his orbs to beat him, but just keep at it and victory will be
    yours. When you deal Dracula his last blow the castle will start shaking and
    it will show you standing on a cliff with your son watching Castlevania sink
    back into the ground. Sad music will play and this message scrolls by:
    THE WAR
    IS OVER.
    DRACULA'S
    SCHEME WAS
    FOILED
    BECAUSE OF
    THE COMBINED
    POWER OF
    CHRISTOPHER
    AND SOLEIUY.
    ONCE AGAIN
    THE WORLD
    IS AT PEACE.
    AND THEN...
    SOLEIUY HAS
    OVERCOME THE
    DARK CURSE
    AND WILL
    CONTINUE TO
    FIGHT
    DRACULA
    AND
    HIS FORCES.
    SOON AFTER...
    THE BELMONT
    FAMILY HAS
    A LONG
    HISTORY OF
    VAMPIRE
    HUNTERS.
    THE LEGEND
    WILL ALWAYS
    CONTINUE.
    The STAFF credits will roll by and end with PRESENTED BY KONAMI. You can then
    restart the game with your score intact but you get the same ending.
    
    
    CASTLEVANIA LEGENDS (Konami)
    -Probably the best Castlevania game on the Game Boy, you control a female Bel-
    mont, named Sonia. It has everything you would expect from a Castlevania game
    from the Grim Reaper boss to a lot of bats. You can start by choosing STANDARD
    or LIGHT modes. STANDARD is the normal mode, where you start with a normal
    whip while LIGHT mode starts you will a more powered up whip. You get the
    same ending regardless of which mode you play. As for the number of Stages,
    there are 5 Stages in all plus a Bonus Hidden stage that you need to find to
    get the best ending. You get the best ending by finding all the Special
    Items. There is one in each Stages:
    Stage 1: Axe
    Stage 2: Watch
    Stage 3: Dagger
    Stage 4: Holy Water
    Stage 5: Cross
    If you don't have all 5 of these when you defeat Dracula at the end of Stage 5
    you will still get the basic ending without the extra screens telling you what
    happens with Sonia. The hardest Special Item to get is in Stage 5. During the
    stage you have to drop down a screen (normally you would die doing this, so
    it is like a test of faith) and you will land on a platform where you can whip
    a candle that doesn't seem to do nothing, but if you drop down to the next
    screen (which you had been to previously and there was nothing there to do)
    there will now be a big hole in the screen that you will also drop through and
    down a shaft leading to the Bonus Hidden stage, where you can collect the last
    Special Item, the Cross. So get to Dracula, beat him and you will get the fol-
    lowing ending whether you did or did not collect the 5 Special Items:
    A dialogue box will open and Dracula and Sonia exchange the following (I us-
    ually list it as it is on the Game Boy screen, but I will compress it since
    there is a lot of dialogue):
    -DRACULA
    OHH, NO! THIS CANNOT BE! ME LOSING TO A-A HUMAN?
    -SONIA
    YOU POOR MAN. IT MUST BE DIFFICULT TO UNDERSTAND WHY YOU, WHO POSSESS ETERNAL
    LIFE, ARE ABOUT TO PERISH. HUMANS ARE GRANTED SUCH A PRECIOUS SHORT LIFE IN
    COMPARISON TO YOURS, BUT IN THAT SHORT TIME WE ARE ABLE TO LOVE AND TO LIVE
    FOR SOMEONE ELSE. THERE MUST HAVE BEEN A TIME WHEN YOU TOO CHERISHED THE BONDS
    WITH THE ONES YOU LOVED. WE HUMANS ARE NOT SO FOOLISH AS TO THROW AWAY ALL OF
    THAT IN EXCHANGE FOR THE POWER YOU RECEIVED. THERE IS NO PLACE IN THIS WORLD
    FOR THE LIKES OF YOU. YOU WERE ALREADY DEFEATED WHEN YOU ACCEPTED THE POWER OF
    THE DARKNESS.
    -DRACULA
    HEH HEH HEH HEH. HA HAH HAH HAHH!! DON'T LET IT GO TO YOUR HEAD, GIRL. DO YOU
    REALLY THINK THE LIKES OF YOU CAN DESTROY ME? YOU'RE A FOOL JUST AS ALUCARD
    WAS. LISTEN TO ME. DARKNESS WILL NEVER DIE OUT AS LONG AS THERE IS LIGHT IN
    THE WORLD. I AM THE RULER OF THAT DARKNESS, AND I WILL RISE AGAIN AND AGAIN,
    AS LONG AS PEOPLE LIKE YOU ARE ALIVE. AGAIN AND AGAIN, I TELL YOU. HAH HAH
    HAH!!
    -SONIA
    WHEN THAT HAPPENS, SOMEONE WILL APPEAR BEFORE YOU TO TAKE MY PLACE. IF IT IS
    MY FATE TO AGAIN BE A VAMPIRE HUNTER, I WILL BE READY! NO, I WILL GLADLY AC-
    CEPT THAT DESTINY. SO, UNTIL YOUR SOUL IS SAVED, UNTIL ALL THE EVIL DESIRES IN
    THE WORLD ARE EXHAUSTED, GOODBYE, RULER OF EVIL. GOODBYE, O WOEFUL PRINCE OF
    DARKNESS.
    It then shows Sonia standing on a plaform overlooking Dracula's castle as it
    sinks into the ground like in previous Castlevania games. The following mes-
    sage then scrolls across the screen:
    THUS, THE
    FEAR OF
    DARKNESS
    THAT
    CONTINUED
    TO ENVELOP
    THE WORLD
    WAS LIFTED
    SINGLE-
    HANDEDLY BY
    A YOUNG GIRL.
    Now here is where things are different.
    -IF YOU DID NOT COLLECT ALL 5 SPECIAL ITEMS:
    it will show the HIT [sic] SCORE and then the STAFF credits scroll by and it
    will end on the PRESENTED BY KONAMI screen with the Copyright on the bottom.
    -IF YOU COLLECTED ALL 5 SPECIAL ITEMS:
    After the castle sinks, Sonia will turn towards you and you get this added
    message scrolling across the screen:
    THERE ARE AS
    MANY LEGENDS
    IN THE WORLD
    THAT DESERVE
    RETELLING AS
    THERE ARE
    STARS IN THE
    NIGHT SKY.
    BUT THIS
    STORY MARKS
    THE
    BEGINNING
    OF THE
    BELMONT
    FAMILY
    LEGEND
    THAT HAS
    BEEN PASSED
    ON THROUGH
    MANY AGES.
    AND THERE IS
    NOT A SINGLE
    PERSON NOW
    WHO KNOWS
    WHEN THE
    NEXT
    LEGENDARY
    FIGHT
    BETWEEN
    ANOTHER
    PRINCE OF
    DARKNESS
    AND HUMAN
    WILL BEGIN.
    It then shows your HIT [sic] SCORE and the STAFF credits roll. When the cred-
    its are done you get even more bonus ending screens! There is a pic of Sonia
    holding a baby with the following text appearing beside it:
    AFTER SOME
    TIME, THE
    YOUNG GIRL
    OF OUR
    LEGEND
    BECAME A
    MOTHER,
    WHOSE
    CHILD
    WOULD
    CARRY ON
    THE FATE
    AND
    TRAGEDY OF
    THE
    BELMONT
    FAMILY, AND
    THE
    BLOODLINE
    OF DARK
    WAYS.
    A CHILD
    BURDENED
    WITH A
    CURSED
    FATE.
    AND
    YET THIS
    CHILD, ONCE
    CONTENT IN
    THE LOVE
    OF ITS
    MOTHER,
    WILL ALSO
    RISE TO
    FIGHT
    COURAGEOUSLY
    AGAINST
    THE PRINCE
    OF
    DARKNESS,
    WHO WILL
    RETURN
    ONCE
    AGAIN.
    THIS CHILD
    WHO, ONE
    DAY WILL
    BE PRAISED
    BY ALL THE
    PEOPLE AS
    A HERO...
    BUT THAT
    LEGEND
    MUST BE
    TOLD
    ANOTHER
    TIME.
    The PRESENTED BY KONAMI screen appears and the ending is finally over. Good ol
    Konami, giving you your money's worth with some serious ending dialogue.
    
    
    CATRAP (Asmik)
    -This is a fun little puzzle game. I say little because it is cute, but there
    are actually 100 Rounds to play through, so the game itself should take you
    awhile to play through, unless you are cheating or using passwords. You have
    99 Rounds to choose from on the Round Select screen. There is a 100th Round,
    Round ??, but you can only access it after you have finished the previous 99
    Rounds, which will show up in black after you solve them. When you finally
    reach Round ??, finish it and it will say FINAL ROUND CLEAR above you and the
    girl along with how long the game took you to finish. You two then touch the
    orb and the screen flashes and goes to a new screen showing your faces at the
    top. Your cat ears disappear and you get the following message:
    WOW!
    THANKS TO YOUR
    WISDOM AND COURAGE,
    THE CURSE PUT TO
    US WAS SOLVED!
    THANK YOU
    The next screen shows you and the girl in front of the big house, then the
    screen scrolls up and shows the CATRAP staff credits. It ends on a screen that
    says THANK YOU FOR YOUR PLAYING! THE END along with the Asmik copyrights. It
    then brings you back to the start menu.
    
    
    CENTIPEDE (Accolade)
    -This classic arcade game released for the Game Boy is just as basic as the
    original. There are no perks present in this one, just centipede (and spider)
    blasting at its finest. There are 4 difficulty settings to choose from. The
    only difference is what Level they start you on. They are as follows:
    Novice: Level 1
    Standard: Level 10
    Advanced: Level 19
    Expert: Level 28
    There is no ending, you just play to see what Level you can reach and what
    score you can attain. When you finish Level 99 the next one is numbered as
    Level *0 with the * being the symbol for a centipede part. The Levels will
    keep counting up at *0-9 and keep repeating until you reach what would be
    Level 255 (which looks like Level *5). When  you complete this one the
    counter "resets" and you start the count over at Level 00 and it starts all
    over again. For those that want to know if the scoring counter resets, I
    made it to over 1,000,000 points and it was still going, so I'm guessing it
    will eventually reset or freeze at either 10 Million or 100 Million points.
    
    
    CHASE H.Q. (Taito)
    -This is a decent racer game with a twist. At the end of each Stage you will
    have to face off against a criminal in a car. They usually take several hits
    to take out and the higher the Stage the more hits they take (they have a dam-
    age meter so at least you know when you are doing damage to them). There are a
    total of 5 Stages. To get to the boss you have 60 seconds and then you get an-
    other 60 seconds to defeat him. It's not the easiest of tasks but it can be
    done. At the end of Stage 5 you will face off against TYRONE, the wanted crim-
    inal. He takes about 10 hits to beat but is tough because you have a ton of
    other cars coming at you during the battle. If you can manage to defeat him in
    the alotted 60 seconds it will show you and your partner standing over Tyrone
    who is on the ground with his hands spread out. You get the usual Stage ending
    screen that says WELL DONE. YOU HAVE RID THE STREETS OF MORE VERMIN followed
    by the various scores and bonus scores. It then goes to your ending message:
    CONGRATULATIONS YOU
    WILL BE AWARDED
    THE MEDAL OF VALOR
    FOR ACTION ABOVE AND
    BEYOND THE CALL OF
    DUTY
    YOU ARE A
    PERFECT CHASER.
    It then returns you to the title screen.
    
    
    CHESSMASTER, THE (Hi Tech Expressions)
    -The Game Boy version is basically identical to the NES version, with the ob-
    vious color difference. The game goes straight from the title screen right to
    a chess match. From here you have a slew of options to choose from, including
    the number of human players, changing sides, board set-up and most important,
    the Difficulty Level. There are a grand total of 16 Difficulty Levels. They
    are as follows:
    NEWCOMER 1
    NEWCOMER 2
    LEVEL 1: 60/5
    LEVEL 2: 40/5
    LEVEL 3: 60/10
    LEVEL 4: 60/30
    LEVEL 5: 60/45
    LEVEL 6: 60/60
    LEVEL 7: 30/45
    LEVEL 8: 30/60
    LEVEL 9: 40/90
    LEVEL 10: 40/100
    LEVEL 11: 40/120
    LEVEL 12: 40/150
    LEVEL 13: 40/180
    INFINITE
    As you can see, this game is truly for the hardcore chess player, as they have
    so many different levels of game they can compete at. INFINITE level is the
    hardest of them all but since the game has no bells & whistles there is no
    ending to speak of, other than the BLACK IS CKECKMATED (their spelling error)
    message I got when I put the Level INFINITE computer opponent in checkmate.
    Yeah, I was using a cheat code to accomplish this, as I am definitely no chess
    expert and just wanted to see what the game offered for an ending, which is
    absolutely nothing. A great chess simulator and nothing more, this is.
    
    
    CHOPLIFTER II (Broderbund/JVC)
    -The sequel to the classic Choplifter game has you going through 5 Sectors,
    each with 3 Levels, on a search for hostages. You have to rescue a set num-
    ber of hostages in each stage and return them to the helipad, but keep in
    mind you can only carry 10 at a time. You can rescue more than the required
    amount of hostages for bonus points but you only need to get the required
    amount rescued to finish a Level. There are no bosses, just straight hostage
    rescuing. The later Levels require you to find a (F)lamethrower weapon so
    you can clear out trees that get in your way, which adds a bit more strategy
    to the game. Each Sector takes place in a different area. When you reach
    Sector 5 it will be in the city. Finish Sector 5, Level 3 and it will give
    you your bonus points (if you get any) then it will show your chopper flying
    over all the Sectors in the game with the following message at the bottom:
    CONGRATULATIONS
    YOU HAVE COMPLETED
    CHOPLIFTER 2
    It will then show a cool pic of your character standing outside the chopper
    giving you the "thumbs up." Pressing start here brings you to the ENTER YOUR
    NAME screen which will show up on the following HIGH SCORE screen. Pressing
    start then brings you back to the title screen.
    
    
    CHUCK ROCK (Sony Imagesoft)
    -Out of all the versions of Chuck Rock available for various systems, this is
    definitely the most scaled back, bare bones version of them all. Your only
    offense is the ability to kick, which actually looks like you are bopping
    enemies with your belly. You can pick up the occasional rock or bush but these
    are mainly used as stepping stones to get up to higher areas that Chuck can't
    reach with his pathetic jumping ability. There are only 4 Worlds in this game.
    World 1 has 4 Levels, while Worlds 2, 3 & 4 all have just 2 Levels (10 Levels
    total). You will fight simple bosses at the end of each World and the final
    boss at the end of World 4, Level 2 is a boxing T-Rex that you simply have to
    kick in the face a bunch of times. Defeat him and he will fall off the screen.
    It will go to a large pic of the T-Rex lying in a dazed state while Chuck and
    his girl are in the bottom right of the screen. You then get this message:
    CONGRATULATIONS
    YOU HAVE DEFEATED
    THE T.REX AND
    RESCUED OPHELIA
    PRESS ATTACK
    Pressing A or B brings you to a GAME OVER screen showing YOUR SCORE and the
    HIGHEST SCORE of the day. It also says PRESS ATTACK at the bottom. Doing this
    will show the SPIDERSOFT staff credits which end with THE END and it goes back
    to the title screen.
    
    
    CONTRA - THE ALIEN WARS (Konami)
    -This is a Super Game Boy enhanced cartridge, meaning it can be played on the
    Super Game Boy on a Super NES with various colors instead of the usual black &
    white. It can still be played on an old school Game Boy if that is your pre-
    ference. There are 4 modes of difficulty on this sequel to Super C: EASY, NOR-
    MAL, HARD and MANIAC. I will explain what each difficulty mode requires for
    you to finish the game:
    --EASY--
    There are only 3 Levels to play through on EASY mode. When you beat the embed-
    ded skull at the end of Level 3 you will get a message that says:
    END OF
    EASY MODE
    SCORE
    NOW TRY
    NORMAL
    You are then returned to the title screen.
    --NORMAL--
    In NORMAL mode you get to play the full 5 Levels. When you get to Level 5 you
    will have to deal with a mid-boss that is tough as well as the final boss. To
    defeat the final boss you must first destroy the chain arms that come out of
    each side and then blast away at the crusher gem above its head. when you do
    this you will have defeated the final boss. The following message will appear:
    CONGRATULATIONS!
    FIGHTING WITH ALL
    YOUR SKILLS, YOU
    HAVE DEFEATED THE
    FORCES OF EVIL AND
    THEIR LEADER,
    RED FALCON!
    THE WORLD IS AT
    PEACE AGAIN.
    YOUR WEAPONS REST AS
    THE CELEBRATIONS ALL
    OVER THE PLANET
    COMMENCE...
    BUT WHO KNOWS,
    PERHAPS ONE DAY THE
    DARK FORCES WILL
    RETURN AND EARTH
    WILL NEED YET
    ANOTHER HERO...
    THE END
    The CONTRA STAFF credits flash by and finish up with a screen showing your
    FINAL SCORE, A FACTOR 5 PRODUCTION and PRESENTED BY KONAMI. Pressing Start
    brings you back to the title screen.
    --HARD--
    --MANIAC--
    Unfortunately, you get the same exact ending finishing the last 2 difficulty
    modes as you do when you finish NORMAL mode. The only difference is the number
    of lives and continues they start you with. Kind of weak, as they should've
    given the player at least a modified ending on MANIAC difficulty, but they
    chose not to.
    
    
    COOL BALL (Takara)
    -This is an interesting puzzler developed by Bit Managers where you control a
    bouncing ball and must collect all the items on the screen to make an exit
    appear. The items you collect are also needed to get past certain obstacles,
    like using the key to unlock walls and the hammer to remove bricks out of your
    path. You start on Level 0 and the last playable Level is Level 99, making it
    a cool 100 Levels to play through. When you finish Level 99 it will go to
    Level HOME. This is just an ending screen showing your Cool Ball automatically
    bouncing on platforms and making it to his girlfriend ball at the bottom of
    the screen. You will need 3 Keys in your inventory to get through the wall
    blocking your girlfriend, so this ending Level would be wasted if you did not
    have them. When you reach her, hearts will float up from the both of you and
    the following message will appear:
    YOU HAVE
    FINISHED
    COOLBALL
    A few of the teams/people responsible for making the game will appear and then
    it will say:
    PRESS A
    BUTTON
    TO START
    All this does is bring you back to the title screen. Not much of an ending for
    playing through a whopping 100 Levels, but at least you can say you finished
    one of the harder Game Boy games out there.
    
    
    COOL WORLD (Ocean)
    -This is a rather strange platformer where you control a character who must
    go through each level and defeat all the enemies by shooting them to turn
    them into ink blobs, then sucking the ink blob in with your pen. There are a
    total of 5 Worlds. Worlds 1 through 4 each have 2 Waves. Each Wave has 2
    sections. In the first section you must defeat all the enemies, then travel
    through the transporter into the 2nd section and defeat those enemies. Once
    you defeat all the enemies in each section the wave is over. There are a
    total of 9 Waves because in World 5 instead of having 2 Waves, it is just a
    boss battle. The final boss is a weird-looking bird-like creature that hops
    up and down trying to squash you. Just avoid it and blast away at it whenever
    you can and you will eventually defeat it. After your victory it goes to a
    screen showing a creature at what looks like a news desk and he says:
    WELL DONE
    COOL WORLD IS
    SAFE
    The credits roll during this and when they are done it stays on this screen
    until you press Start. There really isn't much to this game.
    
    
    COSMO TANK (Atlus)
    -A surprisingly good action game with a bit of an RPG element to it. You must
    battle your way through a total of 6 Planets, finding 4 Units to add to your
    tank among the planets as well as destroying the Energy Cores, Life Cores and
    Control Towers on each planet. Each planet also has 2D and 3D modes as well as
    a straight shooter sequence as you leave each planet. To get to the 6th and
    final planet, Gidoro, you must defeat the Life Cores on each of the previous
    5 planets. When you fly to Gidoro you will have to battle the fortress during
    the shooter sequence and then will be able to enter. On Gidoro you will face
    off against the 5 previous Life Cores to defeat them once and for all. Once
    you do this you will face off against Gregor, the mastermind behind Gidoro.
    To defeat him, destroy his hands first, then attack the body. Be careful of
    the cross shaped projectile it shoots out from its center, as this will knock
    you out of the room and you have to restart the battle from the beginning.
    Once you destroy Gregor you will give the following message to Headquarters:
    HEADQUARTERS!
    THE MAIN ENEMY
    FORTRESS HAS
    BEEN DESTROYED!
    RETURNING
    TO BASE.
    It then shows the fortress Gidoro blowing up as your Cosmo Tank escapes the
    explosion. The STAFF credits then appear and you get one last message:
    TIGER a-1 HAS
    SUCCESSFULLY
    COMPLETED HER
    MISSION.
    RETURNING TO BASE.
    It then says 1990 ATLUS and then pressing a button returns you to the title
    screen. Also note that this was all done on QUEST MODE. TRAINING MODE is just
    fighting practice while VS MODE is linking up against another player on a
    different Game Boy.
    
    
    CRYSTAL QUEST (Data East)
    -This is an old computer game ported over to the Game Boy by Data East. In it
    you control a small ship that must collect all the crystals on the screen to
    open the exit so you can go on to the next Wave. There are a total of 99 Waves
    and then it stops counting them. You will play Wave 99 until you die or get
    bored of playing. Wave 99 isn't the same board over and over again, but the
    number just stays the same. Also of note is that after Waves 14, 29, 44, 59,
    74 and 89 you get a weird little cut scene showing something being blasted
    and you get a word on the screen (AWESOME, RADICAL, SUPERB, EXCELLENT, AWE-
    SOME again and RADICAL again respectively). When you get to Wave 99 even if
    you keep playing you will no longer get these cuts scenes, so I would consider
    beating this game as finishing Wave 99 once.
    
    
    CUTTHROAT ISLAND (Acclaim)
    -This is one of the more mundane action games you will ever play. You play
    as the female pirate Morgan Adams and your mission is to recover the 3 map
    pieces and find the treasure hidden at Cutthroat Island before the bad
    Dawg Brown finds it. There are a total of 13 Stages to play through which
    I will detail here:
    Stage 1 - His Majesty's Prison
    Stage 2 - Spittalfield
    Stage 3 - Spittalfield Tavern
    Stage 4 - Spittalfield
    Stage 5 - Spittalfield Harbor
    Stage 6 - Morning Star
    Stage 7 - Cutthroat Island Jungle
    Stage 8 - Cliff
    Stage 9 - Treasure Cavern
    Stage 10 - Cliff
    Stage 11 - Cove (single duel)
    Stage 12 - Sea Battle Finale
    Stage 13 - Untitled (final duel)
    You will automatically get your map pieces after beating the bosses of
    Stages 1, 3 and 5. Most of these Stages require monotonous battles against
    the same 3 types of pirates. By the end of the game you will know how to
    deal with each of them pretty efficiently. Stage 4 is an auto-scrolling
    Stage where you ride on top of a carriage. My biggest problem of the game
    came in Stage 7, the jungle. A single jungle cat tracks you down throughout
    the Stage and you cannot beat him. After over an hour of wondering what you
    are supposed to do I discovered that all you have to do is make it all the
    way to the right of the Stage and get in front of the cave entrance along
    the right wall and...press the Select button. Apparently the programmers
    couldn't figure out how to make it so you could enter a cave by pressing Up.
    Anyway, when you finish Stage 12 it will tally up your bonus points and then
    without showing you the map for the next Stage as it normally does you will
    just start your final duel against Dawg Brown. He is tough but wear him down
    and you will eventually put an end to him and finish the game. The ending is
    simple and consists of a screen showing your character standing in the room
    you just beat Dawg Brown in and it says YOU SCORED at the top with your
    points while a seafaring tune plays. It will then go to the CUTTHROAT ISLAND
    staff credits scroll and simply return to the title screen.
    
    
    CYRAID (Nexoft)
    -This looks like a straight-forward action game upon first look, but as soon
    as you get into the game you realize it is more of a puzzle game. I was stuck
    on one of the very early stage until I watched a youtube video and realized
    you could kick the ladders to different spots, something essential to beating
    the game. There are 4 Stages. Each Stage has a different number of levels in
    it. There are apparently different exits out of certain levels (I never fig-
    ured this part out) because in Stage 2 I jumped from Stage 2-12 to 2-16 so
    you don't necessarily have to play through every level to get to the boss of
    the Stage. I will list the last level of each Stage below (where you fight the
    boss) to at least give you an idea of how many levels are in each Stage:
    Stage 1-08 is the boss fight
    Stage 2-21 is the boss fight
    Stage 3-27 is the boss fight
    Stage 4-17 is the Final boss fight
    So unless the numbering is just messed up, there are a total of 73 levels to
    play through in the 4 Stages. When you make it to Stage 4-16 you get a weird
    scene showing the villain who stole your beloved Natasia giving you a gift.
    You walk forward and the gift turns out to be a gun, which you can use on the
    Final boss in the next level (Stage 4-17). He actually wishes you GOOD LUCK on
    his way out of the room. Weird. Collect the SUPERGUN and walk to the next room
    where you battle the final boss, the Brain. The Brain (or is it some kind of
    bug?) is surrounded by a force field at the top of the screen. Destroy the 4
    gun emplacements located 2 on each side of his base, then climb to the top,
    avoiding his shots, and keep firing at him. He will explode and the screen
    beneath him will crack. Now climb to the bottom for the ending. The screen
    will start shaking and Natasia will appear from the next screen to pull you
    away. The next screen shows the 2 of you running off with the words HURRY,
    THIS WAY FOLLOW ME! appearing. You race off the screen and the next thing it
    shows is the space station you were on (Stage 4) exploding. It then shows
    your ship flying off towards a distant planet with the following message:
    LONG BATTLE WAS OVER
    AND PEACE HAS COME!
    -STARRING-
    -WARRIOR-
    THANKS FOR PLAYING
    -FIGHTER-
    SEE YOU AGAIN!
    -NATASIA-
    I LOVE YOU!
    -ROGUE- [this is the guy that gave you the gun]
    I AM STILL ALIVE
    1990 EPOCH CO., LTD.
    PRESENTED BY NEXOFT
    It then shows your score at the top and -THE END- at the bottom where it will
    stay until you reset. You can enter THEEND as your password to play a harder
    version of the game, but you will get the same ending as this.
    
    
    DAEDALIAN OPUS (Vic Tokai)
    -This is a pure puzzle game where you must place Tetris-like shapes into a
    design on the screen. Once the design is filled up perfectly with the shapes
    you will move on to the next one. There are a total of 36 levels to play
    through. Every so often an old game named Dr. P will show up between levels
    and give you advice. He shows up right before Level 36 and tells you about
    the square block that you only get to use in the last puzzle. A neat little
    thing about this game is that when you complete a puzzle it shows your char-
    acter walking across the bridge to the next puzzle. Each puzzle looks like it
    is located on a tiny island. When you finish Level 35 and go to Level 36 you
    walk down a giant pier into the mouth of a giant cave that looks like a mon-
    ster. When you finish Level 36 it will show you next to Dr. P and the fairy
    in front of the monster island with the following text on the screen:
    AWESOME, DUDE!
    YOU'LL GET A
    PASSWORD TO
    ANY LEVEL.
    ZEAL
    KEEP COMING
    BACK AND I"LL
    MAKE YOU A
    DAEDALIAN
    MASTER!
    WELL DUDE,
    IT'S BEEN
    RADICAL. LATER.
    You are returned to the title screen. You can enter the password ZEAL which
    will allow you to select any level in the game but even if you go back and
    play through the levels again and see Dr. P again you get the same ending.
    
    
    DARKWING DUCK (Capcom)
    -Similar to the NES version, there are 7 stages in this one. You can play the
    first 3 stages in any order you choose. Once you beat them you can play the
    next 3 stages in any order. When those are beaten you will go on to the final
    stage, Stage 7. Battle your way through and you will face off against Steel
    Beak at the end. He is in a shielded room at the top of the screen, so you
    must break through there while avoiding the enemies in the room. Once you
    smash through, Steel Beak will drop to the floor. Continue to thrash him and
    victory will be yours. It will show Steel Beak on what looks like a TV screen
    with the following dialogue:
    YOU'VE FOILED
    MY PLANS THIS TIME
    DARKWING!
    BUT THE NEXT TIME
    WE MEET, I SHALL
    BE VICTORIOUS!!!
    The next screen shows the Professor and has this dialogue from him:
    JOB WELL DONE,
    DARKWING.
    ONCE AGAIN YOU'VE
    FREED THE CITY
    FROM F.O.W.L'S
    GRIP OF TERROR.
    YOU HAVE EARNED
    THE GRATITUDE OF
    THE ENTIRE CITY
    -FOREVER!!!
    It then goes to a screen with a nice black & white sunset as Darkwing Duck
    rides off. He hits a rock with his front tire and is tossed into the air.
    THE END appears on the screen and stays here until you reset.
    
    
    DAVID CRANE'S THE RESCUE OF PRINCESS BLOBETTE (Absolute)
    -This game, subtitled "Starring a Boy and His Blob", is a sequel to the NES
    game A Boy and His Blob. You must rescue Princess Blobette from the castle
    of the Antagonistic Alchemist. There are treasures scattered throughout the
    castle that you can grab, but the amount of treasure you grab does not af-
    fect the ending. Feed the blob various jellybeans to transform him into
    different items to help you get to new areas of the castle. A very creative
    puzzler, though having your blob push you to your doom on several occasions
    will have you very annoyed with the controls. Anyway, when you manage to get
    to the large cauldron and freeze it with a mint jellybean, you will turn the
    blob into a trampoline and catapult up through several screens until you
    reach the caged princess. When you whistle for your blob and throw him a
    honey jellybean to turn him into a hummingbird he will fly up to you but
    accidentally knock the princess out of the cage down. You now have to get
    back to the throne room you passed earlier, where she will be sitting there
    waiting for the blob. Whistle him into the room with you and he will take
    his place on the throne next to her. Hearts drift up from the happy blobs
    and it will say === YOU WIN === at the bottom of the screen. You can wait
    for it to go back to the title screen or press Start for a new game. Not
    much of an ending here, but if you know exactly where to go you can finish
    the game in a matter of minutes.
    
    
    DEAD HEAT SCRAMBLE (Electro Brain)
    -This is a cool little racing game that reminded me a little bit of Bump 'n
    Jump. The only difference is that Dead Heat Scramble takes place inside of
    what seems to be a long tube rather than the scenic outdoors. In each Stage
    you have a time limit. Finish the race in the alotted time and you get to play
    the next Stage. There are a total of 10 Stages to race through and there is
    even a map between Stages to show your progress. Stage 10 is tough but if you
    manage to beat it in time you will get the STAGE 10 CLEAR screen and it will
    tally up your points. It will then go to a screen with a checkboard border on
    the top and bottom with your car racing around it and the word CONGRATULATIONS
    flashing. The car will occasionally leap into the air and a large arm will
    come out of it flashing the peace sign (all 3 vehicles do this). You then get
    to enter your initials on the RANKING screen and then the DEAD HEAT SCRAMBLE
    ALL STAFF will scroll by ending with PRESNTED BY COPYA SYSTEM. Pressing a but-
    ton will bring you back to the title screen.
    
    
    DEXTERITY (SNK)
    -An action/puzzle game from the makers of the Neo Geo system. This game is
    fun, albeit maddening at times, complete with strategy and quick reflexes
    needed to make it to the end. There are 2 modes of play: 1P-SINGLE and
    1P-MULTI (there is also a 1P vs 2P mode, but that requires a game link).
    1P-SINGLE
    In this mode you must play through 30 Rounds, flipping all the tiles in
    every Round to move on to the next one. When you finish Round 30 you will
    do battle with a giant ghost boss. There had been no boss fights up to this
    point, so your first boss battle in 1P-SINGLE mode will be your last. To
    beat him just trap the mini-ghosts he throws at you between tiles and pick
    them up and toss them back at him. When you hit him enough times he will
    explode and a flashing orb will fall into your hand as it says WINNER!
    above you. You then walk to the next screen where you find a weeping Prin-
    cess Lufiea. She sees you and runs and hugs you as a big heart floats up
    the screen. The next screen shows the castle as the dark cloud floats up
    and away and then the DEXTERITY STAFF credits flash by. The various enemies
    in the game will bounce out of the castle and it will show their names as
    well. Princess Lufiea and Fal (your character's name) walk out of the castle
    and it says THE END above them. It stays here until you reset.
    1P-MULTI
    In this mode there are only 3 Rounds. However, the rounds have multiple
    rooms in them, kind of set up like the dungeons in The Legend of Zelda. When
    you complete a room you can pick which room to go to next. The good thing
    is when you return to a room you already finished, it stays finished. Also,
    at the end of each Round you will face off against a boss. When you defeat
    the Round 1 and Round 2 bosses it will say WINNER! but then will quickly
    change to IMPOSTER and you will go to the next Round. Round 1 has 5 rooms,
    Round 2 has 7 rooms and Round 3 has 9 rooms (21 rooms total in 1P-MULTI.
    When you finish all 9 rooms in Round 3 you will fight the same boss that
    you faces at the end of 1P-SINGLE mode, the giant ghost. Defeat him exactly
    the same way and you will get the EXACT SAME ENDING that you got in 1P-SIN-
    GLE mode. Also of note is that you do not get the bonus rounds every third
    round in this mode.
    
    
    DICK TRACY (Bandai)
    -This is a straight-forward action title where you control Dick Tracy and
    must punch and shoot your way through 5 Stages with a total of 17 Levels.
    Stages 1 & 5 both have 4 levels and Stages 2, 3 & 4 each have 3 levels. In
    Stages 1-5 you have to collect 12 photos in each Stage. They are scattered
    throughout the levels and some are found by defeating certain thugs rather
    than just appearing in the background. If you don't find all 12 photos by
    the time you reach the boss of the Stage you will have to restart it. Here
    is a Game Shark code I made to always have all 12 photos so you can just make
    your way to the end of each Stage without worrying about collecting photos
    (010C0FCF). After beating the boss if you have all 12 photos you have a set
    amount of time to organize the pieces of photos into one big photo and get
    extra lives if you manage to do it. When you make it to Stage 5 you no longer
    have to find photo pieces but must make it to Stage 5-4 where you will have
    your showdown with Big Boy. Shoot at him until he retreats, chase after him,
    shoot at him until he retreats a second time and chase after him again. When
    you shoot him enough times now he will crumple to the ground in defeat. The
    next scene shows Dick Tracy holding Big Boy by the shirt and Boy says:
    TRACY, NO, I CAN
    MAKE YOU A RICH MAN!
    NO, DON'T PUNCH ME!
    The next scene is comical as it shows Big Boy flying out of the warehouse
    into the water with a trail of A's coming from him. The next scene shows Dick
    with Tess and she says:
    COME ON, TRACY,
    LET'S GO GET SOME
    CHILI!
    Yeah, chili will be great to set the mood for love-making later on. Anyway, a
    few credits roll by and it goes back to the screen with Tracy and Tess and it
    says THE END on the bottom, where it stays until you reset.
    
    
    DIG DUG (Namco)
    -Fans of the arcade classic should be fairly happy with this title. Not only
    is the original Dig Dug included on this cart but and entirely new Dig Dug
    game, called New Dig Dug, is included as well, technically making this a
    multi-cartridge. In the original DIG DUG you must inflate your enemies before
    they get to you. When there is only 1 enemy left on the screen to inflate he
    will run off and the round will end. You can still try to get him for points
    but it doesn't matter in terms of finishing the round. There is no ending to
    DIG DUG for the Game Boy. When you reach Round 99 and finish it, you will go
    to Round 0. Finish Round 0 and you go to Round 1 and the rounds will proceed
    back up to Round 99 where it will reset again. An infinite loop of rounds,
    which seems about right because the arcade game was probably the same. For
    those of you scoring enthusiasts out there, when you reach 999,990 points,
    the score will not reset to 0 but will stay at the high score and not start
    over again. Now, for the game NEW DIG DUG on this cartridge, the goal is to
    collect 3 keys in each round to open a door. When the door is open you can go
    on to the next round. After you finish Round 10 you will have to battle a
    boss, which just has you trying to inflate a bomb in the center of the screen
    while the boss and his minions try and get you. When you hit the bomb 25 times
    with your weapon it will explode and take out the enemies while you escape
    through a hole in the ground. NEW DIG DUG has a total of 40 Rounds plus 4 Boss
    Rounds at the end of each 10th Round. The boss after Round 20 takes 50 pumps
    to blow up his bomb, the boss after Round 30 takes 70 pumps to blow his up and
    the boss after Round 40, the Final Boss, takes a whopping 99 pumps to detonate
    his bomb and wipe him out for good. When you do this you will get the ROUND
    CLEAR! screen as usual with a BONUS 15000 points and a pic of you thrashing
    the boss. The next screen shows an enlarged version of you pumping up an enemy
    as the NEW DIGDUG STAFF credits begin. There will be several cools pics of
    Dig Dug as the credits roll, including him pounding on a locked door, running
    from a spiked ball, hiding from a skeleton, pumping up the bomb during the
    boss fight, watching the boss go down in flames and one of you cheering as
    the temple crumbles in the back ground. The NEW DIGDUG CAST scrolls by, with
    pictures and names of the following:
    DIGDUG
    POOKA
    FYGAR
    SKULL FYGAR
    BOSS POOKA
    BOSS FYGAR (final boss)
    A few more credits roll by followed by the NAMCO logo and it ends on a screen
    with a giant END in the middle with a Pooka stuck to it and YOUR SCORE below
    it. It then returns you to the title screen.
    
    
    DOUBLE DRAGON (Tradewest)
    -There are a total of 4 Missions to play through in this portable port of
    the classic arcade game. You will have to deal with that nasty Abobo guy
    several times in this game, including once at the end of Mission 3 while the
    floor is crumbling from the left side of the screen. However, he isn't the
    final boss at the end of Mission 4. That distinction belongs to Willy, who
    unfairly totes a machine gun. When going up against Willy in this final
    battle, try to stay close enough to him so he will not fire his gun. Move up
    or down the screen while close and try to sneak in a punch, kick or jump
    kick just as he lines up with you horizontally. If/When you manage to defeat
    him, the door will open up and Marian will appear. Go up to her and the vic-
    tory music will sound. You will then get a picture of you and Marian with the
    following text below it:
    YOU HAVE SAVED
    MARIAN'S LIFE, WITH
    YOUR OWN HANDS.
    That will scroll of the screen and several STAFF credits will scroll by,
    followed by THE END, where it will stay until you reset. This is a pretty
    basic ending.
    
    
    DOUBLE DRAGON II (Acclaim)
    -This is a pretty short port of the classic arcade game sequel for the Game
    Boy. There are only 3 Stages, with each Stage being broken up into several
    areas. Also, there are 3 difficulty modes: EASY, NORMAL and HARD. The default
    mode is NORMAL. If you play the game on EASY mode you only get to play
    Stage 1. When you finish Stage 1 you will get this message:
    THE EASY LEVEL
    ENDS HERE.
    TO PLAY TILL THE
    END, CHANGE THE
    LEVEL TO NORMAL
    OR HARD.
    It will then return to the title screen when you hit a button. When you play
    the game on NORMAL or HARD mode you will get to play the full 3 Stages and
    will get the same ending on both modes. Stage 3 is the longest area of the
    game and includes 9 areas to play through, including revisiting 4 of the
    previous bosses one right after another later in the Stage. When you reach
    the end you will find the Dojo master, Gordon, who realizes that you were
    framed and then Anderson, the final boss, appears to deal you some pain. Fend
    him off and give him a taste of his own medecine. Defeat him and you will go
    over to the fallen Gordon and the following dialogue transpires:
    GORDON
    "BILLY, SORRY I
    SHOULD HAVE
    BELIEVED YOU."
    BILLY
    "BOSS, WE CAN'T
    JUST GIVE UP
    THE SCORPIONS."
    BILLY
    "WE'LL HAVE TO
    FIGHT FOR IT."
    The STAFF credits then appear beneath you and Gordon and flash by for awhile
    followed by THE END where it stays until you hit a button. This was not much
    of an ending but at least the gameplay was not as nasty as it was in the next
    game in the series, DOUBLE DRAGON 3 - THE ARCADE GAME.
    
    
    DOUBLE DRAGON 3 - THE ARCADE GAME (Tradewest/The Sales Curve)
    -This could be one of the most difficult action games I have ever played. I'm
    not that great at beat-em ups but this game is impossibly hard. If you have
    2 or more enemies around you they will pretty much beat you to death without
    you being able to get as much as a kick or punch in. Even a half second of
    invincibility after getting hit would have made all the difference in this
    game being a lot more playable. There are 5 Missions to play through in
    search of the Rosetta Stones. In order they are AMERICA, CHINA, JAPAN, ITALY
    and EGYPT. Missions 2, 3 & 4 are fairly short but when you get to EGYPT there
    are several areas and bosses to get through. The old lady that helped you in
    the game ends up turning on you in this Mission. YOu also have an area where
    you have to quickly step on some tiles spelling out the word ROSETTA while
    avoiding an enemy shooting fireballs at you in order to open up the escape
    door. After this you fight a Mummy and finally Cleopatra herself. She is
    tough, as she shoots orbs at you, but if you manage to last longer than her
    you will get treated to the ending. It shows a treasure chest with what are
    probably jewels, weapons and other trinkets (hard to tell since it is in
    black & white and not drawn that well) along with this message:
    THE BATTLE
    HAS ENDED.
    It then shows an Egyptian pyramid with the following text under it:
    THE HEROES SWORE
    THEY WOULD GIVE
    CLEOPATRA'S
    TREASURE TO CHARITY.
    It then shows your character (along with a few other toughies) and it says:
    WHEN THE THIRD STONE
    IS FOUND, ITS POWER
    WILL CHANGE
    THE WORLD..
    A few staff credits will follow and then it is back to the title screen. This
    game is much different than Double Dragon III for the NES in many ways, even
    though the Rosetta Stones are the story driver for both games. In the NES
    version you fight Princess Noiram (Marion backwards) instead of Cleopatra and
    you have the option of playing as one of 4 characters in the NES version, ra-
    ther than just 1 character in this Game Boy port (those 4 characters from the
    NES version may be the toughies mentioned in the GB ending here). Consider
    yourself extremely skilled and patient if you beat this game without cheats.
    
    
    DR. FRANKEN (Kemco)
    -This game is almost identical to the NES prototype game that was discovered
    but never released for that system. You play as Frankenstein's monster and
    must play through an open-ended castle full of rooms in search of various
    items as well as body parts to put together the girl. There is no in-game
    story before you start, so you just basically find yourself starting in the
    castle with no real direction on where to go. This is definitely a game where
    maps and a walkthrough (DEngel's is excellent) will save you hours of mind-
    less wandering, unless you like that kind of stuff. Anyway, when you eventu-
    ally get 100% of the items in the game and make it to the last room, where
    the parts of the girl are assembled, it will cut to a scene showing the top
    of the castle with lightning flashing and then go to a scene showing your
    character next to the girl strapped onto the slab with the lightning going
    into her head. Suddenly you both disappear and THE END appears on a black
    screen where it stays until you press a button. What a rip-off of an ending!
    If I had spent time mapping this game and figuring out where everything was
    I would have been fuming about that lousy ending. The ending to this game's
    sequel, Dr. Franken II, was unsatisfying, yet it was much better than this
    one.
    
    
    DR. FRANKEN II (Jaleco)
    -This is one of those scavenger hunt games, like the Linus Spacehead game on
    the NES, where you must find items that let you get past obstacles and pro-
    ceed further into areas of the game that were previously unaccessible. Your
    main goal playing as Franky is to find the 6 Golden Tablet pieces. The game
    world consists of a main Hub area (called The Moat) that connects the other
    6 areas that you will be exploring. They are: The Chateau, The Forest, The
    Village, The Garden, The Sea World and Egypt. Gameplay is the same in all of
    them except in The Sea World you are underwater and must keep track of your
    oxygen consumption or you will perish. Once you manage to track down all 6
    pieces of the Golden Tablet (probably using GammaBetaAlpha's guide like I
    did), make your way back to The Chateau and the very beginning of the game
    where it all started. Walk up to Frankenstein Sr. and his face will appear
    on the screen along with this message:
    .....WELL DONE FRANKY, YOU'VE SAVED THE CHATEAU!............
    It then shows a larger picture of Frank with THE END underneath it. Quite an
    unsatisfying ending, complete (or incomplete) with a lack of credits, but it
    was still better than Dr. Franken's ending.
    
    
    DRAGON'S LAIR - THE LEGEND (Sony Imagesoft)
    -If you have played this game, then you will agree that it is probably one of
    the most difficult games ever created and definitely the most difficult game
    for the Game Boy. Extremely poor controls and hit detection make this a chore
    to play, not to mention the game has absolutely nothing to do with the classic
    Dragon's Lair game. Sony took an old Spectrum computer game called Roller
    Coaster and just hacked the game a bit to include what is supposed to be Dirk
    from Dragon's Lair. So as for the game itself, you have to travel throughout
    the land and collect Life Stones...all of them. There are a total of 194 Life
    Stones that you must collect. They are scattered all over the place but luck-
    ily are all easily seen and not hidden. Some are hard to get to and you'd be
    crazy to try and beat these without an infinite lives code, but if you miss
    even one of them you will not be able to beat the game. Also, there isn't even
    an onscreen display telling you how many you have collected. You have to die
    to see what your total is. The world you play in is pretty open. When you
    start the game you can go in whatever direction you want and you can backtrack
    if you think you forgot a Life Stone somewhere. The ultimate goal is working
    your way to the clouds where you will see an Eagle at the bottom of the screen
    just sitting there. Get on the Eagle's back and it will soar across several
    screens (there are several Life Stones you have to snag while on the Eagle's
    back, which isn't an easy task) until it stops on a screen where there is a
    giant Knight laying on a slab at the top of the screen and a giant sword spin-
    ning at the bottom of the screen. If you get to this point with anything less
    than 194 Life Stones, all you can do is admire the giant Knight (unless you
    use the Game Shark code created by nolberto82 at gamehacking.org to have all
    the Life Stones). If you do have all 194 Life Stones and do not have to go
    back to find anymore, get back on the Eagle when he returns and when he takes
    back off jump off of him so you can jump up to the top of the screen where
    the Knight is laying. Now walk towards the Knight you will get this message:
    WELL DONE!
    YOU HAVE SUCCEEEDED
    IN AWAKENING THE
    DORMANT KNIGHT.
    TOGETHER YOU CAN
    FACE THE EVIL OF
    MORDROCS POWER.
    ANOTHER TIME.....
    ANOTHER PLACE...
    THE END.
    That is all you will get for an ending. It puts you back on the screen where
    you first jumped on the Eagle. You can either climb back on him and fly to
    the Knight to see the ending again, explore the land some more or just jump
    off the cliff until you lose all your lives. A purely evil game.
    
    
    DUCK TALES (Capcom)
    -Sometimes titled "Disney's DuckTales" this game plays just like its NES
    counterpart. You play as Scrooge McDuck and must travel through 5 Stages
    in search of treasure while getting assistance from your nephews and other
    various characters from the popular cartoon of the time. The 5 Stages are:
    THE AMAZON
    TRANSYLVANIA
    AFRICAN MINES
    THE HIMALAYAS
    THE MOON
    You can play these in whatever order you would like but you do need to get
    a key in Transylvania to get through the gate at the beginning of the Afri-
    can Mines. When you defeat all 5 of the Stage bosses you will have to make
    one more trip into Transylvania, where you must travel through a not too
    difficult mirror maze where you will battle Dracura (their misspelling)
    Duck. When you defeat him, by bopping him 4 times, Flintheart Glomgold will
    appear. You must climb up the rope 2 screens and grab the treasure before
    he does, which is fairly easy. When you get to the treasure it will go to
    a screen showing Scrooge McDuck standing in front of the giant chest as
    diamonds shoot out of it. It then goes to a screen with the following text:
    DUCK PRESS
    SCROOGE REMAINS
    THE RICHEST DUCK
    IN WORLD.
    DARING EXPL-
    ORERSCROOGE
    MCDUCK HAS
    FOUND THE
    FIVE LEGEND-
    ARY TREASUR-
    ES MAKING
    HIM THE RIC-
    HEST DUCK IN
    THE WORLD.
    It shows Scrooge on the side of the screen with a medal beneath him. The
    next screen shows your 3 nephews at the top and says:
    HUEY DEWEY AND
    LOUIE HOORAY UNCLE
    SCROOGE! WE'RE
    GLAD YOU FOUND THE
    TREASURES. BUT
    DON'T FORGET WE
    HELPED TOO!
    It then goes to a final screen showing Scrooge McDuck with his finger
    raised and this text:
    RIGHT LADS!
    I COULDN'T HAVE
    DONE IT WITHOUT
    YOU.
    I REALLY AM THE
    RICHEST DUCK IN
    THE WORLD.
    END
    It stays on this screen, playing the familiar Duck Tales theme song, until
    you reset. Also of note, the game has 3 difficulty settings: Easy, Normal
    and Difficult. I finished the game on each setting and got the same exact
    ending.
    
    
    ELEVATOR ACTION (Taito)
    -Here is the classic arcade game for the Game Boy. It is fairly difficult
    like the other versions of Elevator Action but at least there is more struc-
    ture to the levels (called Scenes) than in the NES version. Play through each
    scene, getting all of the files behind the dark shaded doors on your way down
    and reach the lowest level where your girlfriend will be waiting for you in
    the getaway car. Play through Scene 1-1, 1-2, 1-3, 1-4 and 1-5 and when you
    get to Scene 1-6 things will change a bit. You have to work your way up the
    building because when you finished Scene 1-5 and your girlfriend was waiting
    for you in the getaway car she was abducted by a man in black. Now in 1-6
    you have to find her. When you get near the top of the building you will see
    a dark shaded door that does not have a ? on it. She was behind that one.
    When you go through the door you switch to a view showing her tied up on the
    30th level of the building and you come through the door in the room next to
    her. Alarms sound and you are ambushed by men in black, robot drones and the
    evil black dogs. Defeat the whole horde of them and you will walk to the right
    to raise the divider separating you from your girl. You hug and a big heart
    appears over you and it says CONGRATULATIONS! above you and gives you BONUS
    points. You then start Scene 2-1. Play through Scene 2-1 to 2-6 and rescue the
    girl in 2-6 just like you did in 1-6. Now it goes on to Scene 3-1. In fact,
    the game will just go on repeating just like this, with every 6th level of a
    scene being the one where you must rescue the girl. When you finish Scene 9-6
    it will go on and restart again but instead of saying Scene 10-1 it uses a
    garbled symbol instead of 10. I played through the 6 stages of Scene 10 and
    Scene 11 uses a weird sunburst symbol instead of an 11. I am assuming the pro-
    grammers never thought the player would make it this far and because of this
    I can guess there is no definite ending and the game just keeps going on and
    on. Your score stops at 999,990 but never turns over.
    
    
    FACEBALL 2000 (Bullet Proof Software)
    -This is an interesting one. You control a little bouncy ball with a face on
    it (faceball, right) and must make it through a bunch of Levels that have
    enemies, keys, warps, etc. in them. Some of the Levels are easy, some require
    a good deal of thought to figure out. If you play the game straight through
    without warping there are a total of 70 Levels to beat. When you get to the
    exit door of Level 70 there is a clue ball near it that you can open up and
    read the following message:
    CONGRATULATIONS...YOU HAVE BEATEN THE MAZE MASTER. YOU ARE THE NEW CYBERSCAPE
    CHAMPION.
    That was pretty cool getting an ending message before you actually finish the
    game. Now go through the nearby exit of The Master's Castle and you will get
    the usual EXCELLENT! message saying LEVEL 70 COMPLETE! along with your SCORE
    and TIME BONUS. Now it will go to a cool sequence showing the various bounc-
    ing balls from the game as you approach some kind of tunnel and then it shows
    the FACEBALL 2000 staff credits and ending with the BULLET-PROOF SOFTWARE and
    XANTH SOFTWARE F/X teams giving you a HAVE A NICE DAY! message. It then re-
    turns you to the title screen. Now that you've played through all 70 Levels
    and finished the game, there are a bonus 5 Levels you can play through (they
    are numbered Levels 71 - 75). To get to Level 71 you must use the warp in
    Level 1 or Level 5 (use KeyBlade999's maps on Gamefaqs to find these) and
    you will be able to play through these extra 5 Levels. However, when you fin-
    ish Level 75 you do not get any kind of an ending, it just brings you to
    Level 61 for some reason.
    
    
    FASTEST LAP (NTVIC)
    -In this racing game you have a few options when deciding how to race. You can
    do Free Practice or an Exhibition Race, where you can hone your skills and get
    used to the game, but the main option in this game is the World Tour. In it
    you will have 16 different races to compete in. They are as follows:
    Round 1: USA
    Round 2: Brazil
    Round 3: San Marino
    Round 4: Monaco
    Round 5: Canada
    Round 6: Mexico
    Round 7: France
    Round 8: Britain
    Round 9: Germany
    Round 10: Hungary
    Round 11: Belgium
    Round 12: Italy
    Round 13: Portugal
    Round 14: Spain
    Round 15: Japan
    Round 16: Australia
    Each of these races is comprised of 5 laps. To qualify for a race you have 3
    chances at the Time Attack practice races to get a good qualifying time. You
    only have to get a good time on one of the races and if you do you can pass
    on the other two. Now when you go through the game, qualifying for each race
    and then finishing each race with a decent amount of points you will finally
    reach Round 16, the Australian race. If you finish this one with a good time
    you will get the usual race congratulations screen followed by the PLACE
    DRIVER POINT screen like you always get after a race. If you managed to score
    more points than all the other drivers it will go to a victory screen showing
    you holding your arms in the air and below you will scroll the words:
    YOU ARE
    DRIVERS
    CHAMPION!
    The FASTEST LAP STAFF will then scroll by and the last words to appear are:
    THE
    GREATEST
    DRIVER
    [YOUR NAME]
    Pressing Start at this point brings you back to the title screen. Also of im-
    portance, there are 3 difficulty levels: EASY, NORMAL and HARD. However, you
    get the same exact ending on all difficulties, so they are just there so you
    can challenge yourself.
    
    
    FINAL FANTASY ADVENTURE (SquareSoft)
    -This is one of the best Game Boy games out there, very similar to a Legend of
    Zelda game and part of the Seiken Densetsu series. In it you play as the Hero
    (you can name him) and must travel the land visiting towns, finding items,
    weapons and armor and beating many enemies and bosses along the way. Your ult-
    imate goal is to get to the Tower of Gemma, where you will battle 3 dragons
    and finally get to take on the main enemy in the game, Julius. After beating
    the 3 dragons you will take a portal to the Tree of Mana. The lady there will
    turn your Rusty Sword into the great sword Excalibur. You will then fight Jul-
    ius, who is holding the daughter of the lady hostage. He has 3 forms. In the
    first form you have to defeat 3 different Julius'. Defeat him and he turns in-
    to a monstrous Julius. After you defeat him you think it is over, but now have
    to fight him one final time in front of the Mana Tree. When you defeat this
    3rd form he will finally be done, but when he explodes he destroys the Mana
    Tree with him. The following is the text that appears and who said it, if ap-
    plicable (I'll refer to the Girl as Ava and the Hero as Adan):
    THE MANA TREE
    DISAPPEARED.
    ADAN: OH.... ..
    AVA: .. WHAT AM I
    SUPPOSED TO DO?
    AVA, MY DEAR....
    AVA: .... MOM?
    MOTHER: NOW THAT
    THE MANA TREE IS
    LOST, WE NEED..
    A NEW GEMMA OF
    THE MANA TREE.
    AVA: .. NEW TREE?
    MOTHER: REMEMBER
    WHAT I TOLD YOU?
    WE ARE THE SEEDS
    OF THE MANA TREE.
    WE WILL BE A BUD
    CALLED GEMMA AND
    WE BECOME A TREE.
    AND THE GEMMA
    KNIGHTS FIGHT TO
    GUARD IT.
    I BECAME THE
    GEMMA LAST TIME
    WE LOST THE TREE.
    AVA: THAT TREE....?
    WAS IT YOU...?
    MOTHER: ..YES, AVA.
    BUT.. YOU ARE THE
    LAST MEMBER OF US
    MANA FAMILY.
    TO PRESERVE THE
    MANA TREE, WE
    NEED YOU TO STAY
    HERE AND BECOME
    THE GEMMA.
    BUT.. AVA..
    NOBODY ELSE CAN
    DECIDE FOR YOUR
    LIFE BUT YOU..
    AVA: I WILL, MOM.
    I WILL BE THE NEW
    TREE OF MANA.
    BUT IF I AM THE
    LAST ONE LEFT,
    WHEN I FALL..
    MOTHER: YES..
    THAT WILL BE THE
    END OF THE PEACE..
    AVA: .. BYE.. ADAN.
    PLEASE GO.. ..
    I MUST STAY HERE..
    .... DON'T WORRY.
    I WILL BE HERE
    AS LONG AS..
    .. YOU GUARD ME
    FROM THE EVIL....
    MOTHER: ADAN....
    PLEASE GUARD MY
    DAUGHTER.
    YOU ARE THE ONLY
    GEMMA KNIGHT FOR
    THE TREE NOW....
    MOTHER: I WILL BE
    WITHERING SOON..
    PLEASE TELL MY
    GEMMA KNIGHTS
    THAT I SAID..
    GOOD-BYE AND
    THANKS TO THEM.
    MOTHER: .. GOOD-BYE..
    ADAN: .. AVA..
    AVA: ADAN....
    AVA: GOOD-BYE.
    ADAN: .. AVA..
    GOOD.. BYE..
    GOOD-BYE..
    ..AVA....
    GEMMA..
    THE GUARDIAN OF
    THE PEACEFUL LAND..
    THE NEW GEMMA
    MUST NOT BE LOST
    EVER AFTER..
    WE ALL MUST
    KEEP IT FOREVER..
    AND YOU, ADAN,
    ARE THE ONLY
    GEMMA KNIGHT NOW..
    It will now show the HERO visiting various towns and places in the game as the
    various Staff credits appear in a box below him. The credits sequences ends
    with a black screen with THE END and a spotlight showing on what looks like
    the Mana Seed sprouting from the ground.
    
    
    FISH DUDE (Sofel)
    -This is a pretty neat little title where you play as a fish that has to go
    around and eat smaller fish to proceed to the next level. Luckily if you get
    eaten by a bigger fish during gameplay, the number of fish you have eaten
    does not reset, so once you get used to the gameplay you can hide from the
    bigger fish and go after the small ones. You can also eat the bigger fish but
    you have to be really careful because they come after you pretty quick. Hold
    the A button down to open your mouth before going after them and if you manage
    to get them in your mouth, chew em up like crazy. There are 3 levels to play
    through, each with 3 stages. When you finish Level 3, Stage 3 (where you have
    to eat 3 big fish to finish the stage) you will get a screen with a banner
    floating across it that says WINNER with fish of different sizes swimming ar-
    ound it. At the bottom of the screen it says NOW GO TO ADVANCED LEVELS A-C.
    These are definitely harder. Play through Levels A, B and C (each of these
    levels also has 3 stages, giving the game a grand total of 18 stages) and
    when you reach Level C-3 you will have to eat 5 of the big fish. Accomplish
    this and you will get the same WINNER banner floating across the screen but
    now it will say YOU ARE THE CHAMP at the bottom. Press Start and you will get
    a GAME OVER screen, which I detest getting after finishing a game. THE END is
    always a lot more rewarding and not a slap in the face, especially for a game
    that came out in 1991.
    
    
    FIST OF THE NORTH STAR (Electro Brain)
    -Unlike the NES version of the game where you played through side scrolling
    action levels and fought a boss at the end, the Game Boy version is more of a
    Street Fighter style fighting game where you pick from 1 of 11 fighters and
    try to fight your way through the other 10 to become ruler of the known uni-
    verse. Kenshiro is the main good guy and Kaioh is the main bad guy, but you
    can pick any of the fighters to play through the game as. I picked Kenshiro
    and battled past all of them, ending with the battle against Kaioh. After de-
    feating him it said WINNER! KENSHIRO and gives you experience points for win-
    ning the battle. It then goes to a screen where CONGRATULATION! flashes and
    then scrolls through STAFF credits, showing each of the fighters practicing
    their moves in a little box while the credits roll. THE END scrolls onto the
    screen and then you can either select Continue or Password. I selected Cont-
    inue and played through the game with Kenshiro again and got the same exact
    ending. If you play through as any of the other characters and finish the
    game you will get the same exact ending, no matter who you play as. Kaioh
    will always be the last guy to beat, unless you are playing as him. If you
    play through the game as Kaioh, your final opponent will be Kenshiro. Un-
    fortunately you will get the same weak ending beating the game as Kaioh that
    you got beating the game as any of the other 10 fighters. Wish there would
    have at least been a different ending message for each guy.
    
    
    FLASH, THE (T*HQ)
    -This is just your straight-forward action game where you must guide Flash
    through 13 stages of enemies and diffuse a bomb at the end of each stage. The
    Trickster is the one setting these bombs and by the time you reach Stage 13
    Flash will be exhausted, as you will be able to tell from the intermission
    scenes between each stage. In Stage 13 you will have to battle the Trickster
    as you climb up levels of a building. Defeat him several times and you will
    finally reach the top. You can see the bomb you need to diffuse on the other
    side of a pillar, but it is unbreakable. However, if break the 3 objects to
    the left of the pillar you will then be able to smash the previously un-
    breakable pillar and diffuse the last bomb. It will go to a dialogue screen
    where Flash says:
    WHEW! FOR A MINUTE
    THERE, I DIDN'T
    THINK EITHER OF US
    WOULD MAKE IT!
    BUT NOW WITH THE
    TRICKSTER SAFE
    BEHIND BARS AGAIN,
    MAYBE WE CAN BOTH
    RELAX FOR ONCE!
    She says:
    YOU MEAN UNTIL THE
    NEXT THREAT TO
    CENTRAL CITY COMES
    ALONG!
    Flash:
    THAT'S RIGHT, AND
    THE FLASH WILL BE
    READY FOR IT!
    The Flash will then wink at you and it will stay on this screen until you hit
    A or Start which will cause it to return to the title screen.
    
    
    FORTIFIED ZONE (Jaleco)
    -This is a cool little action game that reminds me a little bit of Metal Gear
    for some reason. It is purely action and you go through rooms like in the
    underground Legend of Zelda areas but your main goal is to find keys that
    open locked doors while battling a few mini-bosses and end-of-stage bosses
    along the way. There are only 4 stages to play through. The first 2 stage
    each have 20 rooms on a 4x5 grid. Stages 3 & 4 both have double the rooms, as
    they each have two floors, each one having 20 rooms on a 4x5 grid. When you
    battle through Stage 4 you will eventually have to battle some of the bosses
    you have already defeated and will finally get to a big machine-looking boss.
    Destroy the "head" of it then wear down the rest of it. This seems like it
    is the final boss battle of the game but when you destroy this thing you are
    plopped back in the maze. Backtrack to the room where there are 3 ways to
    go on the bottom of the room but this time head up and defeat a mini-boss be-
    fore your final battle of the game. Attack the front of this thing and then
    go after the body and you will eventually destroy it. It will say STAGE 4
    CLEARED and then:
    CONGRATULATIONS!
    MISSION COMPLETED
    The screen will fade to a cool screen showing the two heroes walking away
    from the battle area (the fortified zone?) as it blows up behind them. This
    screen fades to another showing their two smiling faces and then this one
    fades to a view of them waving at a rescue chopper that is on the ground.
    After this the STAFF credits roll and end on the PRESENTED BY JALECO screen.
    
    
    FROGGER (Majesco)
    -Yet another classic arcade game released for the Game Boy. Unlike Asteroids
    and a couple of other classics on the GB, Frogger has an ending...sort of.
    There are a total of 8 levels to play through. Each one gets increasingly dif-
    ficult and culminate in the nearly impossible Level 8. If you somehow manage
    to get all 5 frogs across the busy intersection and waterway you will get a
    screen showing the frog saying GET READY! and the message underneath says:
    GREAT JOB! YOU
    WRAPPED THE LEVELS
    It then returns you to Level 1. However, instead of saying LEVEL 1 at the bot-
    tom of the screen like it usually would it now says !!!!! 1. The speed of the
    cars and logs seem to be the same as it would be in Level 1 but now the snakes
    are in the median and on the logs so it is a lot tougher. You can play through
    the !!!!! levels and when you finish !!!!! 8 you will get the same ending you
    got the first time through and it will start you back at !!!!! 1 again. Still,
    it was cool to get an ending message saying you wrapped the levels. Also of
    note is that when your score reaches 99,990 it stops there and does not wrap
    back to 0.
    
    
    GAME & WATCH GALLERY (Nintendo)
    -This is going to be a long one. This cart consists of 4 classic Game & Watch
    Nintendo games. Each of the 4 classic games also has a modern remake of that
    game on this cart, giving you a total of 8 games. The 4 individual games are
    called MANHOLE, FIRE, OCTOPUS and OIL PANIC. Before we get into how you
    trigger the endings I will explain the Gallery part of the game. If you
    score a certain amount of points in the modern and classic versions of each
    game it will give you a star which unlocks the ability to see another old
    Game & Watch game in the Gallery Corner. You cannot play this old game but
    it gives you the name of the game and a brief history of it. You can unlock
    these stars by scoring 400 points and then 800 points. You can unlock a total
    of 16 Gallery stars. This part of the game is for fun. Both modern and clas-
    sic version of the game each have Easy and Hard modes. If you earn all the
    Rank stars in modern mode of each game you can unlock a Very Hard mode. Now
    in each of the games you get Rank stars for every 200 points you score (up to
    1000 points). That means by beating the Easy and Hard modes of both the
    modern and classic versions of the game you can earn a total of 20 Rank stars
    for each game. You cannot earn any Rank stars in Very Hard mode. Anyway, when
    you get all 20 Rank Stars in one of the 4 games it will trigger the 1st end-
    ing (it does not matter which of the 4 games you do this first in):
    **
    **1ST ENDING**
    You get the following message to start the ending:
    YOU DID IT!!
    YOU GET STAR'S
    IN ALL 4 GAMES.
    YOU GET A STAR
    FOR EVERY 200
    POINTS.
    HOW MANY CAN YOU GET?
    Mario and Luigi will roll a cannon out near the entrance to a castle. It will
    shoot a bomb up into the air and it will explode. The GAME & WATCH GALLERY
    CAST will appear, showing names of the characters from each of the 4 games
    on the cart and Mario and Luigi continue to catch Bob-Omb and shoot him back
    up into the sky. When the credits are finished one final bomb is shot up and
    it says TO BE CONTINUED NINTENDO as the princess appears in the castle window.
    It will then go back to the title screen.
    **
    **2ND ENDING**
    When you manage to get all 20 Rank stars for another of the 4 games on the
    cart it will trigger the the 2nd ending (the 40 star ending). The following
    message starts it out:
    YOU DID IT!!
    YOU GET STAR'S
    IN ALL 8 GAMES.
    GET MORE THAN
    800 POINTS IN
    MODERN AND
    CLASSIC MODES
    TO SEE ALL OF
    THE GALLERY!
    You will then get the same exact ending sequence that you got in the 1st end-
    ing, with Mario and Luigi, the cannon, the staff credits and everything end-
    ing with the same THANK YOU FOR PLAYING NINTENDO message then returning you
    back to the title screen where you can keep playing. Now say you were playing
    the games in the order that they are presented in the main menu and you have
    already gotten all stars in MANHOLE to get the 1st ending and then got all
    the stars in FIRE to get the 2nd ending. Now you go to play the 3rd game on
    the menu, OCTOPUS, and you get all 20 stars in that game. You will not get
    an ending when you reach 60 total stars, even though you got one when you
    reached 20 stars and 40 stars. Instead, the next ending you get will be the
    final ending, when you get the full 80 stars by getting 20 stars in all the
    games:
    **
    **3RD ENDING**
    When you manage to get 20 stars on the 4th and final game on the cart for a
    grand total of 80 stars (that means scoring over 1000 points on both the
    classic and modern versions of each game on both Easy and Hard modes for each
    version (not Very Hard mode though) it will trigger the 3rd and final ending.
    It will show all the Nintendo characters from the game on the screen. The
    Princess is near the top of the tower and a star gets tossed out to Mario and
    Luigi who are holding a trampoline. If you bounce the star a couple times it
    will bounce up to Yoshi, who is sitting on a cloud with Donkey Kong Jr., and
    he will spit out confetti. There are also 3 mushroom retainers on the screen.
    If you don't bounce the star up to him you just won't get to see him spit out
    confetti. Anyway, after a few seconds more of them waving at you it will go
    to that screen you got in the other 2 endings where Mario and Luigi roll out
    a cannon and catch Bob-Ombs and shoot them up into the air. The only differ-
    ence this time around is that instead of showing a CAST of characters that
    were in the game it will show the GAME&WATCH GALLERY STAFF and programmers of
    the game. After you see all the people responsible for putting out this fine
    collaboration of games it will end with THANK YOU FOR PLAYING NINTENDO. This
    was a very well done Game Boy game, combining the classic Game & Watch games
    with their modern day counterparts and providing a ton of gameplay to be able
    to get all the endings.
    
    
    GAME OF HARMONY, THE (Accolade)
    -A unique game where you control a small ship that looks like the ship from
    Asteroids and must bump orbs of the same symbol into each other to eliminate
    them from the screen. There are a total of 50 Levels in this game, with every
    4th Level being a Bonus Level. If you manage to finish Level 50 you will get a
    one screen ending that says CONGRATULATIONS! with a bunch of orbs exploding
    around your ship like fireworks. You then go to a high scorers screen where
    you can enter your name. Not much of an ending programmed by the guys from
    Code Monkeys.
    
    
    GARGOYLE'S QUEST (Capcom)
    -This was one of my favorite Game Boy games back in the early 90s when it
    came out. You play as one of those annoying red devil enemies from the NES
    game Ghosts n Goblins and the game is half action, half RPG. Your quest is
    to gain enough items and abilities to prove that you are the savior of the
    land and all that good stuff and your ultimate goal is to make it to the
    castle of Breager, the ultimate bad guy in this game. Along the way you will
    use 4 different weapons, each with their own ability, like using the Block
    Buster to break blocks that get in your way and using the Claw weapon to
    shoot a substance onto the spikes so you can attach to it and "climb" up
    spiked walls. In your not-so-long journey you will come across several towns
    and battle a total of 6 boss battles, including Breager as well as the demon
    before him, Rushifell, who looks exactly like the final boss from Ghouls and
    Ghosts for the Genesis/SNES. When you finally reach Breager you will need to
    keep blasting him in the head to defeat him. After he is beaten you will talk
    to him and he will say:
    WHAT! I'VE BEEN
    DEFEATED TWICE?
    I'LL NEVER
    FORGET THIS.
    I'LL BE BACK
    AND... THEN...
    I'LL... GUUH...
    GWAAAA!!!!!!!!!
    The screen flashes and Breager disappears. You will then appear in the throne
    room of King Darkoan. Speak to his 3 minions for congratulations then speak
    to the King. He says:
    BUT WHY DIDN'T
    YOU TELL ME YOU
    WERE THE
    LEGENDARY RED
    BLAZE. ANYWAY,
    YOU SAVED THE
    REALM. I HOPE
    YOU'LL STAY HERE
    AND HELP US.
    BY THE WAY,
    FIREBRAND, THE
    EARTH IS YOURS.
    IF YOU CAN
    CONQUER THE
    EARTH, YOU CAN
    BE KING THERE.
    GOOD LUCK!
    The screen fades out and you get the following scrolling message:
    WHEN BREAGER WAS
    DEFEATED, HIS
    POWER OVER
    DARKOAN
    VANISHED.
    DARKOAN REGAINED
    HIS GREAT POWER
    AND DEFEATED THE
    ENTIRE ARMY OF
    DESTROYERS.
    THE GHOUL REALM
    BECAME SAFE (?)
    AGAIN.
    FIREBRAND BECAME
    WELL KNOWN
    THROUGHOUT THE
    GHOUL REALM, A
    LEGEND IN HIS
    OWN TIME.
    THE END
    It then shows several enemies/bosses and their names, then shows FIREBRAND
    then goes to the PRESENTED BY CAPCOM screen where it stays until you reset.
    
    
    GO! GO! TANK (Electro Brain)
    -This is an interesting action/puzzle game where you control a plane with a
    grappling hook and must pick up tetris shaped blocks and move them around in
    a manner so your tank friend at the bottom of the screen can use the blocks
    as steps to make it to the enemy base at the end of the Stage. Add persistent
    enemies and the fact that the plane is not easy to control and you have one
    pretty difficult game here. There are a total of 10 Stages. Between each Stage
    it brings you to a map screen and shows you move to the next Stage. When you
    get to Stage 10 and finish it you will get the usual GOOD! screen that shows
    the cartoon-like tank and plane and then it will go to the map screen. You
    will move to the last area on the map and it will tally your score. You then
    are "rewarded" with the game's one screen ending, showing the plane waving and
    the tank jumping around with the word CONGRATULATIONS at the top of the
    screen. You are then returned to the title screen. Not much to see here.
    
    
    GODZILLA (Toho)
    -This is a puzzle game in which you control Godzilla and must fight your way
    through many Stages to rescue your son Minilla. The object of each Stage is
    to destroy all the rocks in them to make the exit appear so you can move on
    to the next. However, many of the Stages have multiple exits, so the game is
    like one giant maze trying to figure out where to go. There are a grand total
    of 64 Stages but if you use KeyBlade999's FAQ/Walkthrough for it you will see
    that the fastest route possible to the Stage where you rescue Minilla has you
    playing through about 31 of them. When you break all the rocks in this last
    Stage there will be no exit door but you will instead be shown the ending. It
    will go to a screen with a big picture of Minilla on it with his name next to
    him (like the pictures of all the monsters if you watch past the title screen)
    with the message THANK YOU, DADDY below him. Pressing button A shows the words
    THE END and then pressing Start brings you back to the title screen. Not the
    monster ending you may have been expecting, but at least you were able to re-
    unite the father and son lizards.
    
    
    GOLF (Nintendo)
    -In this simple golf game you play as Mario and can select between the Japan
    course and the U.S.A. course, both of which are 18 holes. Your goal is to
    play through the course and have a better score than the computer opponents.
    When you finish the 18th hole on either course (you get the same ending no
    matter which course you played) it will say HOLE OUT and then go to your
    score card. Press A and it will show what place you finished in compared to
    the computer players. If you managed to finish in 1st place it will go to a
    screen with 6 cheerleaders jumping around a trophy that looks like a key and
    it will say on the screen:
    [YOUR NAME] IS NO. 1 !!
    HERE'S YOUR PRIZE.
    Press A and it goes to a screen that says CONGRATULATIONS!! and shows you and
    you leaving the GAME BOY CLUB by jumping in a convertible as your caddy waves
    at you from the front stairs. You drive off as the caddy jumps up and down
    and then runs after you. It then returns to the title screen. A simple ending
    for a simple game.
    
    
    GRADIUS - THE INTERSTELLAR ASSAULT (Konami)
    -This entrant in the classic Konami Gradius series is the sequel to the pre-
    vious Game Boy release in the Gradius series, Nemesis. I believe this is even
    called Nemesis II in Japan. You get the classic power ups like Speed, Missile
    and Options and must blast your way through 6 stages to reach the end. The
    only thing I don't like about the stage layout is that they are not clearly
    separated. When you beat the 1st boss it doesn't go to a screen showing your
    score and the next stage number but instead just has you keep flying into the
    next stage. Since there are a total of 6 bosses you must fight in this game
    I will count each stage as "ending" after beating that boss. When you reach
    the Stage 5 boss and defeat him you will immediately start racing through a
    stage where the tiles are falling onto you. We will call this Stage 6. When
    you reach the end you will have to destroy the small ship that escaped from
    the boss of Stage 5 when you were fighting him. Now just outlast this small
    final boss and it will show him exploding (the explosion looks eerily like a
    creepy face) and then the STAFF credits will roll while your ship slowly makes
    its way across the top of the screen. The credits finish and it will say END
    with 1991 KONAMI and your score on the screen. Pressing start brings you back
    to Stage 1 with your score still intact. I beat the game 2 more times but got
    the same boring ending. Also worth mentioning is that you play the game on
    the NORMAL difficulty setting, but you can select EASY or HARD as well. If you
    play the game on EASY and finish it you will not get a STAFF credits roll and
    it will only say END with your score beneath it (no 1991 KONAMI to be seen).
    However, when you hit Start after beating the game on EASY and play through it
    again you will get the ending with the STAFF credits and the 1991 KONAMI on
    the screen. Now if you play the game on HARD difficulty and beat it you will
    get the STAFF credit roll but when they finish up it will show your ship
    blasting off into the distance and then a shooting star shoots across the
    screen followed by END and 1991 KONAMI and your score. At least they gave you
    a little something extra for beating the game on HARD difficulty. Playing
    through the game a 2nd time on HARD difficulty gives you the same ending.
    
    
    GREAT GREED (Namco)
    -This is a not very well known RPG for the Game Boy that is actually really
    good. It isn't complex and the story and characters can get a bit whimsical
    at times, but it is a solid RPG that fans of the genre should enjoy. In Great
    Greed you do have a large world to explore but the game is divided into sec-
    tions. Once you complete an area you are not allowed to go back into it, so
    the game is more linear than the average RPG. You will still have a lot of
    items, weapons and spells to acquire and spend lots of time leveling up by
    fighting the many different enemies the game throws at you. There are 9 dif-
    ferent arears to explore, with all the names of the lands having to do with
    food. The final area, which is where the main enemy Bio-Haz resides, is part
    of Burger. You will eventually get to his castle where you will have to battle
    a sub-boss called Noknight and then to the final battle against Bio-Haz him-
    self. One of the interesting subplots of the game was that in each land you
    visited you would meet up with one of the King's daughters, who would help
    you on your quest. In the battle against Bio-Haz you start with his daughter
    Candy helping you for Bio-Haz's first form and when you have to fight him
    again right afterwards, his daughter Citrus will take her place. When you de-
    feat him the 2nd time you beat the game. I was not going to put all the dia-
    logue in but then I realized that was out of laziness, so here it is:
    --BIO-HAZ--
    "YOU WIN.
    THE STRONG RULES
    THE WEAK.
    THAT IS THE WAY
    OF THE UNIVERSE.
    MY WORLD IS
    DRIVEN BY GREED,
    WHILE YOURS
    SEEMS TO BE ONE
    OF LOVE, AND
    CARING FOR YOUR
    PLANET.
    AFTER ALL,
    YOU CAN ONLY
    ABUSE YOUR HOME
    WORLD FOR SO
    LONG.
    LEARN FROM THIS,
    NEVER RUIN YOUR
    WORLD AS MY
    PEOPLE ARE
    POLLUTING MINE."
    Bio-Haz will then explode off the screen.
    --CITRUS--
    "WE DID IT!"
    --CANDY--
    "POOR GUY..."
    "BY THE WAY
    CITRUS,
    HOW DID YOU SAVE YOURSELF?"
    --CITRUS--
    "FORTUNATELY,
    THERE WAS A POOL
    OF WATER ON THE
    BOTTOM OF THE
    CLIFF, I CLIMBED
    UP ON MY OWN."
    --CANDY--
    "YOU ALWAYS WERE
    THE STRONGEST
    ONE IN THE
    FAMILY!"
    --CITRUS--
    "LOOK OUT,
    THE CASTLE
    IS FALLING."
    --CANDY--
    "SAY, WE MUST
    RESCUE GUM DROP.
    Cup Cake will then come running into the room.
    --CUP CAKE--
    "EVERYONE!"
    --CANDY--
    "CUP CAKE!"
    --CUP CAKE--
    "GUM DROP IS
    ALRIGHT.
    TRUFFLE IS WITH
    US, TOO."
    Gum Drop and Truffle run into the room.
    --GUM DROP--
    "THE BALLOON
    TRUFFLE MADE IS
    OUTSIDE.
    COME ON, HURRY."
    --CANDY--
    "[HERO], HURRY UP!"
    Everyone then escapes and the screen flashes and happy music plays as the hot
    air balloon makes its way across the screen carrying everyone. It shifts to
    the throne room where the King and Queen greet the Hero.
    --KING GREENE--
    "THE LONG WAR
    IS OVER.
    OFFICIALLY
    I WANT TO EXPRESS MY
    GRATITUDE."
    "PLEASE LISTEN
    TO THE WORDS OF
    APPRECIATION
    FROM EVERYONE."
    There are 9 people in the room. You must speak to everyone and then speak to
    the King again to keep the ending moving along.  Here is what they all say:
    --TIME OUT--
    "NOW, THE KINGDOM
    OF GREENE
    WILL GO BACK
    TO PEACE,
    THANK YOU."
    --CUP CAKE--
    "YOU LOOK REALLY
    SPLENDID."
    --CITRUS--
    "YOU REALLY ARE
    STRONG,
    AREN'T YOU?"
    --CANDY--
    "YOUR ACTION WAS
    EVERYONE'S HOPE.
    --QUEEN--
    "TRULY
    I THANK YOU."
    --GUM DROP--
    "I AM GOING TO
    MARRY PINT."
    --TRUFFLE--
    "YOU NOT ONLY
    HAVE COURAGE AND
    SRENGTH, BUT
    WISDOM AS WELL."
    --MICROWAVE--
    "YOU DID IT
    AT LAST."
    --LUNCH BOX--
    "THE REMNANTS OF
    THE ENEMY ARE
    ALMOST
    WIPED OUT NOW."
    --KING GREENE--
    "[HERO],
    WON'T YOU
    MARRY ONE OF MY
    DAUGHTERS?"
    Now here is where things get interesting. You can choose YES or NO. If you
    pick NO the King says the following:
    "I SEE.
    YOU ARE GOING
    BACK.
    THEN MAKE
    YOURSELF AT
    HOME,
    AT LEAST FOR
    THE NIGHT."
    The rest of the ending plays out from here, which I will get to in a moment.
    Now if you responded YES the King says:
    "WHICH PRINCESS
    ARE YOU GOING
    TO CHOOSE THEN?
    YOU MAY TALK TO
    YOUR FAVORITE
    PRINCESS."
    This next part is pretty funny. You can choose absolutely anyone in the room,
    including the King and Queen! If you choose someone you are not supposed to,
    like LUNCH BOX or the QUEEN, the King will ask you to choose again, but if
    you pick them again the King will accept it. I will not get into each indiv-
    idual response, but once you make your choice the King will say:
    "NOW, THIS IS
    THE BEGINNING
    OF THE NEW
    GREENE KINGDOM.
    LISTEN
    EVERYONE.
    WE'LL HAVE A
    FEAST TONIGHT."
    Dancing girls come out and happy music plays. You then are shown in the next
    room where MICROWAVE will talk to you:
    "I WANT YOU TO
    STAY HERE FOR A
    LONG TIME,
    BUT YOU MAY HAVE
    SOME UNFINISHED
    BUSINESS IN THE
    OTHER WORLD.
    YOU'D BETTER
    RETURN TO YOUR
    WORLD FOR
    THE PRESENT.
    WE WILL COME TO PICK YOU UP
    AS SOON AS
    YOU ARE READY.
    GO AHEAD AND
    HAVE A WORD WITH
    YOUR FUTURE
    WIFE."
    So whoever you picked is in the room with you and MICROWAVE (unless you did
    pick MICROWAVE, then it is just you and her). Go over and talk to the person
    you chose as your "wife" and you get a message from them. The QUEEN's message
    if you chose her is "THE KING IS WEEPING." :) Now talk to MICROWAVE again and
    she says the following:
    "WELL,
    IT'S TIME.
    COME, GET INTO
    THE MAGIC
    CIRCLE.
    YOU CAN RETURN
    TO THE PLACE YOU
    STARTED, AND THE
    TIME DIFFERENCE
    WILL ONLY BE ABOUT ONE HOUR
    FROM WHEN WE
    STARTED.
    HERE WE GO!"
    You are warped back to Earth, in the forested area at the very beginning of
    the game where you were with your father. He finds you and you two talk:
    --FATHER--
    "WHERE HAVE YOU
    BEEN?
    THE AREA WAS NOT
    AS POLLUTED AS
    I EXPECTED.
    THIS COUNTRY IS
    NOT TOO BAD.
    WHAT'S
    THE MATTER?
    YOU ARE SMILING.
    COME ON,
    LET'S GO."
    Your father walks off the screen and you follow him. MICROWAVE appears:
    --MICROWAVE--
    "IN ANY CASE,
    THERE ARE HOPES
    IN BOTH WORLDS.
    AREN'T THERE,
    [HERO]? IN BOTH
    WORLDS, THERE ARE
    THE LOVERS OF
    NATURE, AND THE
    GREEDY WHO ONLY
    THINK OF
    THEMSELVES."
    MICROWAVE disappears and reappears back in here world. The STAFF credits
    will then appear in the dialogue box as various scenes from towns and other
    areas in the game play out behind the credits. Ken Lobb's name even appears
    in the credits. THE END finally appears as you are standing in a field with
    the person you chose as your "wife." But this is not over yet. MICROWAVE
    shows up on the screen and says the following:
    TO ALL OF YOU
    GAME MASTERS ON
    GREAT GREED
    MOVE THE CURSOR
    TO THE AREA YOU
    WANT TO SEE.
    PRESS THE A
    BUTTON.
    You will have 4 choices on the screen:
    SOUND TEST
    MONSTER BOOK
    PROFILE
    EXIT
    The SOUND TEST is obvious. The MONSTER BOOK is pretty awesome, as it lets you
    look at every single enemy in the game and all their stats. PROFILE lets you
    look at the profiles of the 5 daughters as well as MICROWAVE. EXIT gives you
    the message PLAY AGAIN SOON and returns you to the title screen. This was
    one of the coolest and most interactive endings of any game I have ever played
    and made playing through to get here worthwhile.
    
    
    GREMLINS 2 - THE NEW BATCH (Sunsoft)
    -This game is nothing like its NES counterpart. Where the NES version was made
    along the lines of cool games like Fester's Quest and certain parts of Blaster
    Master, Gremlins 2 for the Game Boy is a very difficult side scrolling plat-
    form game consisting of only 4 Stages. You must find the pencil in each Stage
    to have as your weapon, otherwise you are out of luck unless you are lucky
    enough to find a suitcase, which has limited uses, or a musical note, which
    you can only use once. There are bosses at the end of each Stage, also diffi-
    cult since you you only have your stubby pencil as a weapon. The further along
    you get in the game the harder the Stages are, with more difficult jumps to
    make and more enemies, spikes and gaps to navigate past. If you manage to make
    it to the end of Stage 4 you will do battle with the final boss Gremlin. This
    boss battle is unique, in that you are suddenly armed with a projectile weapon
    that would have come in nicely everywhere else in the game. The only problem
    here is that you need to hit the spider gremlin's head and he is unreachable.
    You must jump in the floating spider web above you and it will carry you up
    and down, where you can take pot shots at him when you are lined up with his
    head. Do this, manage to avoid his shots and hopefully you will do him in.
    When you do it will go to a screen showing some melting gremlin carcasses with
    the following message:
    THE EVIL GREMLINS
    HAVE BEEN
    DESTROYED.
    NEW YORK CITY IS
    NOW SAFE.
    The next screen shows Billy and his girlfriend holding Gizmo and says:
    ONCE AGAIN UNITED,
    BILLY, KATE, AND
    GIZMO HAPPILY GO
    HOME.
    The STAFF credits will flash beneath this picture and then your SCORE will ap-
    pear followed by THE END SUNSOFT. You are then returned to the title screen.
    
    
    HAL WRESTLING (HAL America)
    -This Game Boy wrestling game is one of the earliest from the popular Fire
    Pro Wrestling series of games. There are 2 modes to choose from: SINGLE
    MATCH and 4 VS 4 ELIMINATION MATCH.
    SINGLE MATCH
    In this mode you get to choose from 8 different wrestlers to play as. You
    then go through and have to beat each of the other 7 wrestlers in a 2 out of
    3 falls match. After you have beaten your 7th opponent you then get to go
    up against the secret final wrestler, Mr. Hu. He is not one of the guys
    you can play as, so this is the only time you will see Mr. Hu. If you are
    able to defeat him in the 2 out of 3 falls match you will get a victory
    screen showing what looks like you, Mr. Hu and perhaps the referee standing
    at the top of the screen raising your arms in victory with the following
    message below you:
    THE GLORY OF
    YOUR VICTORY WAS
    JUST WRITTEN ON
    A PAGE IN THE
    HISTORY OF BATTLE!
    BUT THE NEXT
    FIGHT HAS
    ALREADY BEGUN!
    AND AGAIN
    WE AWAIT
    YOUR CONQUEST!!
    The staff credits then scroll with the wrestling ring in the background and
    PRESENTED BY HAL AMERICA are the last words you see before going back to
    the title screen.
    4 VS 4 ELIMINATION MATCH
    In this mode you choose 4 wrestlers for your team and you go up against the
    remaining 4 selectable wrestlers. If you win the first match, the player
    you pinned is eliminated and they send one of the remaining 3 wrestlers on
    their team after you next and so forth. If you lose, then you wrestle as
    one of the remaining 3 wrestlers you have left on your team and so forth.
    If you manage to eliminate all 4 of your opponents it will go to the results
    screen and then say GAME OVER, so you get absolutely no ending for finishing
    this mode.
    
    
    HEAVYWEIGHT CHAMPIONSHIP BOXING (Activision)
    -This is the first boxing game for the Game Boy and is pretty simplistic.
    You can choose to be any of the following 6 boxers, in order of skill:
    LIGHTNING LOU
    TOKYO THUNDER
    JOHNNY JAB
    LEFTY O'HOOK
    MIKE MAULER
    THE CHAMP
    It is easier to play through the game as The Champ but if you really want to
    challenge yourself, play as Lightning Lou. Whoever you end up picking, your
    goal is to defeat the other 5 boxers and then you will get a final match
    against THE HITMAN. If you can manage to defeat him it will show your boxer
    in the ring up on the shoulders of your trainer with a guy standing next to
    you either holding your new belt or a microphone trying to get an interview
    as well as a ring girl next to you. Confetti rains down on you as flashbulbs
    go off and the following scrolls by on the bottom of the screen:
    LADIES
    AND GENTLEMEN,
    INTRODUCING
    [NAME OF BOXER YOU CHOSE],
    THE NEW,
    UNDISPUTED,
    HEAVYWEIGHT
    CHAMPION
    OF THE WORLD!
    Staff credits follow and it ends with PRESENTED BY ACTIVISION. Pressing start
    brings you to the title screen. You get the same ending no matter which boxer
    you chose to play as.
    
    
    HEIANKYO ALIEN (Meldac)
    -This is an odd action game where the object is to trap the aliens in holes
    that you dig and then fill in the hole. It's pretty much straight forward
    alien trapping arcade action, in fact, the original Japanese arcade game from
    1979 is included in the cartridge, so this is kind of like a 2-in-1 cart.
    In the OLD game you simply play on a screen and have to trap 3 aliens on the
    first screen. On each screen the aliens get faster and as you proceed through
    the screens there will be more aliens to trap, up to 8 on the most difficult
    screen. The screen number is located at the bottom but every time you beat
    20 screens the next screen will be the same speed as screen 1. I managed to
    slog through to screen 99 and when I finished it the next screen was screen 00
    and then it kept counting from 01 again, so the OLD game mode DOES NOT have
    an ending to speak of. Now for NEW mode. NEW mode plays like the OLD game, ex-
    cept it is a lot more forgiving. Also, there are obstacles like trees and wat-
    er to work around. There are only 12 stages to play through in NEW mode. The
    layout of the stage changes after every 3rd Stage, so you have 4 different
    stage layouts during the game. When you finish Stage 12 it goes to a scene
    showing the alien ship leaving and then disappearing when it reaches its apex.
    Several townsfolk are shown walking around now that they are free from the
    alien oppression. After about 30 seconds an animal pulling a cart lumbers ac-
    ross the screen and a single alien hops out of it. The arcade version of the
    game was later ported to the Super Famicom, but there was no Game Boy sequel
    so apparently this little leftover alien didn't do too much damage. THE END
    appears in the upper right corner and stays there until you reset. The NEW
    mode is short, but at least it has an ending.
    
    
    HIGH STAKES (Electro Brain)
    -This gambling game, also referred to as High Stakes Gambling on some sites,
    has 2 modes: PRACTICE and COMPETITIVE. In practice mode you do just that,
    practice. You have 4 games to play for fun: BLACKJACK, SLOTS, VIDEO POKER and
    CRAPS. Play these until you lose your money or quit. The COMPETITIVE mode is
    the meat of this game. This sets a story of your character, named Rosetti, on
    his mission to bankrupt 5 mafia bosses in the year 1927. There will be 5
    Missions and each Mission is you playing the boss of that Mission at 4 casino
    games in order to collect enough Draw Poker credits on your score card to
    defeat the boss in THE SHOWDOWN. The 4 games that you challenge the bosses at
    are BLACKJACK, SLOTS, VIDEO POKER and DRAW POKER (THE SHOWDOWN). yOU earn the
    credits by defeating the boss at the first 3 games and when you play the 4th
    game (DRAW POKER) you can either beat him by making him lose all his cash or
    all his credits. When you defeat a boss you go on to the next Mission to take
    on the next boss. The bosses in order are: MACHINE GUN MAX, SUITCASE SAME,
    HITMAN HARRY, LUCKY LOUIS and AL COLOGNE (a take on Al Capone). Each boss
    gets increasingly difficult in that they are more apt to cheat against you,
    especially AL COLOGNE, which is especially frustrating in BLACKJACK when you
    have a great hand and he simply swaps hands with you. You can also cheat, so
    put that ability to good use by buying cheats from Shady in between games.
    Now at the end of MISSION 5 you will play AL COLOGNE in a final game of DRAW
    POKER. If you are lucky enough to bankrupt him or make him lose all his cred-
    its, victory will be yours. It will show a screen of you standing in front of
    AL COLOGNE'S casino, which is boarded up and says OUT OF BUSINESS. The text
    on the bottom of the screen says:
    YOU'VE DONE IT!
    THE FBI COMMENDS YOU
    WITH ITS HIGHEST
    HONORS.
    YOU'RE TRULY AN
    AMERICAN HERO.
    TOTAL CASH
    $ (amount of cash you earned)
    Pressing start brings you to a screen with staff credits and then pressing
    it again brings you to the title screen. Not much of an ending but at least
    Electro Brain put something at the end for beating the game. By the way, the
    bosses reminded me of characters right out of a Dick Tracy movie.
    
    
    HUNT FOR RED OCTOBER, THE (Hi Tech Expressions)
    -This game is similar to the NES version in that you navigate the Russian
    submarine Red October through dangerous waters shooter style. However, where
    the NES had a wonky last level where the game turned into a platformer this
    Game Boy version is straight shooter all the way through. There are a total
    of 8 levels. At the end of each level you must defeat a boss, which usually
    just consists of destroying several turrets or navigating through some tight
    areas until you reach the edge of the screen. When you get to the end of
    Level 8 you wll have to make your way through some really tight caverns and
    then destroy an aircraft, land gun and 4 emplacements on the right side of
    the screen. Destroy all of this and navigate through the small area towards
    the bottom of the structure and you will get the game's one screen ending,
    showing you waving from the surfaced Red October as thunderclouds pass by a
    moonlit (or is it sunlit...damn black & white) sky. Hitting A or Start will
    bring you to the HIGH SCORE TABLE where you can enter a name of up to 8 let-
    ters. After doing this it will eventually go back to the message you got upon
    starting the game.
    
    
    IN YOUR FACE (Jaleco)
    -This is the Game Boy version of the NES game Hoops, but with absolutely no
    bells and whistles. This is one of the most bare bones games I have seen for
    any gaming system. You can choose whether to play a 1-on-1 match or a 2-on-2
    match and can change how long you want the game to be or how many points you
    want the game to play to. You also get to choose from 4 different players to
    play as but there is no difference in players, just the names. Anyway, after
    you choose your options for the game and manage to win it, you will get a one
    screen victory screen showing you with your arm raised in the air, the final
    score of the game and the words YOU WIN!! written in cursive...then it simply
    returns you to the title screen. There are no tournaments, no season to play,
    nothing. If you have the game link you can play against another player, but
    if you are looking for anything other than a few mindless minutes playing a
    bad basketball, this game is not for you. I guess the programmers figured
    they overdid the ending to Hoops so they skimped on this one.
    
    
    IRON MAN/X-O MANOWAR IN HEAVY METAL (Acclaim)
    -This game is a rare crossover title between a Marvel series (Iron Man) and
    a non-Marvel series (X-O Manowar). In 1996 Acclaim bought Valiant Comics and
    decided to put one of their signature heroes (X-O Manowar) into a video game
    with Marvel's Iron Man, who at that point in time was not the Marvel power-
    house that he is now. An odd pairing to say the least. You can play as either
    character in this game and there is a mix of enemies from both franchises to
    be found in this game, including Baron Zemo and Krytos, the 2 antagonists you
    will have to battle at the end. There are a total of 21 Levels. Some of them
    are short, like the auto-scrolling flying stages, while others are a bit
    longer and require you to go through several floors of buildings to make
    your way to the end. Your ultimate goal is to get to General Krytos on his
    spaceship to wrest control of the cosmic cube from him. In that final level
    on his ship you will first have to defeat Baron Zemo. Once defeated you move
    on a bit and will reach Krytos. Defeat him like you did the other bosses,
    trying to time your shots for when the limited invulnerability after your
    previous hit wears off, and eventually you will do him in. After you beat
    Krytos you still have to finish off the level and when you reach the top
    level you will fly out of his ship. The ending starts with an outside view
    of the ship as it explodes into a fiery cloud and Iron Man (or X-O Manowar
    if you were playing as him) flies away from the explosion. It then shows the
    cosmic cube falling to Earth and the following message appears:
    CONGRATULATIONS! THE EVIL
    MENACE HAS BEEN DEFEATED.
    THE UNIVERSE IS SAFE...
    FOR NOW.
    You then get treated to 6 pages of staff credits and then the game returns
    to the title screen. You may have noticed that there are 4 difficulty modes
    to choose from: Easy, Medium, Hard and No Way. I finished the game on Easy
    and No Way and got the same exact ending, so there was no reward for finish-
    ing the game on the insane No Way difficulty, just the satisfaction of know-
    ing you beat a difficult game on its most difficult setting.
    
    
    ITCHY & SCRATCHY IN MINIATURE GOLF MADNESS (Acclaim)
    -This is one of several Simpsons licensed games released for the Game Boy
    but instead of playing as Bart like in the others you play as Scratchy the
    Cat and must battle through 9 holes of miniature golf all while Itchy is
    doing his best to hunt you down. In fact, there are a bunch of Itchy mice
    chasing after you in the game, so not only do you have to worry about him
    but your main goal is whacking the golf ball through the level and into the
    cup at the end in a certain amount of strokes. Each hole has a par and you
    finish the game by making par or under on all 9 holes. There are many other
    obstacles along the way, including platforms you have to hit the ball onto
    and in the last level there are hands that help you get the ball past the
    ghosts that appear, though it costs you a stroke whenever the hand gets the
    ball. Anyway, if you manage to make it all the way through the game's 9
    Levels and sink the last hole it will show your score card and then go to a
    screen that shows Scratchy about to take a swing at Itchy's head and says
    CONGRATULATIONS SCRATCHY on the bottom. THe next screen actually shows you
    nailing poor Itchy in the head and shows his eyeballs popping out with the
    word THWACK! underneath. The next screen expands on this showing Scratchy
    looking in the distance as Itchy's 2 eyeballs soar towards the flag. The
    final screen shows both eyeballs going into the hole with THE END on the
    bottom of the screen. After this ending it shows a HIGH SCORE screen. For
    every hole that you beat the preset player's scores on you get to enter your
    name in their slot. After you are done here it goes to the BEAM STAFF screen
    showing several staff credits and then a couple more credits screen before
    it goes back to the title screen.
    
    
    JAMES BOND 007 (Nintendo)
    -This was a great, almost Legend of Zelda style, game released by Nintendo
    for the Game Boy late in the Game Boy's life span. There is a lot to do and
    many people to talk to in the game and it is not totally linear, but here is
    the general order by country in which you will have to get through the game:
    China (get items, defeat Zhong Mae)
    London (get info and items, get MARBLE for good ending!)
    Kurdistan (items, defeat Iqbal, rescue Agent 008)
    Marrakech (get several items, look for Odd Job)
    The Sahara (get the canteen, find the airbase)
    Tibet (items, Test of Courage)
    Secret Base (items, beat Odd Job, find Zhong Mae)
    Kurdistan again (get items, beat Khatar and Sadam)
    Russia (beat Jaws)
    Golgov's Base (beat Golgov)
    As you can see from above, your main objective is to defeat Golgov and disarm
    his missiles. If you manage to do this, right after you shut down the power
    grid it will show Bond reaching out to Zhong Mae and grabbing her hand. There
    will be some dialogue between the two of you and if you DID NOT get the MARBLE
    it will just show Bond telling her about taking a boat ride but then will skip
    to the credits. If you did find the MARBLE, he will tell her about the boat
    ride and then it will actually show them getting on the boat to China and then
    show a cool pic of them sitting in the boat together. Decoder will then give
    Bond a message about escorting their boat to China and wanting Bond to report
    back to London. Bond tells her the captain of the escorting submarine owes him
    a favor and that they won't be seeing land for awhile in which she replies,
    "Oh, James!" It then shows a lot of credits from the Saffire team that made
    the game for Nintendo and then shows this screen:
    CONGRATULATIONS.
    TRY THESE NAMES
    TO PLAY THE CARD
    GAMES.
    BJACK BLACKJACK
    BACCR BACCARAT
    REDOG RED DOG
    It goes back to the title screen after this. Now if you enter your name as any
    of the above names you can play the corresponding game. Cool ending.
    
    
    JEOPARDY! (GameTek)
    -If you are familiar with the popular TV game show Jeopardy, then you will
    know what is going on in this game. Your game options are (1) VS Computer,
    (2) Two Players and (3) Gamelink. This ending description covers (1) VS Com-
    puter as the other 2 options are just for playing against a friend. To
    finish the game, simply play through the regular Jeopardy round, then the
    Double Jeopardy round (where points double) and then lastly the Final Jeo-
    pardy round, where you are asked 1 question and must figure out how much of
    your money to wager on this final question. If you end up with more money
    than the computer player you are the winner. It will show the game host (who
    looks nothing like Alex Trebek...maybe more like Wink Martindale) as well as
    you and your opponent and then if you outscored your opponent he/she will
    disappear and you are left alone with the host with the words:
    THE WINNER IS: [YOUR NAME]
    GREAT GAME
    The host claps for you and then it simply returns to the title screen. I
    think these early GameTek Game Boy games were just meant for the novelty of
    being able to play games on the go, as nothing was really put into the end-
    ings of them. A tournament would have been nice and maybe even some staff
    credits.
    
    
    KID DRACULA (Konami)
    -Another smooth game from Konami. This doesn't play like a Castlevania game
    at all, in case you were thinking it did. It plays more like a Mega Man game.
    It is very similar to the Famicom game of the same name but in actually is
    considered a sequel. There are a total of 8 Stages to play through. There is
    a boss at the end of each one and usually it has more than one form you have
    to defeat. There is also a bit of strategy involved, as some bosses need to
    be defeated with certain weapons, which you pick up after defeating earlier
    bosses. When you reach the end of Stage 8 you will finally fight Garamoth. He
    also has 2 forms. The first one he is flying. Hit him enough times and his
    wings will be gone and he is grounded. The key to defeating his 2nd form is
    waiting for him to make his 3rd jump, which is higher than the previous 2 he
    makes. He opens his mouth during this jump and this is when he is vulnerable
    to attack. Stand under him and throw a bomb upwards right when his mouth is
    open and this will damage him. Repeat until he is defeated. He will then
    split in half and disappear. The screen goes black and you get this message:
    KID DRACULA
    HAS BRAVELY
    CONQUERED
    KING GARAMOTH.
    "PIECE OF CAKE.
    LET'S GO HOME."
    It then shows Kid Dracula running along the bottom of the screen with 3 bats
    chasing him as the STAFF credits flash by. When the credits finish Kid Drac-
    ula throws the umbrella in the air and his friend Death appears and says:
    "MASTER!
    I TOLD YOU TO
    BE CAREFUL WITH
    YOUR FATHER'S
    UMBRELLA..."
    "AT LEAST
    I BROUGHT IT
    BACK."
    "THE WORST IS
    YET TO COME!
    HEE HEE HEE!"
    It then says THE END with the 1993 KONAMI copyright and stays here until you
    reset. I'm not sure what the significance of the umbrella is...must have some-
    thing to do with another Konami game.
    
    
    KID ICARUS: OF MYTHS AND MONSTERS (Nintendo)
    -In this Game Boy sequel to one of my favorite all time NES games Kid Icarus,
    you must control Pit and attain the 3 Sacred Treasures that Palutena hid away
    from evil and then battle your way through the Under World Tower, the Over
    WOrld and the Sky World Tower and finally the Sky Palace. As you see there
    are a total of 4 stages. Stages 1, 2 & 3 all have 3 levels and a boss battle.
    Stage 4 will have one level to fight through followed by your final battle
    against Orcos. He has 2 forms you must defeat, a smaller form and a giant
    form that takes up about half the screen. Once you do him in, which is no easy
    task as you have a lot of projectiles and smaller enemies to dodge, he will
    fade away and then it will show Pit walking through the palace and Palutena
    appears. She says:
    YOU HAVE DONE
    A MARVELOUS JOB,
    PIT!
    YOU BROUGHT PEACE
    BACK TO
    ANGEL LAND.
    Pit then flies up and out of the screen then up through the clouds as that
    great Kid Icarus music plays on. As he flies up past clouds each cloud will
    have one of the enemies from the game on it. He will keep going, higher and
    higher, past more enemies and will eventually reach the Sun. Keep a close eye
    on this as when he reaches the Sun it will quickly show his wing falling off
    and then say THE END PRESENTED BY NINTENDO. For those unfamiliar with the
    whole Icarus Greek mythology story, Icarus built himself a pair of wings but
    he flew too close to the sun and the wax on the wings melted and he fell into
    the ocean. This quick thing with his wing falling off in the ending was a
    tribute to that. Pretty cool if you ask me.
    
    
    KIRBY'S BLOCK BALL (Nintendo)
    -Another fine game from HAL Laboratories. This one is a Breakout/Arkanoid
    clone in which Kirby is the ball you are playing as. He can get different
    powers throughout the game, like turning into a stone or a flame, which helps
    you destroy the blocks on the screen easier. You must play through 10 Stages.
    Each Stage has 5 Levels. The last Level in each Stage is a boss fight. There
    is one important objective you must accomplish to view the good ending however
    and that is to score higher than the Stage's set Borderline. If you score more
    points than the Borderline set for that Stage you will plant a flag on that
    Stage on the map screen. If you fail to score more points than the Borderline
    then you will simply go to the next Stage without planting a flag. The import-
    ance of these flags is that you NEED to beat the Borderline in each of the
    game's 10 Stages in order to proceed to Stage 11.
    BAD ENDING
    If you fail to pass any Borderlines, after beating the boss of Stage 10,
    Kirby will ride a star down through a cloud and land on solid ground. He will
    then walk off the screen with his little hobo pack and the words THE END will
    appear as well as a question mark from Kirby, who reappears at the bottom of
    the screen as well as King Dedede appearing at the top. It will then say LET'S
    TRY AGAIN! at the bottom. You will then go back to the title screen where you
    can go back into the game and play any of the Stages that you did not get a
    flag in and try to beat the Borderline score again.
    GOOD ENDING
    If you managed to score more points than the Borderline in all 10 Stages, when
    you defeat the Robot boss of Stage 10-5, you will get the usual BORDER LINE
    CLEARED CONGRATULATIONS! screen and then when it goes back to the map screen
    a flag will appear in Stage 10 and a stairway will appear to Stage 11. Now
    where Stages 1 through 10 each had 5 Levels, Stage 11 has 7 Levels, with the
    final boss battle against King Dedede being in Stage 11-7 (making it a grand
    total of 57 Levels in this game). When you get to King Dedede just keep taking
    your shots at him. He has a longer life meter than the other bosses but you
    will eventually wear him down. You get a big 100,000 points for defeating him.
    After tallying up your points it will show the map screen and each Stage on
    the map is now represented by a symbol. The next screen shows Kirby standing
    atop the castle with stars swirling around him. Suddenly the castle tumbles to
    the ground and Kirby is left bouncing on top of a water fountain. The STAFF
    credits than scroll by at the bottom of the screen and when they are finished
    the water fountain shoots Kirby high up into the stars and to a screen that
    says
    THE END
    CONGRATULATIONS!
    In the bottom right you will a finger pointing down at a button. Now here is
    where you might get a slightly different ending. If you happen to get a high
    score in Stage 11 (over 230,000) then pressing the button here will show you
    a screen that shows Kirby standing in front of the game map with his star wand
    and says
    HI-SCORE
    AWARD
    PUSH B
    AS A REWARD,
    IN STAGE 11 PRESS B
    FOR SOMETHING GOOD!
    It will then go to where you can enter your name on the HI-SCORE RANKING and
    then bring you back to the title screen. Now if you didn't get a high score in
    Stage 11 it will just show you the HI-SCORE RANKING screen instead of the
    AWARD screen. As for that reward, if you go into your save game and go to
    Stage 11 on the game map and press B, it will let you play the Bonus Stages.
    
    
    KIRBY'S PINBALL LAND (HAL/Nintendo)
    -This is a really cool pinball game featuring Kirby from Kirby's Dream Land
    fame. The game is fairly short if you are good at pinball and/or know what
    you need to do to finish it (or are using cheats) so here is what you do.
    There are 3 different boards to play on. Each board has several screens,
    starting at the bottom and going up vertically. Your goal on each board is to
    make it to the top screen and then make the warp star appear, which will bring
    you to the boss of that board. The 3 bosses are Wispy, Kracko and the Poppy
    Bros. When you defeat one of them you go back to the level select screen to
    choose the next board. When you manage to defeat all 3 of these guys you will
    go back to the level select screen where a warp star will take you to the
    final battle with King Dedede, the boss of Dream Land who apparently has a
    hold on Pinball Land as well. He has 3 forms in the battle. His regular form
    where he jumps around, then the background turns into a boxing ring and Dedede
    turns into a ball and attacks. Hit him several times to turn him back to nor-
    mal and he will shoot lasers at you. Finish him off as quickly as possible and
    when he is defeated you will get the short ending. Kirby rides the star to a
    screen with a checkerboard floors and some mountains and egg-shaped clouds in
    the background. King Dedede bounces on to the screen as well. He stares Kirby
    down but then a slew of enemies appear on the screen, bouncing on poor Kirby
    and chasing Dedede off the left side of the screen (or maybe they were follow-
    ing him...I don't know). The last enemy drops a warp star and Kirby jumps on
    it, finding himself back at the level select screen where you can play through
    the game again. Unfortunately, that is the ending. There are no credits here
    but you can keep playing to raise your score, kind of like the arcade games
    of yester year.
    
    
    KLAX (Mindscape)
    -I'd like to make a note that this is the North American Game Boy Klax ending
    I am about to describe. It was released by Mindscape and developed by Tengen/
    Atari. The Japanese version of Klax was released by Hudson and is an entirely
    different version of Klax. The game Klax came out during the Tetris craze and
    is along the same lines when it comes to gameplay. Get 3 of the same color
    blocks in a vertical, horizontal or diagonal row to get a Klax. Each Wave has
    certain number of Klaxes or points you need to get to complete it and move
    on to the next Wave. Ever so often you get a choice of warping to a higher
    Wave as well. In all there are a total of 99 Waves. When you finish Wave 98
    you will get the Wave 99 intro, telling you to COMPLETE 6 HORIZONTALS TO AD-
    VANCE TO THE NEXT WAVE and then you get this message:
    THIS IS THE
    LAST WAVE OF KLAX.
    GOOD LUCK!
    Enjoy that message because when you finish Wave 99 it will tally up your
    score and dump you right back into Wave 1. An ending message would have been
    greatly appreciated but instead you get quirky messages between Waves and a
    final message BEFORE the last Wave and not after it. You definitely deserved
    better if you beat this game without cheating. I suffered through the game a
    second time and got the same non-ending when finishing Wave 99 again, so that
    is all you get.
    
    
    KNIGHT QUEST (Taito)
    -A very simplistic RPG for the game boy, but it has its charm. Reminded me of
    King's Knight and Arkista's Ring for the NES. You must take Will from lowly
    village boy to knight as you help your King on several quests, from knocking
    off his enemies to rescuing his daughter. Finding items and talking to towns-
    folk will unlock more areas to explore. The land is not vast and it is pretty
    easy to find your way in this one. Your ultimate goal is to find the Dark
    Lord. You will have to find a dragon to ride to his mountains where you will
    find his castle. His castle is full of sinkholes and is a mini-maze but if
    you use the maps made by Andrew Schultz on gamefaqs.com you will have no
    problem finding the Dark Lord. Use the Swallow sword attack to defeat him the
    fastest and you will get 250 GOLD and 250 EXP for your troubles. It will then
    show you returning to your king's castle with your dragon in tow as your are
    greeted by the townsfold. The following appears underneat that pic:
    ENDING
    ....THE FIGHTING
    HAS ENDED.
    EVIL HAS DIED, AND
    TABASA HAS REVIVED.
    AND....
    WILL'S NAME WILL
    PASS DOWN FROM GEN-
    ERATION TO GENERA-
    TION AS A HERO.
    FOREVER..FOREVER..
    SINCE THEN, WILL
    HAS SUCCEEDED IN
    ANOTHER 100
    ADVENTURES.
    I'LL TALK ABOUT
    THEM NEXT TIME.
    THE END
    It stays here until you reset. A pretty short ending for an RPG, but the game
    itself was pretty short anyway.
    
    
    KUNG FU MASTER (Irem)
    -This is a very quick game and is easy if you can memorize the enemy attack
    patterns. There are only 6 Missions but you can choose from Easy or Hard
    difficulty. Play through the game on Easy difficulty and defeat the boss at
    the end of each short Mission and get to the end of Mission 6 to battle it
    out with the Kung Fu Master. Thrash him and after your bonus points tally up
    it will show you standing on a platform looking out over the ocean. After a
    few seconds the staff credits will start scrolling by and will say THE END
    when they are done. You are then returned to the title screen. Now if you play
    through the game on Hard difficulty you will get...the exact same ending.
    Thanks Irem, the least you could have done was have a girl to rescue at the
    end. A simple ending for a simple game.
    
    
    KWIRK (Acclaim)
    -This is a pretty difficult puzzle game that combines elements from Soukoban
    and other puzzlers into a good solid mind bender. There are 2 Game Modes to
    choose from: GOING UP? and HEADING OUT? are the names of them. In GOING UP?
    you can choose between 3 levels: #1 Easy, #2 Average and #3 Hard. Each level
    has 10 puzzles to play through for a total of 30. You will get an ending
    message after each level which I will type up below. In HEADING OUT? you also
    have 3 levels to choose from: #1 Easy, #2 Average and #3 Hard but here is
    where HEADING OUT? is different. It is pretty much a practice mode, as you
    can choose whether you want to play through anywhere from 1 to 100 puzzles in
    each of the levels and it will keep track of your top 4 scores and how many
    rooms you played through in the level. I will now explain the endings:
    GOING UP? LEVEL #1 EASY
    When you finish all 10 puzzles it will show a screen that says YOU DID IT!
    It will show  your time and number of steps taken and will show Tammy waving
    to you at the bottom of the screen. Press A and the next screen says AWESOME!
    LEVEL #1 CLEARED and shows Kwirk walking to a house and then shows him and
    Tammy together with a heart blinking above them. You can then start Level #2.
    GOING UP? LEVEL #2 AVERAGE
    When you finish all 10 puzzles on this level you get the exact same ending
    that you got when you finished all 10 Level 1 puzzles. Sorry about that.
    GOING UP? LEVEL #3 HARD
    Now these puzzles are tough! If you can manage to finish all 10 of these Hard
    puzzles you will get the screen that says LEVEL #3 CLEARED but then the next
    screen that shows Kwirk walking to the house says EXCELLENT! above him. It
    shows you and Tammy at the bottom of the screen but the EXCELLENT! is the
    only difference. What a disappointment! To make matters worse it will just
    plop you back to Level #1 like it is no big deal. Now for the even bigger dis-
    appointment. There is no ending in the HEADING OUT? mode of the game. You get
    the same screen that says WAY TO GO!! whether you beat just 1 room on Level #1
    Easy level or 99 rooms in Level #3 Hard level. Looks like the programmers just
    focused on making the best puzzle game they possible could and didn't really
    think gamers would care about the ending. Also of note, this game is called
    Puzzle Boy in Japan and is the first of 3 Game Boy Puzzle Boy games, the oth-
    ers being Amazing Tater and Spud's Adventure.
    
    
    LAZLOS' LEAP (DTMC)
    -This is the same game that you would find on the tables in restaurants during
    the 1990's where you have pegs that you have to leap over each other until you
    only had one left, which was easier said than done. You also had to land the
    last peg in the center of the board. In this Game Boy version you move marbles
    around until there is one left in the center. You also have a PAR for each
    board which is supposedly the amount of moves that Lazlos would make for each
    board. There are a grand total of 100 boards to play through. Each board has
    its own name and the pattern is usually related to the name of the board (the
    board titled FOOTBALL has a pattern that looks like a football player). You
    can play the 100 Boards in whatever order you want and pressing select will
    bring you back to the player menu where you can see what your own PAR has been
    on all the boards you have completed. If you do better than PAR on a board it
    will say OH! for that particular Board. If you manage to finish all 100 Boards
    you will get...nothing. There is no ending whatsoever. A fine guy by the name
    of nolberto82 made a Game Genie code where you only have to move 1 piece to
    clear a board (07F-A0E-F72) and even clearing each board with only 1 move did
    not trigger an ending, so prepare to be extremely disappointed if you spent a
    ton of time on this expecting to be rewarded. Also of note, the Japanese ver-
    sion of this game for Game Boy is called Solitaire.
    
    
    LOCK'N CHASE (Data East)
    -An interesting Pac-Man type game that has been around since at least the days
    of Intellivision, when I played it as a kid. The Game Boy version is much dif-
    ferent and actually has an ending. You start in Stage 1-1 and then go on to
    Stage 1-2 then 1-3. When you finish Stage 1-3 you get to play a bonus game (if
    you collected at least 1 diamond) then you go on to Stage 2-1. The stages con-
    tinue like this, with 3 boards per stage, until you get to Stage 6-3. The goal
    of this stage is different than in previous stages, where you collected coins
    to finish the stage. Here you must push a key through the corridors of the
    stage Soukoban style (or Boxxle style if you want to keep this Game Boy like)
    and up into the lock in the upper left of the screen. This will unlock the
    door and let you grab the huge diamond. It will show a scene of you pushing
    the big diamond out of the pyramid shaped bank and on to the next screen where
    the STAFF credits will roll. At the end of the credits it will say:
    PUSH Ax2 Bx2 A AND Bx2 IN TITLE MODE
    Wonder what this is? After this screen it will return you to the title screen
    and it says EXTRA at the top. You will now be able to access more stages by
    pressing AABBABB at the title screen. Actually, if you beat Stage 6-3 you can
    access the stages just by pressing start at the title screen but you can get
    to these extra stages any time by using the code at the title screen. Anyway,
    you now are at Stage 7-1. Play through Stages 8 and 9 and then Stages 10, 11
    and 12 (which are represented by a Heart, Musical Note and $ respectively) and
    when you finish Stage $-3, which is similar to Stage 6-3 where you had to push
    the key through the stage to unlock the huge diamond, it will show you pushing
    the diamond out of the pyramid like before and show STAFF credits like before.
    This time though instead of giving you the code to play the extra stages it
    will show you at the bottom of the screen and two police officers will push
    a diamond and money bag towards you and it says THE END in the center of the
    screen. Pressing any button will bring you back to the title screen. I love
    that a game this old not only had an ending but also had hidden stages.
    
    
    LOONEY TUNES (Sunsoft)
    -This is a really good action/platform game that let's you control 7 dif-
    ferent Looney Tunes, one for each of the 7 Stages in the game. Each charac-
    ter has their own attack, though Daffy Duck and Bugs Bunny each use the
    boomerang weapon. Tweety-Bird has no weapon and has to elude Sylvester the
    Cat by flying throughout the stage. In Stage 3 you control Porky Pig or at
    least control the lazy swine flying his airplane through a shooter stage.
    Taz is your character for Stage 4, which is just a bonus stage he whirls
    through trying to collect meat for bonus points. In Stage 5 you control
    Speedy Gonzales who must race through his stage to the end. In Stage 6 you
    are Road Runner and must outrun then defeat Wile E. Coyote. In the final
    Stage you control Bugs Bunny who must make it through half the stage to do
    battle with 6 mini-bosses in a row. They are not tough though and include
    such foes as Yosemite Sam, the Mummy and Marvin the Martian. At the end of
    the Stage you will face off against the final boss, Elmer Fudd. Keep tossing
    your boomerang at him or jumping on his head. Eventually he will lose his
    hat. Hit him a few more times and he will be defeated, turning upside down
    and falling off the screen as a giant carrot falls from above. Grab the car-
    rot and it will tally up the score. It then shows scenes from each of the
    7 Stages, showcasing the 7 playable characters and the bosses then ends on
    a screen with scrolling staff credits as well as a pic of most of the Looney
    Tunes characters at the top, a couple of which I did not notice in the game,
    like Pepe Le Pew and the big rooster, Foghorn Leghorn. It then shows a screen
    saying "THAT'S ALL FOLKS!" and PRESENTED BY SUNSOFT under it. Pressing start
    returns to the title screen.
    
    
    MARBLE MADNESS (Mindscape)
    -This was a decent, yet frustrating game for the NES and it is pretty much the
    same for the Game Boy. However, they cut out some stuff that make for a worse
    gameplay experience. First of all, there are only 5 Stages instead of the 6
    that are in the NES version. The final stage, Ultimate, has been excised from
    the Game Boy version. Not sure why, since the 5 stages couldn't have taken up
    that much memory, but Mindscape has put out some pretty crappy stuff. The de-
    cision to cut out Stage 6 isn't even the worse decision they made. Not only
    are the Stages not numbered in this version, but after you finish Stage 5 you
    go back to Stage 2. There is no ending whatsoever. You will just keep repeat-
    ing Stages 2 through 5 endlessly (Stage 1 is kind of a practice stage so that
    is probably why they skip it when it loops). So let's recap: Stage 6 is gone,
    there is no ending, the stages aren't numbered and the game repeats forever.
    This has my vote for worst NES to Game Boy translation.
    
    
    MARU'S MISSION (Jaleco)
    -This game is part of the Ninja JajaMaru-kun series from Japan and is an in-
    direct sequel to the NES game Ninja Kid. In it you play as Maru and must res-
    cue your beloved Cori from the evil Muramasa. There are 6 stages in all. Each
    stage is divided into 2 parts. The boss of the first part usually gives you a
    weapon or some advice that you can use on the boss of the second part. As for
    the bosses, there are some well known ones in this game, like Medusa, Dracula
    and Isis to name a few. The between stage map shows you the next country you
    will be visiting and on the ones where you will be travelling over bodies of
    water on the map you will have a special stage where you must defeat several
    sharks with a harpoon gun (after Stages 1, 4 & 5). When you get to the end of
    Stage 6-2 you will do battle with Muramasa. Pound away at him and when you de-
    feat him it will go to the dialogue screen between you and him and he says:
    I CAN'T BELIEVE
    I'VE LOST TO A
    WIMP LIKE YOU!
    YOU MUST HAVE
    CHEATED.
    I AM NOW TO BE
    BANISHED, BUT I
    MAY RETURN.
    IF YOU ARE LOOKING
    FOR A FAIR FIGHT.
    SEND ME THE SECRET
    TO YOUR SUCCESS.
    MY ADDRESS IS.
    MURAMASA
    C/O JALECO USA
    310 ERA DR.
    NORTHBROOK IL.
    60062
    WHO KNOWS I MAY
    SEND SOMETHING
    BACK.
    That's pretty cool to see after beating a game. I wonder how many people beat
    the game and actually sent something to that address. It flashes by pretty
    quick so I'm not sure they would have had time to copy it down. After that
    message it shows Maru and Cori joining together and a big heart appears above
    them with their faces in it. It then shows a beach with a volcano in the dis-
    tance and a turtle carries the two of you onto the beach. THe turtle eventual-
    ly goes into the water as you jump around on the shore. Keep waiting and it
    will start to get dark. After awhile Maru and Cori will leave the screen. Wait
    even longer and it gets darker and finally after awhile the turtle leaves the
    screen. Weird. It will stay on this screen with the music playing until you
    reset the game.
    
    
    MAUI MALLARD (Bonsai Entertainment/Sunsoft)
    -The game is also known as Maui Mallard in Cold Shadow and was ported over to
    the Game Boy after it had appeared on the Genesis, SNES and PC. It is not a
    particular good game. The stages are not numbered and the controls are some-
    what loose. In a couple of the stages you cannot even tell where the exit
    door is, as it appears to blend into the background. There are a total of 7
    stages and even though they are not numbered they are titled as follows:
    MOJO MANSION
    NINJA TRAINING GROUNDS
    MUDDRAKE MAYHEM
    THE TEST OF DUCKHOOD
    THE SACRIFICE OF MAUI
    THE REALM OF THE DEAD
    MOJO STRONGHOLD
    After the first stage you will gain the ability to turn into a ninja by pres-
    sing the select button. You need to collect coins, as the ninja ability runs
    out when the coins run out. There are bosses to defeat at the end of each
    stage like in most games and when you get to the final stage, MOJO STRONGHOLD,
    you must swing up to the platform above you and battle it out with the final
    boss, some kind of witch doctor. In this stage you are able to transform into
    the ninja without coins, so use the ninja form to swing to the top then use
    your normal duck form to take shots at the witch doctor from the platform to
    his, while avoiding his occasional shot. When you defeat him there will be a
    lightning strike and then he will appear again. Defeat him again the same way
    and he will be toast. It will go to a shadowy screen and you will get the
    following message:
    MAUI, YOU DID IT!
    WE WERE ALL WRONG
    ABOUT YOU.
    YOU HAVE BECOME THE
    HERO EACH OF US CAN
    ONLY HOPE TO BE.
    IF ONLY YOU WERE
    STILL WITH US, I
    WOULD TAKE YOU ON
    AN ADVENTURE YOU
    WOULD NEVER
    FORGET.
    BUT ALAS, YOU WERE
    STRUCK DOWN IN YOUR
    MOMENT OF GLORY.
    SO, FROM THIS DAY
    FORWARD OUR ISLAND
    WILL BEAR YOUR NAME
    ALTHOUGH I CAN'T
    IMAGINE TOURISTS
    FLOCKING TO A PLACE
    CALLED MALLARD...
    SO, PERHAPS WE WILL
    JUST REMEMBER YOU
    WHEN WE LOOK...
    ...UPON
    THE STARS.
    That was kind of melancholy. You did not see Maui Mallard get killed in that
    last battle, so the ending was kind of confusing to me. Anyway, the next
    screen shows a giant sunburst with CONGRATULATIONS! at the top. This scrolls
    down and then a bunch of credits scroll by followed by THANKS FOR PLAYING! It
    shows some copyright info then pressing a button brings you back to the title
    screen.
    
    
    MEGA MAN - DR. WILY'S REVENGE (Capcom)
    -This first installment of the Mega Man series for the Game Boy only has 6
    Stages to it. For the first 4 Stages, you can pick which Stage you want to
    play through. Here is the recommended order:
    Elec Man
    Ice Man
    Fire Man
    Cut Man
    When you play through all 4 Stages and defeat the boss at the end of each one,
    the Dr. Wily Stage will appear in the center of them. Play through this Stage
    and at the end you will get to the teleport room where you can choose from 4
    doors to enter. Each door has a boss waiting for you. When you defeat all 4 of
    these bosses you will fight a 5th boss, named Enker, who is reminiscent of the
    final boss of NES Strider. After defeating Enker, you will go to the 6th stage
    which takes place in outerspace. Play through the stage and you will eventu-
    ally fight Dr. Wily himself. He has 2 forms. First you must destroy the ma-
    chine he is sitting in. Use your fire weapon to defeat the machine and then
    you will have to use your Mirror deflect weapon to defeat the machine's 2nd
    form. Do this and Wily will jump out of the machine and beg for mercy as he
    always does. It will then show his outerspace base explode into nothing fol-
    lowed by an escaping shuttle. The next scene shows Mega Man staring off into
    the starry void of space as the game's enemies (with names) scroll by at the
    top of the screen. After they all scroll by Mega Man will start walking and
    the background will no longer be dark but will show that he is on an outer-
    space base. He stops where he can see Earth out the window, then the back-
    ground goes black again and the following message appears:
    THANK YOU
    FOR PLAYING
    PRESENTED BY
    CAPCOM
    It will stay here until you reset.
    
    
    MEGA MAN II (Capcom)
    -This is a pretty basic Mega Man game for the Game Boy, but is fun and high
    quality nonetheless. There are a total of 10 Stages to play through. When
    you start the game you have the choice to start in any of the following 4
    Stages:
    Clash Man
    Metal Man
    Wood Man
    Air Man
    When you play through and defeat all 4 of the robot masters in those stages
    you will go to the Wily Fortress where you will be in a chamber where you
    can pick from any of the next 4 Stages:
    Hard Man
    Top Man
    Magnet Man
    Needle Man
    When you defeat all 4 of these robot masters a hole will open up in the floor
    and when you drop through you will do battle with the mysterious Quint (I
    consider this one of the 10 Stages). Defeat Quint and you will go to Wily's
    Time Fortress where you will go through a short stage and then encounter Dr.
    Wily himself. He has 3 forms you must defeat. His first form is a sort of
    mech machine. Use the pea shooter or the Sakugarne weapon to pogo on him.
    When you take a good chunk of his life meter away he will convert into a
    tank. Use the same weapon options on him and when you do enough damage he
    will change into his final form, which is a dragon/dinosaur type of machine.
    Defeat this form the same way and you will have defeated Dr. Wily. It will
    show a scene with Wily racing out of the skull mouth of his fortress with
    you pursuing him on Rush. You fire a missile at him which appears to destroy
    him and send him plummeting towards Earth where he impacts with an explosion
    that looks like a skull cloud. The screen scrolls up to the stars where it
    shows Mega Man watching all the enemies in the game appear along with their
    names. THANK YOU FOR PLAYING PRESENTED BY CAPCOM scrolls by and it stays here
    until you reset.
    
    
    METAL MASTERS (Electro Brain)
    -This is a mech fighting game and a difficult one at that. Your mission is
    to defeat other mechs in the tournament and assemble the 4 parts of the
    Super Robot and defeat the Baron. I will start off by saying there are 3
    difficulty levels to choose from: Easy, Medium and Hard. You will get the
    same exact ending if you beat the game on any of the difficulties, so you
    will not be rewarded with a better ending for beating the game on Hard mode.
    As for the game itself, it consists of a total of 16 battles. After every
    4th battle you will enter a side-scrolling action stage where you must walk
    through defeating tanks and helicopters and then fight a boss robot at the
    end. When you defeat this robot you will get one of four parts of the Super
    Robot. After your 16th tournament fight victory you will enter the 4th and
    last side-scrolling stage. When you defeat the boss of this stage you will
    get the following message:
    THE BARON KNOWS THAT
    YOU HAVE JUST FOUND
    THE ARMOR OF
    THE SUPER ROBOT.
    YOU ARE NOW ABLE
    TO ASSEMBLE THE
    SUPER ROBOT!
    The following victory message scrolls across the screen:
    CONGRATULATIONS!
    YOU ARE THE WINNER
    OF THE TOURNAMENT.
    YOU HAVE FOUND ALL
    THE PIECES OF THE
    SUPER ROBOT, AND
    YOU HAVE THWARTED
    THE BARON'S PLANS
    TO CONSTRUCT A
    SUPER ROBOT THAT
    WOULD TERRORIZE
    THE CITY ALLOWING
    THE BARON TO
    TAKE CONTROL OF
    THE CAPITAL.
    THE CROWD WISHES
    TO THANK YOU FOR
    DEFENDING THEM
    FROM THE
    IMPERIALISTIC
    BARON AND SAVING
    THE CITY.
    The next screen shows your assembled robot walking onto the screen and then
    another, larger robot enters from the other side of the screen. The following
    message then scrolls by:
    BUT... YOU
    DISCOVERED THAT
    THESE PIECES ARE
    ONLY CHEAP
    IMITATIONS. THE
    BARON MANAGED TO
    GRAB ALL THE
    PIECES LONG BEFORE
    YOU DID.
    THE GUARDIANS
    PLACED AROUND THE
    DUPLICATE PIECES
    WERE PUT THERE TO
    THROW YOU OFF OF
    THE TRACK AND HELP
    DISGUISE THE
    BARON'S MOVEMENTS.
    THE BARON SAYS
    THAT HE SHOULDN'T
    HAVE ANY TROUBLE
    REDUCING YOU
    TO A MOUND OF
    RUBBLE, AND HE
    IS SURPRISED THAT
    YOU MANAGED TO GET
    AS FAR AS YOU DID.
    GET READY FOR THE
    ULTIMATE FIGHT!
    So now you have one last battle against the Super Robot assembled by the
    Baron, using a robot that you are unfamiliar with and is apparently made from
    cheap spare parts. Attack the Super Robot's body with an upper attack, quick-
    ly alternating with the A and B buttons as quickly as possible to throw a
    flurry of lefts and rights at his head. If you can lower his Body meter be-
    fore he lowers yours you will be victorious. You then get the final ending
    message:
    THE LAST PIECE OF
    THE BARON'S ARMY
    HAS BEEN DESTROYED
    AND SO HAS HIS
    PLAN FOR CONQUEST.
    THE BARON IS GONE
    AND PEACE ONCE
    AGAIN RETURNS TO
    THE EARTHEN
    CAPITAL.
    YOU ARE NOW THE
    METAL MASTER,
    DEFENDER OF EARTH
    AND GUARDIAN OF
    THE GUILD.
    CONGRATULATIONS,
    YOUR EFFORTS WILL
    BE REWARDED AND
    YOUR BRAVERY AND
    HONOR UNEQUALED...
    THAT IS, UNTIL
    ANOTER [sic] WARBARON
    RISES AGAIN...
    Several staff credits follow and THE END wraps things up before you press a
    button to return to the title screen.
    
    
    MICKEY'S DANGEROUS CHASE (Capcom)
    -This one's aimed at the younger crowd, but there is a fair amount of chal-
    lenge, including some difficult jumps and the auto-scrolling levels. There
    are a total of 5 Stages, each with 3 Levels. The only boss battle you have
    will be against Pete at the end of Stage 5, Level 3. Conveniently there is
    a block on the screen while fighting him that you can just keep pulling more
    blocks out of, so as long as you can figure out his pattern and avoid him you
    will surely do him in. After you beat him touch the gift to the right of the
    screen and it will trigger the ending. It will show a picture of Pete running
    away crying with this dialogue:
    MINNIE: LOOK! THERE'S PETE! WE GOT THE PRESENT! HERE IT IS.
    The next screen shows Mickey and he says:
    MICKEY: HERE MINNIE. IT'S FOR YOU. HA-HA.
    The next screen shows Minnie and she says:
    MINNIE: WHAT COULD IT BE?
    The next screen shows the opened present with a bird flying out of it:
    MINNIE: OH, WHAT A CUTE LITTLE BIRD.
    The next screen shows Mickey and Minnie with the bird perched on Mickey's nose
    as Minnie laughs:
    MICKEY: NOW YOU'RE SAFE, LITTLE BIRD. YOU BET!
    The cast credits will roll follow by the staff credits which end with THE END
    on the screen where it will stay until you reset. Also of note is that nowhere
    in the game does it say the name of the game is Mickey's Dangerous Chase. It
    says MICKEY'S CHASE on the title screen but no mention of the word Dangerous
    is to be found.
    
    
    MICKEY'S ULTIMATE CHALLENGE (Hi Tech Expressions)
    -This isn't your typical Disney action platformer. This is more of a puzzle
    challenge than it is an action game. There are 5 items you need to find. To
    find them you must enter one of the 5 doors in the castle and complete a
    challenge. You will have to sort books, move potions (a boxxle type game),
    dust pictures (memory matching game), play musical pipes (a memory game like
    Simon) and lastly guess which items are in Goofy's toolbox. When you finish
    each game the character running the game will give you an item. Once you have
    all 5 items you have to go back to each of the 5 characters and they will
    each give you a magic bean. Bring the beans to the well and a giant beanstalk
    will grow out of the well. Mickey will climb it where it brings him to the
    giant in the sky, where you will have to complete one of those annoying sli-
    ding puzzles. Complete this puzzle to beat the game. Now there are 3 diffi-
    culty levels: Cake, Medium and Hard. The difficulty level you choose affects
    how each of the challenges in the game will play out, whether they are longer
    on hard or there were more pictures to dust in the memory matching game. The
    difficulty really makes a difference in this game, especially on that last
    sliding puzzle. On Cake difficulty there are only 9 pieces to slide around
    but on Hard difficulty there are 36 pieces. Regardless, you get the same end-
    ing no matter what difficulty you choose. Once you complete the sliding puz-
    zle (which is an alarm clock), the alarm will go off and the giant will wake
    up. He will say:
    HUH? WH-WH-- HEY! DID YOU JUST WAKE ME UP?!
    You will then get 2 options to choose from for your answer:
    1--> UH, I G-GUESS IT WAS M-ME.
    2--> N-NOT EXACTLY, MR. GIANT, SIR.
    If you choose 2 he will say OH, THEN I MUST BE DREAMING. GOOD NIGHT. He will
    go back to sleep and reshuffle the puzzle, making you start over.
    If you choose 1 he says WELL, THANK YOU! I WAS HAVING THE STRANGEST DREAM AND
    COULDN'T SEEM TO WAKE UP. The screen switches to a pic of Mickey lying in bed
    and the alarm goes off, followed by the text: R-R-RING!!! GOLLY. I GUESS I
    FELL ASLEEP WHILE I WAS READING THIS BOOK...I WONDER HOW IT ENDED..? It then
    shows a pic of Mickey shaking the Giant's hand and says ...AND THEY LIVED
    HAPPILY EVER AFTER. Mickey then says ...WHA-? It switches to the staff credits
    and they scroll by to cute Disney music and silhouettes of Mickey in the back-
    ground and the credits end with ...AND A SPECIAL THANKS TO THE GUYS AT ECHID-
    NA FOR tUME, THE UNIVERSAL MAP EDITOR. THE END. It then goes back to the title
    screen when you hit a button. This game was released on the Game Boy in 1994
    and as a bit of cool trivia, the Sega Master System version, which is iden-
    tical to this game but in color, was released in Brazil in 1998 and was the
    last official game released for the Sega Master System.
    
    
    MICKEY MOUSE - MAGIC WANDS (Nintendo/Kemco)
    -This game is known as Mickey Mouse V in Japan. It is a fun game where you
    control Mickey and must play through 40 Stages in search for your friends.
    After every 10th Stage you will fight a boss. Defeat the boss and you rescue
    one of your friends. In each Stage you need to find anywhere from 4 to 12
    pieces of a puzzle to finish the stage. The puzzle pieces are hidden in dia-
    monds, as are other things like energy powerups, weapons and even enemies.
    You also get a new wand after beating a boss. These wands will let you make
    frozen blocks and throw blocks, which will ultimately help you make it past
    various areas in each Stage. When you finish Stage 40 you will do battle aga-
    inst the Wizard (since there are 4 bosses in the game there are a grand total
    of 44 Stages). To defeat him simply throw a block at him. You will think he
    is defeated but then he will come back even bigger. Now you must hit him 8
    times. After the 6th hit he gets a force field around him that only lowers
    when he shoots at you. Hit him 2 more times when the field is lowered and the
    game will be beaten. Mickey will jump for joy and then on the next screen it
    shows Mickey standing alone with the following dialogue:
    MICKEY "MINNIE!"
    MICKEY "MINNIE! WHERE ARE YOU?"
    MINNIE "MICKEY...I'M HERE!"
    Mickey then joins Minnie on the next screen:
    MICKEY "MINNIE!"
    MINNIE "MICKEY!"
    MICKEY "YOU COULD COME BACK SAFELY."
    MINNIE "THANK YOU SO MUCH, MICKEY!"
    MICKEY "EVERYONE IS WAITING FOR YOU. LET'S GO!"
    They walk to the next screen where you are met by the other characters:
    MICKEY "EVERYONE COULD RETURN SAFELY!"
    FRIENDS "MICKEY! MINNIE! BOWWOW BOWWOW!
    IT'S GOOD WE COULD RETURN SAFELY!"
    MINNIE "MICKEY, I'M SAFE BECAUSE OF YOU. THANKS EVERYBODY."
    GOOFY "LET'S TAKE A PICTURE!
    MICKEY & MINNIE! PLEASE STAND IN THE MIDDLE!
    PLEASE RESERVE MY PLACE. OK. DON'T MOVE..."
    "..........................CLICK!"
    It then shows a nice screenshot of all 7 of them and then goes to a black
    screen with THE END written in cursive. It stays here until you reset.
    
    
    MIGHTY MORPHIN POWER RANGERS (Bandai)
    -This Super Game Boy enhanced fighting game lets you pick from the 5 Rangers:
    Trini - Yellow
    Billy - Blue
    Jason - Red
    Kimberly - Pink
    Zach - Black
    If you are playing this on a regular Game Boy, the colors obviously do not
    matter, but if you are playing it on the SNES using the Super Game Boy the
    background colors in the Levels will match the color of the Power Ranger you
    are using. There are 2 difficulty settings, NORMAL and HARD. You will get a
    better ending playing it on HARD difficulty, so the game has that going for
    it. However, there are only 5 Levels in the entire game, so it is really
    short. I will describe both endings below:
    NORMAL DIFFICULTY
    Play through each of the 5 Levels, defeating the boss at the end of each one.
    When you defeat the final boss, RITA, at the end of Level 5 she will explode
    and apparently turn into a bat and fly away. Your points tally up and it goes
    to a screen showing an odd ethereal head speaking. It says:
    THIS IS
    ZORDON SPEAKING.
    RANGERS,
    YOU DID A FANTASTIC
    JOB!
    HOWEVER, MY SOURCES
    TELL ME THAT
    RITA IS STILL OUT
    THERE CREATING HAVOC
    IN THE CITY!
    THE ONLY WAY
    YOU CAN DEFEAT
    RITA AND HER EVIL
    SPACE ALIENS IS
    TO ACCESS
    THE HARD MODE
    You do get a CONGRATS! screen showing the 5 Power Rangers but then pressing A
    brings you back to the title screen. Go to OPTION mode and change the LEVEL to
    HARD and start another game.
    HARD DIFFICULTY
    Play through the 5 Levels again, defeating the same bosses, and confront RITA
    again at the end of Level 5 here in HARD mode. After exploding she turns into
    a bat and flies off again but now you will get the good ending from Zordon:
    THIS IS
    ZORDON SPEAKING.
    CONGRATULATIONS
    POWER RANGERS!!
    YOU HAVE DEFEATED
    RITA AND HER EVIL
    SPACE ALIENS.
    IT SEEMS THAT
    THIS IS ONLY
    THE BEGINNING...
    I SENSE AN EVEN
    GREATER PRESENCE
    THAN RITA HERSELF.
    Luckily the game is over and you do not have to fight this "Greater Presence"
    but Bandai did release Mighty Morphin Power Rangers - The Movie for the Game
    Boy the next year, so this may have been some foreshadowing. Anyway, after
    Zordon's message it will show each of the Rangers flashing across the screen
    doing their moves and you will get the CONGRATS! screen again. This time there
    will be a staff credits roll before returning you to the title screen. I'm
    fairly certain this is the only video game in existence with a final boss by
    the name of Rita.
    
    
    MIGHTY MORPHIN POWER RANGERS - THE MOVIE (Bandai)
    -This game is a Final Fight style game in which you fight your character
    through a level, having defeat a certain amount of bad guys before you can
    move on to the next screen. There are 2 modes of difficulty, NORMAL and HARD
    but you will get the same ending regardless of which difficulty you finish the
    game on. The only difference in the ending will be determined by which Power
    Ranger you beat the game playing with, as I will tell you about in a moment.
    You can choose any of the 6 Rangers to play as. On the Stage selection screen
    you will see 6 villains. You can choose to play these in any order you prefer,
    except for the guy in the lower right corner, Ivan Ooze. YOu can only select
    to play his Stage once you have defeated the other 5 villains. When you get to
    play his Stage (Stage 6), you will have to go through fighting sections fol-
    lowed by the bosses from the previous 5 Stages. Plow through these guys and
    eventually you will reach Ooze himself. He is sitting down, with cords con-
    necting him to the ceiling and floor. Defeat him in this form and then he
    comes alive and will float across the room, shooting at you with his wand.
    Defeat him in this second form and you will have beaten the game. It will show
    your Ranger against a black screen with what looks like ticker-tape falling
    from the top of the screen. The 6 red medallions appear in a circle and then
    disappear just as quick. The Character/Boss/Staff roll then scrolls by and end
    on a PRESENTED BY BANDAI FIN screen. Now here is where the ending is slightly
    different. Depending on which Ranger you beat the game with, you will get a
    message from them before it goes back to the title screen. Here they are:
    Aisha/Yellow Ranger: IVAN OOZE IS HISTORY!
    Billy/Blue Ranger: THAT'S USING OUR HEADS, RANGERS!
    Rocky/Red Ranger: THAT'S WHAT I CALL TEAMWORK!
    Tommy/White Ranger: PIECE OF CAKE, RIGHT GUYS?
    Adam/Black Ranger: NOT EVEN IVAN OOZE CAN STOP US!
    Kimberly/Pink Ranger: THE POWER RANGERS ARE TOO AWESOME!
    So Bandai didn't alter the ending for beating the game on Hard difficulty, but
    at least you got a specialized ending message for beating the game with a
    specific Power Ranger.
    
    
    MILON'S SECRET CASTLE (Hudson)
    -This is almost identical to the NES version, with only a few cosmetic changes
    here and there. Your goal is to work your way up to the 4th floor of the cas-
    tle by finding items and defeating bosses along the way to collect the 7 Cry-
    stals. You will also need to find the Crown and the Cane in the castle towers
    by defeating the 2 crows disguised as princesses. Once you have all these
    items as well as other various items (like the Excalibur, which makes your
    bubbles more powerful) you will gain access to the 4th floor of the castle.
    Enter here and there are 4 different rooms where you must find Maharito and
    defeat him. The only problem is there is only one true Maharito, so if you de-
    feat the first one and he turns into a crow, you have to go to the next room
    and defeat him again and hope you have the right one. When you finally defeat
    him it will show Milon standing in the throne room and the princess will mat-
    erialize. It will show you standing next to her in a cool graphic scene as
    the minstrels scroll by at the top of the screen and some upbeat music plays.
    The next screen shows the princess looking at you lovingly as Milon flashes
    the peace sign to you. She then gives you a kiss and the screen fades out to
    a cool picture of the outside of the castle complete with clouds and a setting
    sun. THe following appears below the pic:
    YOU BRAVELY SAVED
    CASTLE GARLAND.
    THANK YOU MILON!
    The staff credits scroll back and forth for a bit and then the screen fades to
    a screen that says FIN in cursive and PRESENTED BY HUDSON SOFT. Pressing any
    button returns you to the title screen. This ending, as well as the brief
    scene at the beginning if you let the title screen fade out, makes this ver-
    sion more satisfying than the NES version, unless you are not a big fan of
    black & white.
    
    
    MINER 2049ER (Mindscape)
    -This is about as old school as it gets. An old school classic arcade game
    that has the look and feel of an old Game Boy game. It just has that feel to
    it that it just isn't supposed to be beaten, which makes it all the more sat-
    isfying to finish it and log the ending...or so you would think. There are a
    total of 10 Stations to play through. In each Station you must walk over every
    section of the floor (except the bottom floor) to advance to the next level.
    It is like Pac-Man, except instead of eating dots you are tiling every spot of
    the floor. When you walk over the last untiled spot of the floor you will move
    on to the next Station. When you reach Station 10, do as you normally do and
    when you walk over the last spot of untiled floor it will tally up your score
    like it normally does. It will then go to a screen that simply says:
    [YOUR SCORE HERE]
    CONGRATULATIONS
    PLAYER ONE
    After a few seconds it will go back to the title screen. Mindscape released
    this game in 1991 and the original Miner 2049er came out in 1982, so I would
    rate this ending somewhere in between those two dates, probably more toward
    a 1982 ending, even though it was rare for a game in that period to even have
    an ending. A huge thanks to nolberto82 for creating a couple excellent Game
    Genie codes for this game.
    
    
    MISSILE COMMAND (Accolade)
    -This game, along with Pac-Man, Asteroids and Space Invaders are considered
    the 4 all time true classic games, in my opinion. Missile Command for the
    Game Boy is a good arcade adaption and stays true to the arcade classic and
    even names the cities you are defending. Also, in true classic arcade game
    fashion, there is no ending to the game, it just keeps looping infinitely.
    If you want to consider this game as beaten, I would say playing through and
    defending all 16 cities would definitely qualify. You start with Cairo and
    have to defend it through 2 rounds. Do this and move on to the next city.
    Here is the complete list of cities (some are actually countries) that you
    must defend and in the order that you play through them:
    CAIRO
    NEW YORK
    LONDON
    SYDNEY
    PARIS
    MOSCOW
    ROME
    TIBET
    AMSTERDAM
    ATHENS
    CHINA
    EASTER ISLE
    S FRANCISCO
    SAN JOSE
    SALISBURY
    MEXICO
    Each city/country has their own unique background (Salisbury has Stonehenge
    as a background since it is only about 8 miles from there). When you defend
    Mexico twice you will simply go on to Cairo next, the first city you defended.
    I supposed the lack of ending is why Accolade put an option to see the Credits
    on the game select screen.
    
    
    MORTAL KOMBAT (Acclaim)
    -The Game Boy version of this classic fighting game is dumbed down quite a
    bit. You only have 6 characters to choose from (Kano, Rayden, Liu Kang,
    Scorpion, Sub-Zero and Sonya) and the gameplay is limited and sluggish, but
    for 1993 it could have been worse. To beat the game you only need to win a
    total of 11 Matches. In each Match there are 3 Rounds, so win 2 of these
    Rounds and you win the Match. Here is the Match breakdown:
    Matches 1 - 6
    Depending on which of the 6 fighters you choose, the first 5 Matches will be
    against the fighters you did not play as and Match 6 will be against a mirror
    image of the fighter you did play as.
    Matches 7 - 9
    In these Matches you will fight against a pair of fighters. Right after you
    defeat one of them the other one will jump into the fight. These are tougher
    because if the first fighter wears you down you still have to battle a fresh
    opponent immediately after the first one. These Matches also have 3 Rounds.
    Match 10 - Goro
    This Match is against Goro, a 2000 year old half-human dragon. He is tough
    to beat but beat him in 2 Rounds and you go on to the final battle.
    Match 11- Shang Tsung
    The final match against Shang Tsung is tough. He is a wizard and can morph
    into any of the other characters in the game, including Goro, and use their
    moves.
    When you defeat Shang Tsung you will get the following message:
    YOU HAVE DEFEATED
    SHANG TSUNG
    YOU ARE THE SUPREME
    MORTAL KOMBAT
    WARRIOR
    The STAFF credits will then scroll by and will stop at THE END. You can then
    enter your initials if you got a high score. It then returns you to the title
    screen. You get the same ending with no variation no matter which fighter you
    played as.
    
    
    MOTOCROSS MANIACS (Ultra)
    -This bike racing game plays very much like the NES classic Excitebike, except
    with a few more features like the Jet power-up. You have 3 game play modes to
    choose from: SOLO, VS COMPUTER and VS 2-PLAYER. The VS 2-PLAYER mode is just
    playing against a friend with a game link, so we won't get into that here. The
    SOLO and VS COMPUTER have identical tracks with the only difference being that
    in VS COMPUTER you have a shadowy looking computer biker racing on the track
    with you. That being said, there are also 3 difficulty settings, A, B and C.
    You choose these at the track selection screen, with A being the easiest and
    C being the hardest. You have 8 Courses to choose from. You can choose to
    start on any of the Courses on any difficulty setting. If you start with
    Course 1A you will play the Courses in order when you finish them and qualify.
    When you finish Course 8A it brings you to Course 1B and so forth. Once you
    make it to the final Course, Course 8C (unless you chose to just start here),
    finish the Course and get greeted by one of the absolute worst endings I have
    ever seen:
    GAME OVER
    That's right, a game released in 1990 by one of the best licensed companies in
    the history of video games, Konami (technically Ultra Games for this release),
    is responsible for not only giving you any kind of congratulatory victory
    message, but you get the dreaded GAME OVER message, like you died or ran out
    of lives or something. Totally unexcusable. You get this for finishing Course
    8C on both the SOLO mode and VS 2-PLAYER mode, so you get to experience the
    suckiness in both modes.
    
    
    MOUSE TRAP HOTEL (Milton Bradley/Electro Brain/Imagineering)
    -This little-known game has you controlling a mouse named Maxie whose goal
    is to make it to the Penthouse at the top of the hotel to reach his girl-
    friend. There are a total of 6 floors to play through, each with a varying
    number of rooms/areas on them. Since the FAQ on Gamefaqs for the game is ex-
    tremely sparse as of this writing, here is the floor layout, from bottom to
    top:
    BASEMENT (Laundry Room/Weight Room)
    1ST FLOOR (Lobby...one long floor)
    2ND FLOOR (Hallway/Ventilation/Rooms 201, 202, 203 & 204)
    3RD FLOOR (Hallway/Kitchen/Dishwasher/Dining Room)
    4TH FLOOR (Hallway/Ventilation/Rooms 401, 402, 403 & 404)
    5TH FLOOR (Ballroom/5 Key Rooms/Maze)
    As you can see, you start in the basement and work your way up the hotel
    floors. You basically just play through a floor and return to the Main Ele-
    vator and go up to the next one. You can play the floors in any order you
    want, except for the 5th Floor, which unlocks after you finished the other
    5 Floors. On the 4th Floor you need to find Keys in each Room to advance.
    On the 5th (final) Floor you work your way through the Ballroom and then 5
    small rooms with keys in them. Once you get through those rooms you enter the
    most difficult part of the game, the Maze. There are around 30 rooms in the
    maze with some of them having multiple doors to choose from. Luckily each
    room has a different design on the wall so you can tell the rooms apart.
    Your goal in the maze is to find the key that unlocks the door that leads to
    the Penthouse. The key isn't located very far from the actual locked door,
    so once you find the key and unlock the door you will instantly go up to the
    Penthouse and view the one screen ending, which shows Maxie and his girl-
    friend reunited as firworks go off over the city that you can see out the
    Penthouse window. It stays here until you reset. Not a great ending by any
    means, but at least you got something for your troubles.
    
    
    MR. CHIN'S GOURMET PARADISE (Romstar)
    -This is a strange game where you have to turn the enemies into peaches and
    collect them. Each Stage has a set amount of peaches to collect. There are a
    total of 8 Stages and every 2 Stages you get to play in a Bonus Stage. When
    you finish Stage 8 you go on to the Bonus Stage and when you complete that it
    simply starts you back in Stage 1. There is no ending at all here. Mr. Chin's
    is your basic old school arcade style game played for points (or calories as
    you will notice on the score counter). As a side note, if you simply could not
    get enough of Mr. Chin, check out the NES game Thunder & Lightning, also by
    Romstar, which is a Breakout clone that has Mr. Chin carrying around your pad-
    dle at the bottom of the screen. At least that one has an ending, though it is
    not much better than this one.
    
    
    MR. DO! (Ocean)
    -This Game Boy version of Mr. Do! would make arcade enthusiasts of the game
    proud, right down to the ending (or lack thereof). The object of the game is
    to collect all the cherries on the board while avoiding the bad guys. Do this
    and you go on to the next stage. Stages are called "Maps" in this one and you
    even get to see a map of the whole stage when you press Start to pause. Every
    3 Maps you finish you get to see a cute intermission scene. When you finish
    Map 10 you get what can be considered the "ending" as the word WONDERFUL ap-
    pears on the screen with bubbles popping around it. It also shows your score
    for Map 10 and at the bottom it shows your TOTAL score and time through all
    10 Maps as well as your AVERAGE score and time below it. Pressing Start moves
    you to Map 11, which is the same as Map 1 but with the difficulty ramped up.
    When you beat Map 20 you will get the same WONDERFUL "ending" and then move on
    to Map 21. You get that "ending" for every 10th Map you complete. When you
    finish Map 99 instead of going to Map 100 the counter resets and it goes to
    Map 0, but finish Map 0 and you get the WONDERFUL "ending" again and continue
    on to Map 1 again. So yeah, there is no ending here but at least you get a
    little something for your time and effort.
    
    
    MS. PAC-MAN (Namco)
    -If you are a fan of this classic arcade game, you should enjoy this portable
    version. There is no ending to report, so I will just discuss a few of the
    notable benchmarks in the game. There are 2 modes, ARCADE and HARD. The
    stage layout in both is exactly the same, so the only differences are in
    gameplay difficulty. There is no preset high score, unless you count 0 as a
    high score to beat. There are 7 different bonus fruits (yes, I know the pret-
    zel is not a fruit). The banana is the 7th. From Stage 7 and on the banana
    will be your bonus fruit. It fills up all slots on the right side of the
    screen when you reach Stage 15. You get the same basic stage layouts, except
    when you reach Stage 17 you get a layout you haven't seen before, which is
    more opened up than the other stages. Then in Stage 21 you get a layout that
    you also haven't seen before, which has a straight/squared kind of layout.
    These 2 stages will continue to show up again every several stages from this
    point out. There are also 3 different intermission scenes. After you finish
    Stage 2 you will get a scene showing ghosts chasing Pac-Man and Ms. Pac-Man.
    The ghosts will then collide and the Pacs will be together with a heart at
    the top of the screen. The next intermission scene is after Stage 5 and just
    consists of the Pacs chasing each other all over the screen. The 3rd inter-
    mission scene comes after Stage 9 and shows a stork dropping off Baby Pac-
    Man to the happy couple. These 3 intermissions will continue to pop out
    throughout the game, after Stages 13, 17, 21, 25, 31, 37 and so forth. I even
    dug through the game's ROM to see if I could find any kind of ending text but
    there was nothing to be had, so unfortunately I must come to the conclusion
    that there is no ending to this game. Other versions of Ms. Pac-Man ended
    after Stage 32 but there was no such luck with this version.
    
    
    MULAN (T*HQ)
    -This Disney franchise game is an action game that is compatible with the
    Super Game Boy. It has a Prince of Persia feel to it, but is a lot shorter
    than any Prince of Persia game I have played. There are only 6 stages total.
    Most of these involve making somewhat difficult jumps that often lead to you
    plunging to your death. Stage 2 deviates in that you are in water and have to
    swim vertically through the stage, ducking underwater to avoid enemies while
    making sure your air guage doesn't run out. Stage 3 has you riding a shield
    like a snowboard, trying to jump over or avoid the many obstacles in your
    path. Stages 4, 5 and 6 are regular action, though Stage 4 has you sliding
    down ice paths on your way to the bottom of the mountain. When you reach the
    palace at Stage 6 make your way through it and you will eventually end up
    outside for your final battle with Shan Yu. Your goal is to back him into the
    fireworks over on the right side and throw some firecrackers into them while
    he is next to them. The explosion will seal Shan Y's fate and it will go to
    the ending. The first screen shows the palace on fire with the following text:
    CONGRATULATIONS!
    THE FIRWORKS EXPLODE
    AND SHAN YOU IS FINISHED.
    UNFORTUNATELY, THE PALACE
    IS ENGULFED IN FLAMES AND
    DESTROYED!
    The next screen shows the Emperor with smoke swirling around him and says:
    THE EMPEROR EMERGES FROM
    OUT OF THE SMOKE.
    MULAN BOWS HUMBLY.
    HE TELLS MULAN THAT HE
    KNOWS OF HER ESCAPADES...
    It switches to a screen showing a scroll with the continued text:
    ..OF STEALING HER FATHER'S
    ARMOR, DISHONORING THE
    CHINESE ARMY, AND NOW
    HIS ROYAL PALACE!
    BUT, HE EXPLAINS,
    HER ACTIONS HAVE SAVED
    ALL OF CHINA.
    AS A TOKEN OF HIS ESTEEM,
    THE EMPEROR GIVES MULAN
    HIS MEDALLION.
    The next screen shows Mulan on horseback with this text:
    MULAN RETURNS HOME
    TRIUMPHANT.
    HONOR HAS BEEN RESTORED
    TO HER FAMILY.
    FA ZHOU IS OVERJOYED TO
    HAVE HIS DAUGHTER
    SAFELY HOME AGAIN.
    The next screen shows Shang holding Mulan's hand and says:
    SHANG ARRIVES TO RETURN
    FA ZHOU'S HELMET. MULAN
    INVITES HIM TO STAY FOR
    DINNER. SMILING, FA ZHOU
    GUIDES THEM TO THE HOUSE.
    --THE END--
    It then shows the staff credits for T*HQ, Disney and Tiertex and then returns
    you to the options screen. Concerning the ending, you get the same ending
    whether you finished the game on EASY or HARD level difficulty.
    
    
    MYSTERIUM (Asmik)
    -This is a dungeon crawler type game, but not your typical one. Yes, there are
    enemies and weapons to pick up, but the main objective in the game is to col-
    lect various items like iron, tin, lead, etc. and convert them into other it-
    ems by tossing them into various pools (mercury, acid, fire, etc.). This will
    turn them into other items which you can either use or drop back into a pool
    to turn into yet another item. It is pretty complicated and there are scrolls
    you can pick up along the way to help you out, but I highly suggest using the
    great FAQ written by RPaulson to get you through this game. There are a total
    of 10 levels in the dungeon, or Mysterium as it is called. You carry items
    over into the next dungeon but you can only hold 18 items at a time, so you
    will have to decide which you can use, get rid of or hold onto. When you get
    to the 10th level of the Mysterium your alchemy skills will be put to the ult-
    imate test, as all the items you got in the previous 9 levels will be removed
    from your inventory. There are a bunch of raw items to pick up on the 10th
    level to be converted into other items at pools and here you will be intro-
    duced to the scales. You can put 2 items on this to convert them into another
    item...you know the drill. Anyway, you will eventually make the Golden Wand at
    the Scales of Mercury and then exit the chute that leads down to the Dragon's
    Temple. Now the game takes a complete turn on you, as you are face to face
    with the dragon. The game goes from dungeon crawler to action game just like
    that. Sneak in and hit the dragon when he takes a deep breath (after he shoots
    a few flames at you) and if you do it fast enough you should take him out
    fairly easily after a couple tries. Defeat him and you get this message:
    THE DRAGON HAS BEEN
    TURNED TO A GOLD
    STATUE. THIS IS
    A GREAT VICTORY
    FOR US ALL,
    THANKS TO YOU.
    NOW USE THE GLORIOUS
    GOLDEN WAND TO
    SET US ALL FREE FROM
    OUR BONDAGE.
    After defeating the dragon go back to Cadmia, who you saw chained on a wall
    earlier and use the Golden Wand to get this message:
    I APPRECIATE YOUR
    KINDNESS. YOU HAVE
    WELL DEMONSTRATED
    THE SKILL OF A GRAND
    MASTER ALCHEMIST.
    YOU MAY NOW USE THE
    POWER THAT YOU HAVE
    ACHIEVED TO TRULY
    SET YOURSELF FREE.
    CHAINS ARE BROKEN
    After freeing Cadmia, use the Golden Wand to free the 3 Arimasps near him and
    then walk to the dead end wall in the same area and use the Golden Wand one
    more time to get this message:
    THE GOLDEN WAND
    HAS SET YOU FREE
    FROM THE MYSTERIUM.
    YOU HAVE BRAVELY
    PASSED THE TEST
    AND RISEN TO THE
    LEVEL OF GRAND
    MASTER ALCHEMIST.
    THE ARIMASPS MAY
    NOW CONTINUE WITH
    THEIR GOOD WORK.
    YOU HAVE WON
    Pressing A will bring you back to the title screen. A pretty cool ending for
    an interesting Game Boy title.
    
    
    MYSTICAL NINJA STARRING GOEMON (Konami)
    -This version of Mystical Ninja for the Game Boy is a decent action game
    but unfortunately it is ruined by the cheap mini-games you must win at
    the end of each Chapter. If you don't beat the mini-game it is an auto-
    matic game over and they are not easy to beat. In all there are 5 Chapters
    to play through. In each Chapter there are multiple sections, whether they
    are inside a cave, a castle, in a village or on an island. When you make it
    to Chapter 5 (Skeleton Island) there are 4 areas to play through, including
    2 mini-boss battles before you take on the final boss, Baron Skull. This
    final battle plays out like one of the mini-games, in that it is not like
    the traditional action game play you have gotten used to in this game. In
    this final battle you must defeat Baron Skull 3 seperate times by hitting
    the button just right so you "punch" him as he pops up. He gets faster each
    time you fight him and by the 3rd time he is very hard to hit. If you can
    manage to beat him your 3 main characters will have the following dialogue
    with him:
    BARON SKULL: "OH MY...HAVE I LOST? CAN IT BE...?"
    GOEMON: "WELL, NOW WHAT ARE YOU GONNA DO, SKULLFACE?"
    BARON SKULL: "I'LL JUST HAVE TO USE MY LAST RESORT."
    GOEMON: "YOU'RE STILL GONNA FIGHT?"
    BARON SKULL: "STRATEGIC WITHDRAWAL! I'LL GET YOU ANOTHER TIME!" [Disappears]
    GOEMON: ".........."
    SASUKE: "HE RAN AWAY..."
    EBISUMARU: "WHAT WAS IT WITH HIM, ANYWAY?"
    GOEMON: "WELL, WHATEVER. ALL'S WELL THAT ENDS WELL!"
    It then goes to a plain white screen and the following scrolls by:
    AND THUS, GOEMON AND
    FRIENDS THWARTED THE
    AMBITIONS OF BARON
    SKULL.
    THE TERROR OF THE
    BLACK SHIP GANG
    FADED, AND LIFE
    RETURNED TO NORMAL
    IN EDO.
    THE END
    HUH? WHAT BECAME OF
    BARON SKULL, YOU ASK?
    WELL...HE JUST MIGHT
    BE WAITING FOR HIS
    CHANCE TO CONQUER
    THE WORLD AGAIN.
    IN ANY CASE, ALL'S
    WELL THAT ENDS WELL!
    The credits then scroll by and it ends with PRESENTED BY KONAMI where it
    stays until you reset.
    
    
    NAIL'N SCALE (Data East)
    -This is an interesting puzzle/action game where the hero is armed with nails
    and uses them to climb, break blocks and defeat enemies on his way through 51
    Stages. There is an EASY and a HARD mode. Each difficulty has 51 Stages but in
    HARD mode there is a time limit for each stage and you do not jump as high.
    Unfortunately, you get the same exact ending for EASY and HARD. As for the
    Stages, every 10 Stages you fight a boss in which you will have to figure out
    the weak spot to throw your nails at. When you defeat the rat boss in Stage 50
    by hitting him with nails in his underside when he jumps over you, you will
    advance to the Stage 51 final boss battle against the dragon (apparently his
    name is Lore). You need to hit him in the horn on the back of his head by
    either jumping over him (from a nail in the wall) and shooting down on him or
    by hitting him in the back of the head from behind him. After drilling him
    about 10 times it will go to a screen with the dragon staring at you and then
    throwing his head back. The next screen shows the dragon against a scaly
    background which fades out to pretty much the same picture but the dragon
    looks like he is embedded in the background with the hero standing in front of
    him holding his trusty hammer. The screen then shakes and the hero starts
    free-falling past some blocks and manages to grab onto a nail sticking out of
    one of them. It shifts to a view from above the hero hanging from the nail in
    the block and then goes to a screen with the word FIN on it, where it will
    stay until you reset. I'm surprised there wasn't a better ending for beating
    this game on HARD mode.
    
    
    NAVY SEALS (Ocean)
    -This seems like a simple "fight your way through to the end" game but the
    enemies kill you just by touching you and other hazards like falling ceilings
    and dropping down into areas with spikes you cannot see until it is too late
    prevent this game from being really enjoyable. That being said, if you can
    memorize patterns there are only 5 levels to play through in Navy Seals and
    there are no bosses, not even a final boss. When you get to Level 5 fight
    your way past all the turban-wearing baddies and eventually you will get to
    the exit door. Go through it and you get a cool screen showing some windows
    getting blown out of the base with the following text:
    CONGRATULATIONS -
    YOU HAVE DESTROYED
    THE TERRORIST BASE
    The next screen shows your character with a fistful of American flag in one
    hand and his submachine gun in the other with this text above him:
    MISSION COMPLETED -
    THE NAVY SEALS ARE
    VICTORIOUS
    It then shows your score and shows a cool screen with 5 dudes rough-housing
    with one another and several staff credits flashing beneath them (maybe these
    guys are the game staff?). Pressing Start will bring you back to the title
    screen.
    
    
    NEMESIS (Ultra/Konami)
    -This is pretty much Gradius for the Game Boy. When you start the game you go
    to an options screen where you can toggle several options, one of which is
    difficulty level. You can choose 1 or 2, with 1 being easier and 2 being more
    difficult. Playing through difficulty level 1, there are 5 stages to beat. At
    the end of Stage 5 you will have to destroy the final boss, which is just the
    Core. BLow it up and you will get this swirly looking screen that is probably
    supposed to be an explosion followed by a screen that says:
    CONGRATULATIONS!
    YOU HAVE
    SURVIVED
    THE BATTLE.
    It then shows your ship and a STAFF credits roll follows. At the end of the
    credits you get this message:
    FIRE-UP YOUR
    WARP RATTLER
    AND PREPARE TO
    BLAST OFF INTO
    ENEMY SPACE.
    It then starts you back at Stage 1, but this is the 2nd time through the game
    so it says Stage 6. The 2nd time through the enemies are a little quicker and
    the challenge is tougher but you get the same ending after beating the Core
    at the end of Stage 10. I actually played through the game 6 times to see if
    the ending ever changed but it was the same after beating Stage 30 so I would
    definitely count beating the Core at the end of Stage 5 as beating the game.
    Now playing through on difficulty level 2...will get you the exact same end-
    ing as beating the game on difficulty level 1. Sorry, no ending variation in
    this game.
    
    
    NFL FOOTBALL (Konami)
    -This is one of the very first games released on the Game Boy and it shows.
    Hard to believe Konami put something out this bad. Intellivision football
    was a better game than this. The only good thing about this game is that you
    get to choose between any of the 28 NFL teams that were playing at the time.
    The bad news is that there are no logos, players or anything that distin-
    guishes one player from another. There are also no tournaments or even a
    schedule to play. You simply pick a team to play as and then pick a team to
    play against. When you finish a game it shows your TOTAL STATS screen and
    then when you hit a button it brings you back to the title screen. I feel
    bad for any poor kid who was excited about getting this game for Christmas
    or a birthday.
    
    
    NFL QUARTERBACK CLUB (LJN)
    -This is not an actual football game, but rather a skills competition where
    you get to choose from 13 different NFL quarterbacks from what was probably
    the 1992 season (since the game was released at the beginning of the 1993
    NFL season). The QBs to pick from are:
    Jeff Hostetler
    Phil Simms
    Steve Young
    Mark Rypien
    Boomer Esiason
    Bernie Kosar
    John Elway
    Warren Moon
    Jim Everett
    Randall Cunningham
    Jim Harbaugh
    Troy Aikman
    Jim Kelly
    After picking your QB you can either play in a Single Event to practice in or
    in a Tournament, where you compete in 4 Events against the other quarterbacks
    and the QB with the most combined points at the end of the 4 Events wins. The
    Events are as follows:
    Accuracy Competition
    Speen and Mobility
    Distance Competition
    Read and Recognition
    In the Accuracy and Read & Recognition Events, the 2 QBs with the highest
    scores play each other in a 1 throw playoff to see who is #1 in that Event.
    When you finish all 4 Events they will tally up the total scores. They will
    then show a picture of the winner in each of the individual Events with their
    score and the amount of money they won for that Event then will show the FINAL
    SCORES. If you were lucky enough to have the most points it will show your QB
    on a QUARTERBACK CLUB page with total points and total money won then the an-
    nouncer will appear and say the following:
    THE COMPETITION HAS COME TO AN END AND THE RESULTS ARE IN. ALL THE QUARTER-
    BACKS HAVE DONE A TREMENDOUS JOB, BUT [NAME OF QB] HAS PROVEN HIMSELF TO BE
    THE BEST. HE IS OUR QB CHALLENGE CHAMP. CONGRATULATIONS...
    The CREDITS will then scroll and then it goes back to the player select screen
    where you can play again. Now for the bad news...you could have played the
    worst possible game, finished in last place and not won a thing and you will
    still get the same ending, but it will simply show whatever computer control-
    led QB who scored the most points as the winner of the QB Challenge then show
    the credits like before. So basically, you don't get any kind of different
    ending for actually winning the competition (other than seeing your own QB's
    picture as the winner) nor do you get a different ending for beating it on
    Easy, Normal or Hard difficulty. Kind of a bummer but pretty much what you
    would expect from an LJN game.
    
    
    NINJA GAIDEN SHADOW (Tecmo)
    -Let's start by saying this is an awesome Ninja Gaiden game for the Game Boy,
    even if it wasn't originally supposed to be a Ninja Gaiden game. It was devel-
    oped by Natsume as a Game Boy version of the NES game Shadow of the Ninja.
    I'm not sure how it all went down, but Tecmo ended up getting the game, adding
    a few Ninja Gaiden elements to it and most gamers that have played this prob-
    ably have no idea it wasn't supposed to be a Ninja Gaiden game. Nice touch by
    Tecmo throwing Shadow in the title, though Ninja Gaiden was called Shadow
    Warriors in Europe. Anyway, there are only 5 stages in this game. Each stage
    has a cool boss battle at the end of it as you would expect. At the end of
    Stage 5 you will face off against Garuda, who happened to be the boss in the
    NES Shadow of the Ninja. In this game he is one of Jacquio's underlings but
    you don't end up battling Jacquio at all even though he is mentioned in the
    opening story. Defeat Garuda and he grows bigger. Defeat him again and you
    get the ending. It will show a scene of Garuda falling to the ground with you
    standing behind him, sword in hand. You then walk towards the screen as the
    castle crumbles into the ground Castlevania-style. The STAFF credits will
    roll as you continue to walk and after the credits you get a screen showing
    Garuda's broken mask on the ground with END above it. It stays here until you
    reset.
    
    
    NINJA TARO (American Sammy)
    -This game plays like an action RPG. You do the actual fighting, like in a
    Zelda game, and have to collect items and weapons. You do not get experience
    points for beating enemies, but you will find many chests scattered across
    the land that will increase your energy, strength and weapon power, hence
    the RPG elements. Your goal is to travel through the land to various towns
    to gather info and items to defeat the Ogre, who you find out has assumed
    the identity of a man named Shin who resides over the area. Eventually you
    will track him down in his own castle after rescuing the girl he abducted
    and will do battle with him. In his first form he moves around the room and
    will do some major damage if he comes in contact with you, so avoid him and
    hack away at him with your powered up Murasame sword when you can. Once he
    is defeated he will reveal his true form, some large monster with a giant
    eye that you must stab at until he is defeated once and for all. Once you
    defeat the monster you will be in a misty room. The mist will clear when you
    go to move and you will get the following message:
    MIST REPLACED THE
    SPOT WHERE THE
    OGRE STOOD.
    THE SORROW CRYSTAL
    ABSORBED ALL THE
    MIST, GREW, AND
    TURNED TO ASH.
    You will then be transported to the cave where the Ninja Master and the girl
    you rescued (Kondo's daughter) are. Go talk to them and Kondo's daughter will
    say:
    CONGRATULATIONS!
    I AM GLAD TO SEE
    YOU!
    MY NAME IS SAYA.
    COME BACK AND SEE
    ME AGAIN!
    Talk to the Ninja Master and he will say:
    WELL DONE!
    I AM SO PROUD TO
    HAVE AN APPRENTICE
    LIKE YOU!
    BUT A NINJA'S DUTY
    HAS NOT ENDED
    UNTIL YOU REPORT
    TO YOUR EMPLOYER.
    ARE YOU GOING BACK
    TO GEKO CASTLE?
    YES         NO
    If you choose NO you can just wander around aimlessly. Choose yes to go back
    to Geko and he says I WILL SEE YOU AGAIN!
    Back in Geko, talk to the weird aide that looks like a jack-in-the-box and he
    says:
    OH! WELL DONE! WE
    ARE PROUD OF YOU!
    Before you speak to Nobu and trigger the finale, note that you can leave the
    room and go back and travel through an enemy-less world if you feel like it.
    The townsfolk will congratulate you wherever you go and you can even look for
    some upgrades if you feel like it. Anyway, speak to Nobu and he says:
    WELCOME BACK.
    BRIEF ME ON YOUR
    ADVENTURES. HMM,
    HMM, HMM. UNDER-
    STOOD. YOU HAVE
    DEFEATED THE OGRE
    IMPERSONATING SHIN
    ...THANK YOU! NOW,
    REST AWHILE!
    The screen then goes gray and you get this message:
    SO A CHAPTER HAS
    ENDED FOR NINJA
    TARO. BUT HE IS A
    FIGHTER, AND WILL
    NOT REST FOR LONG.
    NEW ADVENTURES
    AWAIT HIM... UNTIL
    THEN....
    It then shows a screen with Ninja Taro and Saya sitting together with hearts
    all around them and smiles on their faces. It says THE END beneath them and
    will stay on this screen until you reset.
    
    
    OPERATION C (Konami/Ultra)
    -If you are a Contra fan, you should definitely enjoy this Game Boy version,
    even if it only consists of 5 Areas and is pretty toned down from the NES
    version. You get a boss at the end of each area and when you reach Area 5 you
    have to deal with the nasty aliens, obviously inspired from the movie Alien.
    When you reach the end of Area 5 you have to do battle with a giant robot
    that hovers around the room. Dispose of him and you find out he is not the
    final boss. Further past him you will reach what he was guarding, a large
    glass chamber with what looks like a giant alien egg inside. Just keep blast-
    ing at this as it gradually cracks and eventually the thing will be destroyed.
    The next scene shows your chopper escaping form the smoldering island you just
    laid waste to and then the STAFF credits will roll. It ends with PRESENTED BY
    KONAMI and then pressing Start brings you back to Area 1, but with your score
    intact. Playing through the game again will get you the same ending.
    
    
    OUT OF GAS (FCI)
    -Fujisankei Communications International (FCI) put out some decent games for
    the NES like Zanac, Dr. Chaos, Phantom Fighter and some AD&D games and they
    continue their solid, not flashy trend with Out of Gas for the Game Boy. This
    game has a total of 64 stages to play through, divided into 8 Levels. There
    are no bosses, just a scavenger hunt for gas canisters in each stage. Once
    you find all the canisters you are whisked away to the next stage. When you
    finish stage 8 in each Level it will show your girl back in the main ship
    waiting for you to get back. You get to see this fleabag each time you com-
    plete an 8th stage, so when you finish Level 8-8 it will show your character
    in the ship with her giving her the thumbs up with a cheesy smile on your
    face. She then plants a big smooch on you, complete with hearts fluttering.
    You get a dazzled look on your face as stars float around your head (and the
    pair of fuzzy dice hanging above). She then looks directly at the camera and
    gestures towards you as your tongue pops out and her eyes roll up. This is
    truly a strange ending. Hopefully he gets lucky. Anyway, it then shows your
    ship travel across space as a few screens of staff credits flash by and it
    brings you to the title screen. This is a fairly long action game, so luckily
    you get passwords for completing it. If you are using an emulator of Game
    Shark device, use code 0136DCC0 to give yourself infinite time so you can
    enjoy each Level with a whole lot less stress.
    
    
    PAC-IN-TIME (Namco)
    -This Super Game Boy enhanced cart is basically the Amiga/PC game Fury of the
    Furries but with Pac-Man replacing the main character. Mindscape/Kalisto were
    responsible for that game and sold the rights to it to Namco to make it into
    a Pac-Man franschised game. The game itself is long and difficult. You will
    have to master the game's jumping technique as well as the ability to use a
    rope to grapple and swing from platform to platform, sort of like using your
    arm in Bionic Commando, except there is it more intensively used in this
    game. Your mission is to make it through 7 Levels, each with 10 areas, making
    a whopping 70 Levels to finish. Luckily there are easy to write down pass-
    words so you don't have to do it all in one sitting. When you reach the last
    few areas of Level 7 you will be chasing the final boss, the Gum Monster. You
    finally confront him in Level 7-9. To defeat him just keep jumping and avoid-
    ing his shots every few seconds while firing at him when you can. He will
    change his attack after being hit to firing 4 bubbles at you. Eventually he
    will be reduced to his small size with holding a shield. This is when you
    need to shoot the cage above him. It will trap him and open up the floor so
    you can escape to Level 7-10. This final Level is a welcomed relief, as all
    you do is run to the right to escape the castle and trigger the ending. The
    following message will scroll onto the screen:
    BY DEFEATING THE
    GUM MONSTER, PAC HAS
    RETURNED TO HIS
    LOVING FAMILY IN THE
    PRESENT - FOR HOW LONG
    CAN HIS LIFE REMAIN
    PEACEFUL?
    It then shows a scene with Pac-Man standing in front of his house with his
    family (it is quite colorful if you are playing on a Super Game Boy) and the
    word CONGRATULATIONS is in the sky above them. THE KALISTO TEAM staff credits
    scroll by followed by THANKS TO NAMCO AND MINDSCAPE and THE END before re-
    turning you to the title screen. It's always nice to see a Pac-Man game with
    an ending.
    
    
    PAC-MAN (Namco)
    -This game is identical to the NES version of Pac-Man, other than the obvious
    fact that it is in black & white. There is no ending, so true enthusiasts of
    the classic arcade version will probably appreciate playing it for score and
    nothing more. Here are some highlights I got from playing through the game:
    The last unique bonus item you can collect is the Key, which appears as the
    Stage 13 bonus item. Up until then you had an assortment of fruit, like cher-
    ries, apples and a few others, as well as a bell and what I think is the ship
    from Galaxian. Once you reach Stage 13 the key will be the only bonus item
    you can get for the rest of the game. The screen displays the last 6 bonus
    items, so when you when you reach Stage 16 it will show all keys. As for
    scoring, when you reach 999,990 points you go back to 0 but fortunately your
    High Score will stay at whatever you got before it went back to 0. There is
    no preset high score on this version, so whatever your score is will be the
    high version unless you start a different game before powering off. Lastly,
    you do get 3 different intermission scenes. The 1st scene is after Stage 2
    and shows a ghost chasing Pac across the screen, then shows the ghost running
    back across the screen as Pac (about 3-4 times bigger) is chasing after it.
    The 2nd intermission comes after you finish Stage 5. This one shows a ghost
    chasing after Pac-Man and it tears itself on a peg and rips its covering a
    bit. The 3rd and final intermission scene you get comes after Stage 8 and
    shows the stitched up ghost chasing Pac-Man off the screen, but then that
    same ghost, looking very much like a snail, retreating back through the
    screen pulling its fallen-off covering behind it. Those are the only 3 scenes
    you get.
    
    
    PANEL ACTION BINGO (FCI)
    -This is a weird spin on the classic bingo game where you play as a bird and
    compete against a cat to get a bingo before the cat does. Now here is where
    it differs. In a normal bingo game someone picks a letter/number combo ball
    out of the cage of balls and calls it out and if you have it you put a chip
    on your card. In this game you can see the entire board but you must get to
    the numbers (or letters if you chose that option) before the cat does and
    get to them in order. If the cat gets to the next number before you do make
    sure you head to the next one before he does and so forth. The cat gets pro-
    gressively faster as you go through the levels so you will need to be quick
    to beat him to the punch towards the end of the game. There are a whopping
    60 Levels in this game. Each Level has 3 Rounds plus a Bonus Round, making a
    grand total of 240 screens you must play through to finish the game (the
    Bonus Round is just a whack-a-mole type game where you try and get to the
    moles before the cat does). For every 10 Levels you finish it uncovers a
    section of a picture which will be revealed after you complete Level 30 and
    then a new picture after finishing Level 60. Also, once you finish Level 30
    the next 30 Levels you need to get to the tiles in reverse order (from 25 to
    1 or from Z to A) before the cat does. Your ending is the same whether you
    played with numbers or letters. When you finish the Bonus Round on Level 60
    it will tally your score and then show you the fully uncovered picture of a
    girl walking through what looks like a stream with the bird perched on her
    hand and the cat stalking after them in the background. Press A and it goes
    to a screen showing the bird in the center holding up its wings and a banner
    under it that says CONGRATULATIONS! along with your score. It then goes to
    the final screen shows the cat in the center with some kind of laurel wreath
    around it with bells on it and 4 birds surrounding him with THE END at the
    top of the screen. Pressing start brings you back to the title screen.
    
    
    PAPERBOY (Mindscape)
    -This game is very similar to the NES version. I think one of the only dif-
    ferences is actually the ending. As in the NES version, you must guide the
    paperboy through 7 Levels (Monday through Sunday). You have to delivery
    newspapers to the houses that have mailboxes in front of them. This is
    easier said than done, as there are obstacles like the Grim Reaper as well
    as dogs, angry houseowners and runaway lawnmowers out to get you. You do
    not have to be perfect, but you will get a bonus if you are. If you can make
    it through all 7 days of the week you will get the one screen ending that
    shows a picture of your paperboy and has the following headline:
    PAPERBOY WINS BIG!
    THE DAILY SUN
    Beside his pic is has the following:
    EARNS
    HONORS,
    BIG
    BUCKS!
    The NES ending has a different headline and has a bigger newspaper page on
    the screen. Anyway, the screen fades to THE TOP TEN screen where you can
    enter your initials. Once this is done it returns you to the title screen.
    Not much of an ending, but if you were a fan of the NES you probably enjoyed
    being able to have a portable version of it on your Game Boy back in the
    early 90s.
    
    
    PINOCCHIO, DISNEY'S (Black Pearl/Virgin)
    -This is a pretty simple platform game, once you figure out the various tasks
    you need to accomplish. The main goal of the game is acquiring the 3 Badges:
    Truth, Bravery & Unselfishness. To get them all you must play through 7 un-
    numbered Stages. Basically, if there is an intermission with a message when
    you complete an area, I count that as a completed Stage. You will get the
    Truth Badge when you complete Stage 1, the Bravery Badge when you complete
    Stage 4 and the Unselfishness Badge when you complete Stage 7-the final Stage.
    There is some variety to the stages. You play as Jiminy Cricket in Stage 2,
    ride a rollercoaster in Stage 3, are inside a whale for Stage 6 and row a
    boat to safety in Stage 7. When you completely row your boat to safety in
    Stage 7, Pinocchio will jump to safety but GeppetTo will go underwater. To
    finish the game and get the last Badge you must simply jump into the water to
    save him. The fairy will appear and give you the last badge and the following
    message will appear (in story book form):
    PINOCCHIO DUCKED
    THROUGH A HOLE
    IN THE ROCK AS
    MONSTRO MADE A
    LAST CHARGE.
    GEPPETTO AWOKE
    ON THE BEACH
    NEXT TO
    PINOCCHIO.
    AT HOME GEPPETTO
    LAY PINOCCHIO ON
    THE BED. "MY POOR
    BRAVE UNSELFISH
    BOY."
    GEPPETTO HEARD
    THE BLUE FAIRY.
    "AS HE WAS
    PROVEN TO BE
    BRAVE, TRUTHFUL
    AND UNSELFISH, HE
    WILL BE A REAL
    BOY FOREVERMORE"
    "FATHER", SAID
    PINOCCHIO.
    "I'M A REAL BOY"
    "A REAL BOY!"
    CRIED GEPPETTO
    "THIS CALLS FOR
    A CELEBRATION!"
    "WHEN YOU WISH
    UPON A STAR,"
    THOUGHT JIMINY
    CRICKET, "YOUR
    DREAMS REALLY DO
    COME TRUE. GEE
    THANKS BLUE
    FAIRY."
    The game then abruptly returns you to the Start/Options screen. How rude.
    There are 3 difficulty modes (Easy, Normal & Hard) but you get the same ending
    on all 3 and the difficulty only seems to affect some enemies and the number
    of lives you start with. I did play through the game on all 3 difficulty set-
    tings and actually gained an appreciation for the game by the third time
    through.
    
    
    PIT-FIGHTER (THQ)
    -A not-so-good port of the somewhat popular arcade fighting game. You get to
    choose between 3 fighters: Buzz, Ty and Kato. Each one has their own fighting
    techniques. There are a grand total of 15 fights you will have to win to beat
    the game. There are 10 regular Matches. After every 2 Matches you will fight
    a Grudge Match (4 in all) and after Match 10 you will face off against The
    Warrior in the Championship Match. He is obviously the toughest guy you will
    face during the game. Defeat him and you will get a screen showing a picture
    of the fighter you were playing as with the words THE NEW CHAMPION flashing
    beneath it. Pressing a button will bring you back to Match 1, but with your
    score ($) intact. Not much of an ending at all, but technically there are 3
    separate endings since you get a different pic depending on who you fought
    as. Yeah, that's pretty weak.
    
    
    POPEYE 2 (Activision)
    -This is a fun platform game for the Game Boy by Activision. It plays nothing
    like the original Arcade/NES game Popeye and if you are thinking it is called
    Popeye 2 because it is a sequel to that game, it is actually a sequel to an
    earlier not-so-great Popeye game that was only released on the Game Boy in
    Japan. In this version you must guide Popeye through 4 Rounds, each with 4
    Stages. As always, Brutus is the antagonist you will have to deal with, at
    the end of Round 4-4 right after rescuing Olive Oil from the Egyptian Pharaoh
    boss of Round 4-3. Slug away at Brutus with your oversized, spinach enhanced
    fist (you can even use a glitch mentioned in the game's FAQ where you can
    stand on the boat to the right of the sail and the game thinks your head is
    an extension of the sail, so Brutus will walk on your head and you can keep
    punching him) and eventually you will do him in. It will go to a screen show-
    ing Brutus running at you, then you punch him, then Olive Oil comes running
    at you and you punch her...just kidding. The next screen shows Popeye, Olive
    and a couple of the others opening a chest and a can of spinach pops out. The
    screen fades out and the POPEYE 2 STAFF credits roll and finish with END spel-
    led out in spinach cans.
    
    
    PRIMAL RAGE (Time Warner Interactive)
    -This is the kind of game that a game endings guide is quite useful for. The
    game is nothing like the SNES or Genesis version and rightly so since it is
    made for a portable black & white screen. You get to play as 6 different
    fighters: SAURON, BLIZZARD, ARMADON, CHAOS, TALON and DIABLO. BLIZZARD and
    CHAOS are palette swaps as are SAURON and DIABLO, so there are really 4
    unique fighters in this game. There are also 8 Difficulty levels to choose
    from. There are 2 different endings to get, which depend on which difficulty
    level you are playing on. Here is the ending descriptions:
    PLAYING ON DIFFICULTY 1, 2 or 3
    Pick your fighter and you will do battle against the 6 enemy opponents (you
    fight yourself, so this makes 6). These matches are Best of 3 matches, so
    whoever wins 2 matches in the alotted time limit wins the fight. When you
    defeat an opponent it will tell you that you have conquered their land. Each
    opponent has their own land, so when you beat them you gain their land. When
    you defeat all 6 opponents it will show you taking the 6th piece of land and
    then go to a black screen that says WORLD DOMINATION. You then get to enter
    your initials which will appear on the HIGHEST SCORES screen if you scored
    high enough. It will then say GAME OVER and return you to the title screen.
    PLAYING ON DIFFICULTY 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8
    On these difficulty levels you will get the same ending, but there is more
    that you have to do than in Difficulty 1, 2 or 3. When you defeat all 6 opp-
    onents you will get all 6 pieces of land but instead of going to the same
    ending you will go to a FINAL BATTLE. This is the toughest part of the game.
    You will have to defeat all 6 opponents again, one right after another. If
    this wasn't hard enough, there is no time limit (XX appears where the time
    usually does), so you will get no cheap wins by having more energy than your
    opponent when your time expires. If you can manage to outlast all 6 opponents
    in this FINAL BATTLE it will say SAURON CONQUERS (or whoever you played as).
    It then says YOU ARE MASTER OF THE NEW URTH. Next you will enter your init-
    ials for the HIGHEST SCORES screen and then instead of the GAME OVER message
    that you got in Difficulty 1, 2 and 3 it will say TIME WARNER INTERACTIVE and
    will show a couple screens of their programming staff and then say PROBE
    ENTERTAINMENT and show two screens of their programming staff before you get
    the GAME OVER message, then it returns to the title screen. So you get the
    same exact ending for beating the game on Difficulty 4 that you do for beat-
    ing it on Difficulty 8. The crappy thing about this is that you can view the
    staff credits at the Start/Options/Game Credits screen, so it is not much of
    a reward for beating a tough game on the harder difficulties plus you do not
    get any kind of different ending for beating the game with a different fight-
    er.
    
    
    PUNISHER, THE: THE ULTIMATE PAYBACK (LJN)
    -This is a short game similar to Operation Wolf in style. You do not get to
    see your character, The Punisher, like you do in the NES version. You just
    control a crosshair and try to either shoot or toss grenades at your foes.
    There are only 5 stages/missions. This game is unique in that when you start
    the game it will say Mission 1 but when you clear that mission it says Stage 1
    complete and does this for all the missions/stages. Anyway, you have to fight
    a boss at the end of each Mission and when you get to the end of Mission 5
    you will square off against The Punisher's arch nemesis, Jigsaw. Blast away
    at him, shooting his weapons out of the way when you knock him down. Hit him
    enough times and you will have beaten the game. It will go to the STAGE 5
    COMPLETE screen and show the TOTAL ENEMY, ENEMY KILLED, PERCENTAGE and SCORE
    BONUS numbers. The next screen shows a close up of the gruesome Jigsaw with
    the following dialogue:
    IT WILL NOT END
    HERE PUNISHER.
    YOU WILL NEVER
    WIN!
    The next screen shows Punisher standing over Jigsaw and he says:
    IT IS OVER FOR
    YOU JIGSAW. BY
    THE TIME I AM
    FINISHED, THEY
    WILL NEVER FIND
    YOUR PIECES!
    It shows a picture of Punisher lighting up some dynamite and then a picture
    of Jigsaw saying NO WAIT...I REPENT! A screen follows showing the building
    that Jigsaw was in blowing up as Punisher watches. The next screen shows the
    Punisher and says:
    PENANCE IS GOOD
    FOR THE SOUL...
    BUT PUNISHMENT
    IS GOOD FOR THE
    GUILTY!
    THE GUILTY HAVE
    NOW BEEN PUNISHED.
    THE INNOCENT HAVE
    THEIR VENGEANCE.
    FOR NOW MY JOB IS
    OVER, BUT WHERE
    EVER THERE ARE
    GUILTY, I WILL BE
    THERE, TO PUNISH
    THEM...
    The Punisher then cocks his gun and it goes to the TOP 5 PUNISHERS screen
    where you can enter your name, up to 6 letters. It then returns you to the
    title screen.
    
    
    PYRAMIDS OF RA (Matchbox)
    -If you are into puzzle games and want to get your money's worth from a game,
    look no further than Pyramids of Ra. There are a total of 23,995 possible
    rooms to play through, spread out over 5 Tombs. You do not, however, have to
    play through all of them. If you finish a room perfectly you will skip 100
    rooms and you will also skip rooms if you finish them quickly, so you are
    luckily able to skip large chunks of rooms at a time if you are good at the
    game. Here is the room breakdown by Tomb:
    UNIS TOMB
    1599 Rooms
    TETI TOMB
    3199 Rooms
    KHAFRE TOMB
    4799 Riins
    SNEFRU TOMB
    6399 Rooms
    SCARABEUS TOMB
    7999 Rooms
    Whenever you complete a Tomb it will uncover the person (Pharaoh?) residing
    in that Tomb. When you finish the Scarabeus Tomb you will get the ending
    message which says the following:
    WELL DONE! YOU
    HAVE COMPLETED
    PYRAMIDS OF RA.
    IMPORTANT.
    RETAIN PASSWORD.
    SEE BOOKLET FOR
    PRIZE
    INFORMATION.
    PASSWORD:
    HRPQMVNKY
    Pressing Start will bring you to the staff credits screen and pressing Start
    again brings you back to the title screen. A prototype of this game was found
    for the NES and is called Scarabeus (I have an ending write-up for it in my
    NES endings guide) but it was never finished and unfortunately never saw the
    light of day on the NES.
    
    
    Q*BERT FOR GAME BOY (Jaleco)
    -Yes, that is the actual full title of this game. This arcade classic for
    the Game Boy is pretty much more of what you are used to out of a Q*bert
    game and once you get used to the controls it is a pretty fun game. There
    are a total of 16 Levels, with each Level having 4 Stages. When you finish
    Level 16-4 it will go to the Q*BERT THE MOVIE SCENE 16 which shows Q*Bert
    carrying an umbrella under the tree and finally not getting hit with the
    coconuts (?) falling out of it. However, the tree ends up falling onto him
    and then it goes to a screen that says:
    Q*BERT
    THE MOVIE
    THE
    END!
    You then get a screen giving you the following message:
    CONGRATULATIONS!
    TO WATCH THE ENTIRE
    Q*BERT MOVIE, PRESS:
    RIGHT, UP, B, A,
    DOWN, UP, B,
    DOWN, UP, B.
    FROM THE TITLE
    SCREEN!
    You then get a screen with several staff credits and then get to enter your
    name on the HI SCORE screen. It then gives you the option to CONTINUE or END
    but CONTINUING just restarts you at Level 1-1 with your score reset and END
    brings you back to the title screen. Also, using that code at the title
    screen lets you watch all 16 Level intermissions as one long movie.
    
    
    QIX (Nintendo)
    -This classic arcade game by Taito was released on the Game Boy by Nintendo
    themselves. That is a pretty important fact because this ending description
    would be pretty bland if it had just been released by Taito. I basically
    would have written how the Stages go up to Stage 99 and when you finish
    Stage 99 it goes back to Stage 1 without any fanfare. I would have also
    mentioned that when your score reaches 999,999 it stops there and doesn't
    reset to 0, but just stays at 999,999 no matter how many more points you
    score. One last thing I may have mentioned would be the fireworks you get
    after every 4th Stage. That would have been enough for an endings write-up
    for this guide but it still would have left me feeling unsatisfied that
    there was no real ending to the game. There still isn't a real ending, but
    since Nintendo released the game they threw in the added bonus of having
    their mascot Mario show up in the game. The funny thing is, you would not
    even noticed he was in the game if you were using invincibility cheats and/
    or did not score over 50,000 points. When you lost your last life, you will
    get a GAME OVER screen. However, you will get a cool little "ending" se-
    quence depending on how many points you scored. The game is difficult enough
    that they probably did not think anyone would really finish Stage 99, so
    you get the endings "after" you die. Here is what kind of an ending sequence
    you get when you score the following points:
    0-49,999
    You simply get the GAME OVER screen and then it shows the High Scores and
    goes back to the title screen.
    50,000-149,999
    This ending shows Mario standing in a desert in a sombrero and poncho play-
    ing his guitar with a vulture sitting on a cactus.
    150,000-249,999
    This ending shows Mario looking very African jumping up and down on the
    African plain with his spear with an elephant in the background.
    250,000-299,999
    This ending shows Mario dressed as a matador in a colisseum standing in
    front of a snorting bull with 7 dancers in the foreground.
    300,000-349,999
    This ending shows Mario sitting in a turban in front of an Indian palace
    charming a snake with tunes being played.
    350,000-399,999
    This ending shows Mario in China (or possibly Japan) standing in front of a
    pagoda while people ride bikes in the background.
    400,000-499,999
    This ending shows 3 Mario lookalikes in Russian soldier outfits marching in
    front of a Russian city with their rifles.
    500,000-999,999
    This final ending shows Mario, Luigi, the Princess and a bunch of Mushroom
    Retainers standing in the castle while Mario jumps up and down with the word
    CONGRATULATIONS! on the screen above them. So the best possible ending would
    be to get this ending screen with your point total at 999,999 points. I fin-
    ished this game years ago and had no idea Mario was in this game until I
    happened to read through the Qix Game Boy FAQ by QXZ and thought he was mak-
    ing it up until I found out for myself.
    
    
    R-TYPE (Irem)
    -This is a cool shooter for the Game Boy that was made popular in the arcades
    and on the Sega Master System. This version has 6 stages to play through. The
    stages all have a pretty tough boss at the end and when you reach the end of
    Stage 6 you will have to destroy this weird looking alien creature that is
    hiding behind a teeth-like barrier. This is pretty tough but if you can man-
    age to outlast all the debris coming after you and destroy the boss you will
    destroy the alien and clear Stage 6. You will get the following message:
    YOU HAVE RESTORED A
    SHORT PEACE, BUT THE
    BYDO EMPIRE STILL
    LIVES.
    NOW FACE THE
    ULTIMATE CHALLENGE
    It dumps you back in Stage 1 but with a greater degree of difficulty. Play
    through this 2nd Quest and when you defeat the alien at the end of Stage 6
    again (must be the Bydo Emperor) you will get the following message:
    THANKS TO YOUR BRAVE
    FIGHTING, THE COSMOS
    RESTORED PEACE.
    THE BYDO EMPIRE WAS
    ANNIHILATED TO NEVER
    SCARE PEOPLE AGAIN.
    YOUR NAME WILL
    REMAIN IN THE
    UNIVERSE FOREVER.
    THE GAME IS OVER
    GAME OVER
    It then goes to a screen that says CONGRATULATIONS! YOU HAVE A HIGH SCORE and
    you can ENTER YOUR NAME (3 letters max) and then it returns you to the title
    screen. I love that an early Game Boy game (1991) actually has a 2nd Quest
    that, although it is just more difficult than the first, gives you a differ-
    ent ending message than beating the game normally. Good job Irem. Also of
    note is that you can skip directly to the 2nd Quest! At the title screen if
    you hold Down and press Select it will open an options menu where you can
    change the Difficulty level from the default EASY to HARD, which is really
    the 2nd Quest. So if you select HARD right from the beginning and play right
    through the first time, you will get the good (2nd Quest) ending.
    
    
    RAGING FIGHTER (Konami)
    -There are 3 different modes to choose from in this portable Street Fighter
    clone of a game. They are 1 PLAYER, VERSUS and STORY. In 1 PLAYER mode you
    can choose a PRACTICE match or play in the TOURNAMENT. In VERSUS mode you
    need a Game Link to play against a friend (or someone you don't like for
    that matter) but it is a simple one on one fight against a human opponent,
    so that will not be discussed here. In STORY mode you have a team of fighters
    who must individually defeat 5 other fighters to finish the game. I will
    detail the endings to each of the modes below and then describe what the
    ending is like for each of the 4 difficulty settings (applies to both the
    TOURNAMENT and STORY modes):
    -1 PLAYER TOURNAMENT ENDING
    In the TOURNAMENT you get to choose which of the 7 fighters you want to play
    as. You must then fight all 7 of the fighters (the 7th will be a mirror image
    of whichever fighter you are playing as) to get the ending. Each time you
    defeat a fighter it will show a picture of your fighter moving up a tower
    to fight the next fighter. When you get to the top of the tower to face off
    against your mirror image (the 7th fight), defeat him/her in the usual 2 out
    of 3 matches and you will get the ending. The endings do slightly change de-
    pending on the difficulty you chose. Here are the 1 PLAYER TOURNAMENT endings
    for each difficulty:
    -1 PLAYER TOURNAMENT ENDING (DIFFICULTY 1)
    After beating your mirror image it will tally up your points. It will then
    show you as the winner and you as the loser, since you fought your mirror
    image (with a mask on). It then goes to the RESULT screen, which shows your
    score as well as what Floor you made it to and your Rank (from A to G) and
    also says RAGING FIGHTER 1993 KONAMI at the bottom. It then rolls the CAST
    credits, which show the 7 characters from the game as well as a fellow from
    the "Dark World" named GUILGA. We will get to him in the STORY section. The
    STAFF credits then roll by and you go back to the title screen.
    -1 PLAYER TOURNAMENT ENDING (DIFFICULTY 2)
    Everything is the same as the DIFFICULTY 1 ending, but after the RESULTS
    screen it will show pictures of the CAST, which is all 7 fighters, then it
    goes to the CAST and STAFF roll.
    -1 PLAYER TOURNAMENT ENDING (DIFFICULTY 3)
    Same ending as DIFFICULTY 2, but instead of just showing a picture of the
    fighters, it also them practicing their moves.
    -1 PLAYER TOURNAMENT ENDING (DIFFICULTY 4)
    This is the same ending as DIFFICULTY 3, but instead of merely showing the
    fighter practicing after it shows their picture, it will show them fighting
    an opponent.
    So even though the endings aren't much different, at least Konami gave you
    something slightly different ending-wise for finishing the game on the
    different difficulty levels. Now we will go through STORY mode:
    -STORY MODE ENDING
    So STORY mode is a bit different than TOURNAMENT mode. There is no timer and
    you just have to beat an opponent once, rather than 2 out of 3 falls. You
    control a team of a few fighters and must fight through 5 individual oppo-
    nents. If you lost a fighter you get to jump in with another fighter from
    your team. As for your opponents, you always have the same 5: Vandal, Bulky,
    Miyabi, Shades and the mysterious Guilga. Guilga looks like a shadow version
    of one of the other characters, but this is as close to a final boss that
    you will get in this game. If you manage to defeat Guilga you will get the
    following endings, changing slightly depending on the difficulty level:
    -STORY MODE ENDING (DIFFICULTY 1)
    After beating Guilga there will be no score tallying or ranking result
    screen. It goes straight to the cast pictures just like in 1 PLAYER TOURNA-
    MENT mode's Difficulty 2 ending followed by the same CAST and STAFF credit
    roll then returns to the title screen.
    -STORY MODE ENDING (DIFFICULTY 2)
    This ending is just like the Difficulty 3 ending in TOURNAMENT mode, where
    it shows your fighter practicing their moves then follows up with the CAST
    and STAFF credit rolls as in the other endings.
    -STORY MODE ENDING (DIFFICULTY 3)
    This ending is just like the Difficulty 4 ending in TOURNAMENT mode, showing
    the CAST member's pic followed by them fighting with an opponent. The CAST
    and STAFF credits roll like the other endings.
    -STORY MODE ENDING (DIFFICULTY 4)
    So, since Story mode Difficulty 3's ending was like Tournament mode Diffi-
    culty 4's ending, there must be something special here, right? Unfortunately
    it is identical to Story mode's Difficulty 3's ending. Not sure why the last
    2 difficulty endings were the same in Story mode, but that's what you get.
    One last point of note, there is a Game Genie code created by Galoob to get
    an "Expert's Only" mode which is supposedly harder than Difficulty 4. I went
    ahead and checked it out and it seemed about up to part with Difficulty 1 but
    you will get Difficulty 4's ending if you finish the game using this code.
    
    
    RIDDICK BOWE BOXING (Extreme Entertainment Group)
    -This is a sub-par boxing game from a company that only made a handful of
    games. You have the choice at the start screen to fight a 1P exhibition match,
    a 2P exhibition match, Begin a career or Resume a career (with a password).
    The meat of this game is Career mode. You get to name your boxer and pick the
    hair and body color then you get a list of 25 boxers, with yourself at the
    very bottom. You can scroll up the list but you can only select the boxers
    whose faces you can see clearly (the ones not blacked out). Every time you
    beat a boxer you can move up the ladder and the next 2 boxers unlock. You can
    fight the better of the two to move up quicker and eventually reach Riddick
    Bowe himself. If you take the direct route by beating every other boxer, you
    will fight Bowe at Match #13 (assuming you won them all). He is tough but if
    you can beat him the next screen shows a newspaper sports page with a picture
    of your boxer and NEW CHAMPION printed above him. It them goes to the TEAM
    EQUILIBRIUM staff credits and then to a picture of Riddick Bowe with the fol-
    lowing message for you:
    HERE'S THE MAN
    THAT BEAT THE MAN,
    WHO BEAT THE MAN.
    THAT MAKES
    YOU THE
    MAN.
    However, the game is not completely over yet. It will let you continue on and
    you will have to fend off a bunch of the other boxers in a bunch of CHALLENGE
    MATCHES. I played through 13 of these matches, sometimes fighting the same guy
    more than once in a row, and after the 13th CHALLENGE MATCH I got the follow-
    ing message from Bowe (accompanied with his pic):
    I'VE RETIRED MANY
    A MAN IN MY DAY
    AND NOW IT'S YOUR
    TURN.
    I thought this might mean I had one more fight with him but it simply dumps
    you back on the title screen after that message. I guess he meant that you are
    now the man retiring many a man. At any rate, there were a total of 26 matches
    to play through (assuming you won them all) to get that final ending message
    from Riddick Bowe.
    
    
    RING RAGE (Taito)
    -This is a pretty simplistic, yet difficult to beat wrestling game. You have
    5 wrestlers to choose from: Gunboat Rody, Spike, Yasha, Shadam or "KO" Joe.
    There is a 1P EXTRA MATCH mode where you just wrestle exhibition matches in
    a best of 3 falls series. The main part of the game is TOURNAMENT mode, where
    you must wrestle in 4 matches (called Rounds) defeating the other 4 wrestlers
    in the game and then in a final 5th match against the TWF Champion Killer
    Cane. These TOURNAMENT matches are 1 fall, not best of 3 like in 1P mode. The
    matches are also held in different arenas, including a cage match in New York.
    If you make it to Round 5 and defeat Killer Cane in Calgary, you will get a
    screen showing you as the WINNER and then it will go to a screen that says
    CONGRATULATIONS! This will scroll upwards and the following message will
    scroll by beneath it:
    YOU'VE CONQUERED
    THE PINNACLE OF ALL
    FIGHTING MATCHES!!
    AT LAST,
    YOU'VE BECOME
    A NEW CHAMPION OF
    THE TWF!!
    YOU ARE TRULY
    A MASTER!
    HOWEVER, IN THE WORLD
    OF COMPETITIVE
    FIGHTING,
    THERE IS MUCH
    TURBULENCE.
    YOU'VE ONLY JUST
    BEGUN YOUR JOURNEY
    TOWARD GREATNESS
    AND THE REAL KING OF
    THE MATCH!!
    The RING RAGE STAFF credits scroll by ending with PRESENTED BY TAITO and then
    pressing a button goes to a GAME OVER! screen (the old "slap in the face"
    message I hate to get when you finish a game) and then to the title screen.
    
    
    ROBOCOP (Ocean)
    -This is mostly an action game, but they throw in a couple stages like one
    where you have to identify a criminal by matching sections of his face with
    a timer running down as well as one where you have to "Recalibrate your gun"
    by shooting at targets. There are a total of 10 Stages and I liked the fact
    that Ocean has the Stage number displayed right on display bar at the bottom
    of the screen so there is no doubt as to what Stage you are on. When you get
    to Stage 10 it says you must "Present the Board with Evidence Against Dick
    Jones." All you have to do is rescue the President from the guy holding him
    hostage, who I assume is Dick Jones. This is similar to the hostage situation
    in Stage 2. Just be precise and nail the guy without hitting the hostage and
    after several hits he will go down. After this you get a screen that says:
    NICE SHOOTING SON
    YOU HAVE RESCUED
    THE PRESIDENT
    Just as you are basking in the glow of finishing the difficult game it will
    immediately say GAME OVER and go back to the title screen. I'm not sure why
    game programmers do this sort of thing, but it's kind of cheap if you ask me.
    If you happen to be playing this on an emulator, the game freezes at the be-
    ginning of Stage 4 on VisualBoyAdvance, but works just fine in KiGB. Make
    sure you own a copy of the cart if you are going to do such a thing...
    
    
    ROBOCOP 2 (Ocean)
    -This is not a very fun game, with a lot of cheap hits and unmarked stages,
    but it is definitely beatable. There are a total of 15 stages, if you count
    the boss battles against ED209 and the 2 sliding puzzle games as separate
    stages. In addition to the 2 sliding puzzles and the 3 ED209 battles are 9
    side-scrolling action stages where you must fight your way through and pick
    up at least 60% of the begging criminals on each stage (except for one stage
    where there are no criminals to get). After the 3rd ED209 fight you have one
    more action stage to fight through and then you get the final battle, against
    Cain, who looks like an advanced version of ED209. Shower him with bullets
    and dodge his varied attacks and this mech will be defeated. The next screen
    shows RoboCop standing in front of a city, sparkling like he was right out of
    an oil bath. It then goes to a screen that says:
    CONGRATULATIONS
    YOU HAVE SAVED
    THE CITY FROM
    CAIN AND HIS
    EVIL NUKE
    It shows a few staff credits and says PAINTING BY NUMBERS, which I assume to
    be the name of the staff group, then it goes to a screen where you can enter
    your name among the other high scorers. It will then go to the title screen.
    Ocean made several movie licensed games that all have the same feel to them
    like Robocop, Darkman and The Untouchables to name a few, if you like this
    sort of game.
    
    
    ROBOCOP VS. THE TERMINATOR (Interplay)
    -Finally a RoboCop game not made by Ocean. The game isn't that much better
    than the previous 2 but it is easier to play, in my opinion. There are a total
    of 7 Stages to blast your way through. Most of them have boss battles at the
    end of them. They are typical straight-forward action stages where you just
    shoot baddies, leap over gaps in the floor and grab the occasional power-up.
    Nothing special at all here but if you were a fan of either RoboCop or Term-
    inator you were probably happy to play this crossover title, even though the
    Terminators look nothing like the Arnold variety. Anyway, when you get to the
    end of Stage 7 (Los Angeles - Skynet Central Computer) you will do battle with
    the said computer, which is actually a brain floating around on some kind of
    hover machine. Just keep blasting away at the center of the hover machine and
    the brain will eventually be toast. It will then go to a screen like the other
    post-stage screens, with RoboCop striding across the bottom of it, but you
    will get the following message:
    CONGRATULATIONS!
    MISSION COMPLETE
    SKYNET CENTRAL
    HAS BEEN
    DESTROYED.
    GOOD JOB
    ROBOCOP!
    After he makes his way across the screen it simply goes back to the title
    screen. The quickness of the ending makes you feel ripped off but if you were
    playing through the RoboCop Game Boy games in order then you were probably
    glad to finally have them all finished once and for all.
    
    
    ROLAN'S CURSE II (American Sammy)
    -This little known Game Boy game is just as good as Rolan's Curse, if not bet-
    ter. It plays like a poor man's Legend of Zelda and though not as vast, you
    do get to travel to towns, talk to people, collect a few items and defeat the
    occasional boss. A cool aspect of this game is that you get to find some com-
    panions to fight with along the way. You can have up to 3 companions in your
    party and along the way there are 7 companions to find. You will have to pick
    which ones you want to fight with, but keep in mind that when you beat the
    game you will get an ending message for each companion that is in your party,
    so you will not get the ending message for the companions you left behind. The
    FAQ on Gamefaqs.com divides the game up into 8 chapters, but that was for the
    sake of the walkthrough. They are not numbered in game and even though the
    quest is fairly linear, there are a few branches you can take and can even go
    back to towns and places you previously visited, so you can basically back-
    track (using a wing if you have one makes this easier) and visit places you
    have already been. Anyway, when you get near the end of the game you will
    reach the dungeons, then the palace, then finally the final battle with
    Barius. He isn't much to behold, as he lays on the ground looking injured
    with his heart (or what I think is his heart) pulsating. That is obviously
    his weak spot. Hammer away at it and after awhile he will be defeated. You
    will get the following message:
    EVIL KING BARIUS
    IS DEFEATED AND
    HIS PLOT TO REGAIN
    HIS EVIL GRASP ON
    THE WORLD IS ENDED
    FOR NOW..
    THE WARRIORS BID
    FAREWELL TO EACH
    OTHER..
    Now here is where you will see what happened to each of the characters you
    finished the game with plus the Hero character you named when you started (I
    named him Adam). I will list the 4 ending descriptions I got when I finished
    the game but will also add the descriptions for the other 4 characters I did
    not finish the game with:
    -PIT
    PIT HAS RETURNED
    TO HIS VILLAGE,
    AND IS AGAIN TO
    HIS OLD PRANKS!
    -KYLE
    KYLE WILL FINALLY
    FIND THE PEACE
    THAT HE DESERVES.
    KYLE'S TOWN HAS
    HOLIDAYS IN HIS
    MEMORY.
    -ZOLD
    ZOLD HAS RETIRED
    TO A PEACEFUL LIFE
    IN HIS PALACE.
    -LORA
    LORA LEAVES THIS
    WORLD WITH THE
    SPIRIT OF LOVE.
    -LANE
    LANE IS BACK IN
    HER TOWN USING HER
    SKILLS TO HELP THE
    NEEDY.
    -JUDE
    JUDE'S SEARCH FOR
    KNOWLEDGE
    CONTINUES WITH HIS
    ONLY PUPIL AT HIS
    SIDE.
    -LEE
    LEE RETURNS TO HIS
    TOWN TO TEACH THE
    WAYS OF PEACE.
    -ADAM (HERO)
    ADAM CONTINUES IN
    SEARCH OF GRAND
    ADVENTURES.
    THE LEGEND OF ADAM
    AND HIS GREAT STRUGGLE AGAINST
    THE FORCES OF EVIL
    WILL BE TOLD AND
    RETOLD FOR MANY
    GENERATIONS TO
    COME!
    The words END appear in a block in front of a black screen.
    
    
    SEAQUEST DSV (Malibu/T*HQ)
    -This Super Game Boy compatible game consists of you in a body of water where
    you will undertake a total of 9 Missions. They are unnumbered and, as the
    manual says, may not go in the order the manual has them in (or I describe
    them in), but you will have to undertake these missions in roughly the order
    I present them in. You start by moving your sub around and using your sonar
    to see how far you are from your 1st mission. When your sonar is saying you
    are at your location, deploy your tiny ship and it will go to that mission.
    You will get the hang of it. I got the missions in the following order:
    (1) A shipwreck mission where you must collect 20 canisters and return to
    your ship.
    (2) An underground cavern mission where you must collect 16 canisters.
    (3) A trench mission, where you must get 20 canisters and avoid octopii.
    (4) A powerplant meltdown mission, which is an arcade style mission where
    you have to quickly shoot at areas of the pipes that need repairs to fix them.
    (5) The Darwin mission, where you control a ship and a dolphin and must re-
    trieve 20 canisters and then beat an annoying boss probe at the end.
    (6) A 2nd powerplant meltdown mission, like the first but faster.
    (7) The insanely difficult saboteur mission, where you must grab all the bombs
    and dispose of them through airlocks as well as use stun panels to activate
    flame jets in the floor to stun the saboteurs, who you must then grab and use
    the B button to get them to play a tune. You must do this to 4 different sabo-
    teurs and when that is done, all while a giant timer is counting down, you
    must find the tune entry panel and push up, use select, then B to play the
    tunes. Very difficult to pull off!
    (8) The enemy control base, where you must collect 30 canisters then activate
    the self-destruct mechanism and escape before the time meter runs out.
    (9) Lastly, you must battle the Renegade's battle sub in the open water with
    your missiles, but don't let it get too far away from you or it will escape.
    When you manage to blow up the Renegade's sub you will get a well-earned mes-
    sage from your superior, which says:
    CONGRATULATIONS
    SEAQUEST. YOU'VE
    RECOVERED THE
    PLUTONIUM CANISTERS
    AND DESTROYED THE
    RENEGADE FORCES.
    THE U.E.O.
    EXTENDS ITS
    GRATITUDE FOR
    RESTORING
    PEACE TO THE
    WORLD'S
    OCEANS.
    It then shows a scene with the seaQuest docked at the UEO station while a
    smaller sub continuously floats by with the words GOOD JOB SEAQUEST! trailing
    behind it. It will stay on this screen until you reset. This is definitely a
    game that would take an insane amount of practice, skill and luck to make it
    through without cheats and there are no passwords either, so if you finished
    this game on your own I commend you.
    
    
    SERPENT (Taxan)
    -Taxan is known for their NES games with multiple quests and endings. Even
    though Serpent is a simple game, there are technically 8 different endings.
    Your main goal in the game is to defeat your enemy snake by trapping it so it
    cannot move. You play against him until you have beaten him 7 times. When you
    have beaten him 7 times you will get the ending screen for whatever Mode and
    Level you are playing. There are two Modes. Mode 1 and Mode 2 both have 4
    Levels to play at. The higher the Level, the faster the gameplay is. Here are
    the ending screen descriptions for each Level:
    MODE 1, LEVEL 1
    The word CONGRATULATION! will be in the middle of the screen with 8 hearts
    getting bigger and smaller around it.
    MODE 1, LEVEL 2
    A big, blinking eye will be in the center of the screen with the word CONGRAT-
    ULATION! at the bottom with 5 hearts getting bigger and smaller around it.
    MODE 1, LEVEL 3
    A big set of lips will be smacking kisses at you with the word CHU! coming
    from them and CONGRATULATION! at the bottom of the screen. The 5 hearts will
    also be surrounding the lips.
    MODE 1, LEVEL 4
    A cute girl with a snake tiara will be in the center of the screen. She will
    occasionally wink and kiss at you while the 5 hearts are pulsating around her.
    The word CONGRATULATION! is at the bottom here as well.
    MODE 2, LEVEL 1
    This is exactly like the MODE 1, LEVEL 1 ending, except there is a tiny lit-
    tle snake wandering around the screen.
    MODE 2, LEVEL 2
    This is exactly like the MODE 1, LEVEL 2 ending, except there are 2 tiny lit-
    tle snakes wandering around the screen.
    MODE 2, LEVEL 3
    This is exactly like the MODE 1, LEVEL 3 ending, except there are 3 tiny lit-
    tle snakes wandering around the screen.
    MODE 2, LEVEL 4
    This is exactly like the MODE 1, LEVEL 4 ending, except there are 4 tiny lit-
    tle snakes wandering around the screen.
    This game is really difficult to beat and I would have never been able to get
    these endings recorded if it wasn't for the "Win Immediately" Game Genie
    codes created by nolberto82 (C33-B9F-E61 and FA5-0DF-A21).
    
    
    SHAQ FU (Black Pearl)
    -I'm not very good at fighting games but after firing up this Super Game Boy
    enhanced game and seeing a couple names I recognized from my many years of
    reading video game magazines in Donn Nauert and Steve Ryno I got pretty ex-
    cited to play this game I had heard nothing about since its 1995 release. Now
    I know there is a reason I had not heard Shaq-squat about this game. It's not
    very good. The controls seem smooth enough and you are offered 3 modes of
    game play: SHAQ FU, DUEL MODE and 2 PLAYER. However, DUEL MODE is just end-
    less practice fighting as you can choose from any of the 7 fighters in the
    game to play as and to fight against. It keeps track of how many battles you
    have fought regardless of who you fight as or against but after winning 35
    battles it just went on to Battle 36 so I assume it goes on forever. 2 PLAYER
    mode is self-explanatory, as you face off against a friend using a game link
    cable, another Game Boy and another Shaq Fu cartridge. The SHAQ FU mode is
    the meat of the game. You play as Shaq and square off against each of the 6
    fighters in a Best of 3 Rounds Battle. The 6 opponents are named: Kaori,
    Rajah, Mefis, Voodoo, Beast and Sett. They all have their own unique looks
    and moveset. When you manage to beat all 6 of them it goes to...a single
    VICTORY! screen, showing Shaq with his arms raised in the air. If you were
    hoping for a final battle against a Shaq clone or some other final boss type
    character, you will not find such coolness in this game. It simply goes back
    to the opening screens when you press a button. I guess I was expecting a lot
    more out of this game. Why, I do not know, but the ending definitely fell
    flat.
    
    
    SIMPSONS, THE - BART & THE BEANSTALK (Acclaim)
    -This is a pretty simple and quick game if you know what to do. The object
    of the game is to get up the beanstalk and get the 3 treasures from the
    Giant and make it back down the beanstalk. The game is comprised of 7 Stages.
    The first 2 Stages have you climbing the beanstalk and then making your way
    to the castle and they each have boss fights at the end of them. Amazingly,
    those are the only 2 boss fights of the game! THe 3rd Stage (Giant's Cup-
    board) is a platformer where you have to collect coins and just reach the end
    of the stage. Immediately after you exit you have a simple stage where you
    are in the Giant's soup and must jump from meatball to meatball to gather the
    15 coins you need to finish the Stage. Stage 5 has you going through the
    Giant's room, where you must grab the 3 items the Giant's wife mentioned (the
    Money Bag, the Harp and the Golden Goose) and then exit the stage. Stage 6
    has you playing Stage 2 again, but from right to left with the Giant chasing
    after you. The final stage has you free-falling down the beanstalk, avoiding
    enemies and following a coin trail to the bottom. Once you make it to the
    ground, grab the axe and you have finished the game! It goes to a screen
    showing Bart next to the beanstalk with the following dialogue:
    BEFORE
    THE GIANT
    COULD REACH
    THE BOTTOM, BART
    GRABBED AN AXE
    AND CHOPPED
    DOWN THE
    BEANSTALK.
    THE GIANT FELL
    WITH A THUD.
    BART'S HOUSE
    SHOOK SO MUCH
    THAT THE WHOLE
    FAMILY RAN OUT
    TO SEE WHAT
    HAD HAPPENED.
    The next screen shows Bart standing atop the Giant's head, which in actual-
    ity is a giant Homer Simpson head. More dialogue follows:
    BART SHOWED
    THEM THE GOLD,
    THE HARP, AND
    THE GOOSE.
    THEY WERE ALL
    SO EXCITED
    THEY WERE
    SPEECHLESS.
    ...EXCEPT FOR
    HOMER,
    WHO SAID
    "THAT'S ONE
    UGLY GIANT!"
    BART'S FAMILY
    USE THE
    MONEY
    TO BUY A
    NEW COW.
    AND THE
    MONEY MADE
    BY SELLING
    THE GOOSE'S
    GOLDEN EGGS
    KEPT HOMER
    ROLLING IN
    DONUTS
    FOR THE REST
    OF HIS LIFE.
    THE END
    You then get 5 pages of staff credits and are returned to the start.
    
    
    SKATE OR DIE - BAD 'N RAD (Konami)
    -This is not like the NES game Skate or Die but is more like the NES sequel
    Skate or Die 2: The Search for Double Trouble in that it is a side scrolling
    action game. Not only are there a bunch of enemies to fend off but there are
    many obstacles that kill you instantly making this game quite difficult for
    one aimed at young skate kids. There are a total of 7 Stages. Stages 1, 3, 6
    and 7 are side scrolling stages while Stages 2, 4 and 5 have you skating
    vertically from the top of the screen down. These vertical stages scroll
    automatically and I believe are tougher than the side scrolling ones. There
    are bosses at the end of Stages 1, 3, 6 and 7. The Stage 7 boss is the last
    boss of the game and is a guy sitting on a floating chair with lion's heads
    on each side of him that spit out fire. If that isn't difficult enough, the
    screen you fight him on is a half pipe and if you try to skate underneath
    him you run the risk of getting scorched by the flames shooting out from
    under his chair. Anyway, to beat him jump onto either of the lion heads to
    bounce onto his head and this will inflict damage. Hit him several times and
    he will be defeated. It then shows your girlfriend sitting in a room with a
    candle and a skateboard next to her with her head down. The staff credits will
    roll and then your skater will enter the screen to join her and it will say
    PRESENTED BY KONAMI.
    
    
    SMURFS, THE (Infogrames)
    -This is a Super Game Boy compatible cart and you can also choose to play it
    in 3 different languages. It is a simple platformer with a few odd stages mix-
    ed in, like a stage where you are riding a log and one where you are flying
    on a stork. In all there are 12 Stages (called Acts) to play through plus 3
    boss battles, which take place after Acts 4, 9 and 12. Your final battle will
    be against the Smurfs main antagonist Gargamel. He is tough to figure out how
    to beat, as one touch from him will kill you instantly. You need to stand
    right on the left side of the seesaw that is near him and the bird will drop
    an egg on that side. Quickly jump on the right side of the seesaw right as
    the egg lands on the left side and it will send the egg into Gargamel. Nail
    him 6 times and he will be defeated, but you have to do it quickly or he will
    get close to you and touch you. When you hit him for the 6th time a Key will
    drop and Gargamel will retreat off the screen. Pick up the Key to trigger the
    ending. You will carry the Key back into Gargamel's castle and go down the
    stairs to the big chest you passed in Act 12. You will unlock it and the
    screen changes to a picture of Smurfette giving you a kiss and it says:
    CONGRATULATIONS
    YOU HAVE RELEASED
    SMURFETTE.
    It then shows a scene back at Smurf Village with the Smurfs celebrating with
    the following message at the bottom:
    CONGRATULATIONS!
    YOUR COURAGE AND
    BRAVERY HAS
    THWARTED
    GARGAMEL'S EVIL
    PLANS!
    THE SMURFS ARE
    WAITING
    IMPATIENTLY FOR
    YOUR RETURN TO
    SMURF A BIG PARTY
    IN YOUR HONOUR.
    The STAFF credits will flash by followed by THE END with your SCORE. Now when
    you press a button it will bring you to a screen that says PRACTICE MODE where
    you can select any of the 11 Acts given to you (not Act 12) to practice on.
    Not a bad little reward for beating the game, but that wasn't much of an end-
    ing. Also of note is that there are 3 difficulty settings: EASY, NORMAL and
    HARD. You get the same ending for all 3 of them, the only differences are more
    enemies in NORMAL and HARD and the bosses take more hits to defeat (Gargamel
    takes 3 hits on EASY and 6 hits on HARD.
    
    
    SNEAKY SNAKES (Tradewest)
    -This is a Game Boy sequel to the NES game Snake Rattle'n Roll. The object of
    the game is to make it to the scale at the end of most levels (the water
    levels do not have scales) and weigh enough to tip the scale and open the
    exit door. In order to weigh enough, you have to eat enemies and get a longer
    tail until you start to flash. Only then can you open the exit door. There are
    a total of 16 Levels in this game. Level 16 has several warps you must take
    to get through the Level and when you make it to the end you will have to face
    off against a final boss, a weird looking fellow who flaps his arms and moves
    around the bottom of the screen tossing spiked balls at you. Just keep blast-
    ing him with your tongue and after a lot of hits he will finally explode. Go
    to the right past the fan where there was a barrier and now it is gone. Go up
    the hill and you will see the girl snake (girlfriend?) is waiting for you.
    Follow her into the exit door and it will go to a screen showing a beautiful
    sunset over an ocean. The screen will scroll right and show an island with
    palm trees and a hut. You appear on the screen and dance around the hut for a
    bit and then are joined by your buddy and then the girl snake. You all bop
    around the hut for a bit then it goes back to the sunset screen and to a new
    screen that says:
    THE END
    [PICTURE OF SNAKE]
    FINAL
    SCORE
    ######
    Pressing any button here will bring you back to the title screen. Not a bad
    sequel to the NES game.
    
    
    SNOOPY'S MAGIC SHOW (Kemco)
    -This is more of an action game than a puzzle game, as you guide Snoopy
    through 120 Levels where the goal of each level is grabbing the 4 birds
    (they look like his buddy Woodstock). Grab all 4 birds and move on to the
    next level. In some levels you have to move blocks around and ride conveyors
    to get to the birds but once you grab that 4th bird the level ends. Every
    20 levels you get a quick intermission scene and after you finish the first
    60 levels you get a screen that GAME CLEAR and then BUT... and your brother
    Spike appears. Now that Spike has been introduced into the game halfway
    through he will try and chase you down in each level. One touch from him
    takes away a life. So much for brotherly love. Now go through Levels 61-120
    and when you finish Level 120 it will show Snoopy walking back and forth
    across the screen carrying a flag. After doing this several times, 2 of the
    Woodstock birds appear like cheerleaders, shaking pompoms. They do this for
    a bit and then Spike appears, also shaking pompoms. I guess that is his pun-
    ishment for being a hassle to his brother. Spike then walks off, the curtain
    lowers and Snoopy is on the screen in front of a big glowing star with the
    words THE END above it. That is all there is to this ending.
    
    
    SNOW BROS. JR. (Capcom)
    -This game is similar to the game Bubble Bobble but with a snow theme. There
    are a total of 60 Stages to play through. You start the game on Stage B50F
    and work your way down from 50. You will fight mini-bosses on Stages B41F,
    B31F, B21F, B11F and a big boss on Stage B01F. When you defeat the big boss
    on Stage B01F (which is some weird looking spiky face with sunglasses hanging
    from the ceiling) your brother will be lowered from the boss and then a heart
    will drop from the boss and land between you and your brother. The boss will
    then tell you the following:
    IF THE [HEART SYMBOL] CAN BE
    RETURNED TO
    THE SUN,
    THE WORLD
    WILL BE WHOLE
    ONCE AGAIN.
    It then goes to a screen showing the brothers toss a square piece up into the
    center of a large window. The window then swings open and your character jumps
    into it, then returns to grab the heart he forgot, then jumps back in again.
    You then go to the bonus stages, starting with Stage 01F and ending at the
    final boss battle at Stage 10F. You will now do battle against the Sun. Stand
    on the platforms to his upper left or right and freeze the enemies he tosses
    at you and push them into him.  After hitting him about 7 times he will go
    dark and open his mouth in the shape of a heart. The heart you brought with
    you will fly onto the screen and into the opening of the Sun's mouth. This
    transforms him back into the happy Sun and all the enemies in the game appear
    on the screen with him and some clouds doing a little dance. After a little
    while of this it will go to a screen showing your character's face in the
    center with the word CONGRATULATIONS! above you and then back to the title
    screen.
    
    
    SOLARSTRIKER (Nintendo)
    -This pretty simple shooter was one of the Game Boy's earliest released games
    and was released by Nintendo themselves. There are only 6 stages in all. Each
    stage has a boss like most other shooters and when you get to the end of Stage
    6 you will have to defeat several of the mini-bosses from the other stages be-
    fore doing battle with the game's final boss, a giant alien bug. Destroy the
    bug and you will get a nice cut scene showing your ship blasting out of the
    atmosphere (or whatever that was it blasted out of). The words
    FINAL MISSION
    IS OVER
    appear and the next cut scene shows your ship landing on a larger ship. The
    STAFF credits roll and the big ship takes off at the end and the words
    END
    SCORE ###
    SOLARSTRIKER
    1989 NINTENDO
    are on the screen. Now you can do something interesting. If you press Start on
    the END screen it brings you back to the title screen but now the title screen
    says PRESS SELECT. When you started the game it said PRESS START. When you
    press Select here it starts you back on Stage 1 but it is a more difficult
    2nd Quest for you to play through. However, you get the same exact ending
    playing through the game a 2nd time, so no special ending here.
    
    
    SOLOMON'S CLUB (Tecmo)
    -If you enjoyed Solomon's Key for the NES, you will love the Game Boy version.
    The object of the game is to guide Dana through 5 Levels with each Level hav-
    ing 10 rooms. Just making it through all 50 rooms will not be enough however.
    In each Level there will be a Wing icon in one of the rooms. Make sure to get
    the Wing and when you finish that room you will get to play the Secret Room
    of the Level. In this Secret Room you will find an S icon. Make sure to get
    all 5 of the S icons in the Secret Rooms (one in each Level). Now when you
    finish all 5 Levels of the game you will get a screen showing a bunch of char-
    acters from the game with the following message:
    CONGRATULATIONS!
    YOU HAVE COMPLETED
    ALL OF THE LEVELS
    IN SOLOMON'S CLUB.
    Now here is where the endings differ. If you did not get all 5 of the S icons
    in the 5 Secret Rooms, you will get this message:
    BUT YOU HAVE
    FORGOTTEN THE
    SPECIAL ITEMS.
    GO BACK AND LOOK
    FOR THEM BEFORE
    YOU CONTINUE.
    It will then send you back to the Level Select screen. The cool thing about
    this is that you will notice a ! mark next to the Levels that you found the
    S icon in and there will be a ? icon next to the Levels that you have not
    found the S icon in. When you a Level with a ? icon it will actually put you
    in the Room with the Wing so you will not have to remember what room it was
    in. Now if you finished all 5 Levels and found all 5 S icons, you will get
    the message saying you have completed all of the levels but instead of saying
    you have forgotten the special items it will say the following:
    AND NOW YOU MAY
    CHALLENGE THE
    LEVEL SOLOMON.
    It brings you to the Level Select screen but now there is a new option at the
    bottom, LEVEL SOLOMON! Start this set of Rooms and...oh no, the eerie music
    from Solomon's Key! That brought back some bad memories. You will notice there
    are no hidden gems to collect, just a lot of flames to try and get past to the
    key and the exit. Now work your way through 5 Rooms and after you beat Room 5
    the next room will be called Room HIDDEN. There are a bunch of S icons in the
    room but there is an S Book (the Book of Solomon?) in the center of the room.
    Hit the book with your wand and it will open up as 6 fairies jump out of it.
    It will go to that same victory screen with the characters from the game and
    you will get the following message:
    YOU HAVE JUST
    COMPLETED THE
    LEVEL SOLOMON.
    YOU ARE NOW A
    FULL MAGICIAN.
    USE YOUR MAGICAL
    POWERS TO BRING
    PEACE INTO THE
    WORLD.
    The STAFF credits will then flash by and it will say -THE END- PRESENTED BY
    TECMO. Gotta love an old Game Boy game with good and bad endings!
    
    
    SPACE INVADERS (Taito/Nintendo)
    -This ending description is for the USA released Space Invaders that is
    compatible with the Super Game Boy and not for the Japan-only version of
    Space Invaders that was released 4 years earlier. The ironic thing is that
    the Japan-only version was simpler, yet had an ending (see the next entry
    below for that ending description). In this version of Space Invaders you
    are presented to select between 2 modes: SUPER GAME BOY and ARCADE. The
    ARCADE mode can only be played with 2 Game Boys linked together with the link
    cable. You play against an opponent for most points and there are 10 Rounds
    in this mode. Most people don't have a link cable for 2-player play, so you
    are probably reading this to see if there is an ending in SUPER GAME BOY
    mode. When you select this mode you get the Space Invaders title screen and
    then you will get to choose from one of the three screen types: BLACK &
    WHITE, B&W WITH CELLOPHANE and COLOR. Regardless of which screen type you
    pick, it does not affect the game in any way other than visually. As for the
    gameplay itself, if you are a Space Invaders enthusiast, then you will prob-
    ably enjoy the fact that it simply goes on forever and you just play for a
    high score. That's right, this version, which came out 4 years after the
    Japan-only released version of Space Invaders, has NO ENDING. Yeah, the
    rounds are numbered, but after you beat Round 99 you will play Round 0 and
    then Round 1 again and so forth. There are also no intermissions like there
    are in the Japan-only version of the game, so those of you looking for an
    ending will want to skip this USA released version, unless you want your
    Space Invaders in color, cellophane or want to use that old game link you
    have lying around. This was disappointing to say the least.
    
    
    SPANKY'S QUEST (Natsume)
    -This game reminded me of Bubble Bobble in many ways. You play as a monkey
    who's main weapon is a bubble he can bounce on his head. The more you bounce
    it on your head the more powerful it becomes, then you can use it as a weapon
    to eliminate enemies. When you start the game you can choose between 4 of the
    5 Towers. Once you beat those 4 Towers (in any order you choose) you can play
    Tower 5. Towers 1-4 each have 16 Stages with the 16th always being a boss
    battle. Tower 5 only has 5 Stages, all of which are boss battles. In Tower
    5-01 through 5-04 you will battle the bosses of the first 4 Towers again.
    Once they are defeated you go on to 5-05 which is a battle against a giant
    crow (if you took too long in any stage a crow would come out and attack
    you...this must be a giant version of that crow). When you defeat it it will
    turn into the evil witch Morticia. Defeat her and you have won the game. A
    bunch of bonus B's will come from her and you will get 10000 bonus points for
    each life remaining. It then goes to a screen with a starry background and
    what is probably Spanky flying through the starry sky while the STAFF credits
    scroll by on the bottom of the screen. Spanky is wearing a cape with an M on
    it, so I'm not sure what that is all about. END appears as Spanky continues
    to dance above. Press start and you can enter your initials on the TOP SCORE
    screen. It then goes back to the title screen. Not a very good ending.
    
    
    SPIDER-MAN AND THE X-MEN IN ARCADE'S REVENGE (LJN)
    -Most lists just call this game "Spider-Man/X-Men" but the main title screen
    has the full title, so I'm going to go with that. It is the 4th entry in the
    Game Boy Spider-Man series and is just as bad as the other 3 (listed in the A
    section of this guide under 'Amazing Spider-Man' and its 2 sequels). Not sure
    how LJN could have bungled every single one of the Spider-Man games, but they
    managed to do just that. In this one there are only 7 Stages to play through.
    You play as Spider-Man in Stages 1 & 7 and for the other 5 stages you can play
    them in any order you like and will play as Spider-Man (again), Wolverine,
    Gambit, storm and Cyclops. A few of the Stages are very straight forward but
    the stage I found to be the hardest was the Storm stage, as you spend time
    underwater and not only have to deal with enemies as usual but an air meter
    that can run out on you pretty fast. Anyway, when you play through the first
    6 Stages you will play as Spidey in Stage 7, the final stage. Here you will
    see that the X-Men got captured by Arcade at some point and are trapped along
    the walls of the room. You must defeat Arcade in this room, as Stage 7 is just
    this final boss fight. When you defeat his clown form he splits up into small
    versions of himself. Defeat these smaller versions and the game is beaten! You
    will get the WELL DONE SPIDER-MAN screen and then the following message from
    Arcade:
    WELL DONE! YOU HAVE
    EXCELLED YOURSELVES.
    OBVIOUSLY, THAT
    WASN'T ME. MORE OF
    MY ROBOTS. NOW I'VE
    GOT JUST ONE MORE
    SURPRISE. I'LL GIVE
    YOU A CLUE: 5..4..3
    --Spider-Man--
    RUN, THE
    WHOLE PLACE
    IS GONNA BLOW!
    An explosion is heard and then Spidey says:
    YOU THINK HE
    GOT OUT?
    --Gambit--
    YOU CAN COUNT
    ON IT.
    --Cyclops--
    C'MON, LET'S
    GO HOME!
    I thought we would get messages from the rest of the X-Men but it just goes to
    a programmers screen that scrolls by with all the culprits responsible for
    this atrocity then it dumps you back to the opening copyright screen.
    
    
    SPUD'S ADVENTURE (Atlus)
    -This game is part of the Puzzle Boys series, with Kwirk and Amazing Tater
    being the other Game Boy releases in the series. This game is less of a box
    pushing game like the other 2 and more of an action game, with some adventure
    elements like gaining experience by defeating enemies, but it is definitely
    more action oriented. There are some of the box pushing puzzles scattered
    through the levels but they are not the main focus of the game. There are a
    total of 5 Levels to play through. Your goal is to go through all of them and
    rescue the princess, defeating a boss at the end of each Level. The princess
    was taken by a character named Devi, a black demon-looking critter. You will
    actually fight him at the end of Level 4. Upon defeating him he will sort of
    turn good and warns you that your weapon is the only weapon that will work
    against the final boss Dodorain (you can select to control 2 other characters
    during gameplay when you rescue them, but I always control Spud). Go through
    Level 5 and at the end you will take on the spiky looking Dodorian. Beat him
    like you did the previous bosses. He will wink out of existence and then you
    will be able to walk down a hall and enter the room with the princess that
    triggers the ending. Spud opens her prison door and goes to her. It then
    shows a cinema scene of Spud with the princess and he says:
    PRINCESS ARE
    YOU OKAY?
    The next screen shows Devi and the other character that died during gameplay,
    Arnie Eggplant, waching over you, the princess and the other 2 controllable
    characters as they watch a sunset with the following text:
    NOW ARNIE EGGPLANT
    AND DEVI SEEMED TO
    SMILE UPON THEM...
    The next screen shows the 3 characters in front of the King and princess. He
    says:
    I WOULD LIKE TO
    EXPRESS MY THANKS
    TO ALL OF YOU FOR
    SAVING MY DAUGHTER
    PRINCESS WHY DON'T
    YOU THANK THEM
    I...
    TERRY TURNIP,
    LET'S WAIT OUTSIDE (says the Carrot, as they exit)
    SPUD...I WOULD (says the Princess)
    PRINCESS I'M JUST
    A WANDERER.
    I AM NOT WORTHY OF
    YOUR THANKS...
    I MUST LEAVE...
    GOODBYE.
    Spud leaves the room.
    WAIT...PLEASE
    SPUD...WAIT...
    The princess follows him out.
    KING "HA HA HA!"
    It then shows a scene with Spud and the princess running outside as they pass
    by the characters from the game and the staff credits appear below them. Devi
    even appears, bumping into the princess and falling on his butt. It will then
    show you your TOTAL TIME and say TRY AGAIN PRESENTED BY ATLUS. I'm not sure
    what the TRY AGAIN means...hopefully there is not a better ending to get. If
    anyone knows of one please let me know.
    
    
    SQUARE DEAL (DTMC)
    -Known as Cadillac II in Japan, the full name of this game is Square Deal -
    The Game of Two-dimensional Poker. It is pretty much Tetris meets poker.
    Cards will fall from the top of the screen and you need to get either 3 of
    the same suit, number or a straight of at least 3 to remove those cards from
    the board. There are a total of 10 Levels to play through. You can select
    Levels 1 through 5 from the Options screen. To clear Level 1 you must elimi-
    nate all 52 cards OR get 500 points. It is difficult to eliminate all cards
    since you have to play perfect to do this, so in the early Levels you will
    be trying to get straights (which get you more points) and 3-of-a-Kinds since
    they net you more points than a Flush. As you go up in Level you need to get
    more points to finish a Level. If you manage to make it to Level 10 the goal
    is almost impossible. You have to eliminate all 52 cards AND score over 5000
    points! You have to do this with the cards coming down at an alarmingly fast
    rate as well. If you are skillful enough to do this you will get a screen
    with the cute poker girl (reminds me of one of the NES Panesian games) and
    the following message:
    WELL DONE!
    YOU'VE
    COMPLETED
    THIS
    ROUND
    From here it goes to another screen that says:
    CONGRATULATIONS. YOU
    HAVE WON THE SQUARE
    DEAL MEMBERSHIP.
    NOW YOU ARE IN!!
    PUSH "A" BUTTON
    Push the A button and you get this message:
    GOOD JOB!!
    PRESS "A" TO
    FINISH
    It almost feels like they are making you work for this ending when you should
    just be sitting back watching poker girl dance around or something. Anyway,
    press A again and you get the final ending. It shows another cute 8-bit
    poker honey getting showered with money and at the top of the screen it says:
    ALL CLEAR
    CONGRATULATIONS!
    It stays on this screen until you reset. I am going to go out on a limb and
    say that less than 1% of the people that have played Square Deal have had
    the skill and/or patience to see this screen. I had to make Game Shark codes
    to give myself a lot of money AND a code to trick the game into thinking I
    had played the 52nd (last) card when I finally cleared the screen in the
    middle of the round just to see the ending. Very tough game to beat!
    
    
    STAR TREK - 25TH ANNIVERSARY (Ultra)
    -This isn't a bad little game once you figure out what is going on. Your mis-
    sion is to locate the 12 parts of a Disruptor scattered by the Klingons so you
    can use it to destroy the giant Doomsday Machine that is threatening the gal-
    axy. There are 3 worlds you have to visit: Neural, Kalanda and Triskelon. Each
    world has 4 pieces of the Disruptor. To get to each world you have to navigate
    the Enterprise through a section of space where you will have to cross various
    areas (asteroid fields, space amoeba, Tholian drones, Klingons, Romulans etc.)
    in order to reach the planet. So basically there are 3 flying sections and 3
    world exploration sections where you travel on foot finding the Disruptor pie-
    ces. Once you find the 12th piece on Triskelon you will automatically go back
    to the Enterprise for a 4th flying section. You can see the Doomsday Machine
    on the map on the far right but getting to it won't be easy, as you will have
    to cross several obstacles. When you reach the Doomsday Machine you will have
    to fly through space destroying asteroids and varous debris and will finally
    reach the Machine at the end. It looks like a giant slug. Just keep hammering
    it with your new Disruptor beam and it will shrink down in size. Repeat this
    until it shrinks for a 3rd time down to a very small size. Destroy it for good
    and Admiral McQuilkin will give you the following message:
    CONGRATULATIONS,
    KIRK. YOU'VE
    DESTROYED THE
    PLANET KILLER,
    AND SAVED THE
    GALAXY. THE
    FEDERATION OWES
    YOU ITS THANKS.
    It then goes to a screen showing the Enterprise flying across through space
    and the following message appears:
    HAPPY 25TH
    ANNIVERSARY,
    STAR TREK...
    After this short message it goes to a screen that looks like the tricorder
    subscreen and you will get this odd message:
    ABOUT THE AUTHOR
    CARY HAMMER
    LIVES IN SAN
    FRANCISCO. HIS
    DIET CONSISTS
    MOSTLY OF GRUBS
    AND PALM LEAVES.
    HIS GESTATION
    PERIOD IS 3 TO 4
    MONTHS.
    ABOUT THE ARTIST
    BILL STANTON
    SECRETLY LOVES
    TO DISCO
    It then goes abruptly back to the title screen. I'm not sure why we needed to
    read about these guys when finishing the game. If they wanted to make it seem
    like the inside back cover of a book (comparing it to the end of a game) maybe
    they could have dedicated the game to Star Trek creator Gene Roddenberry.
    
    
    STAR WARS (Capcom)
    -This is the same game that was released on the NES and SMS with only a few
    cosmetic changes (some enemies missing, etc.). For some reason Capcom released
    this on the Game Boy even though they did not program it. If you want a good
    guide to the game, my SMS Star Wars guide applies perfectly to it and gets you
    through areas like the maze-like Death Star pretty darn good. Anyway, every
    time you accomplish a task in the game, like meeting Obi-Wan or getting the
    Faster Blaster power up, you gain a certain percentage of Game Completed. How-
    ever, none of this will affect your ending as I discovered. You start by con-
    trolling Luke Skywalker and along the way you will find Han Solo and Princess
    Leia as controllable characters (sorry Chewie, you only make a brief appear-
    ance in this one). The stages are not numbered in this game, but here are the
    areas you will be playing through:
    TATOOINE (6 caves, Sandcrawler, Mos Eisley, Docking Bay 94)
    ASTEROID FIELD
    INSIDE THE DEATH STAR (7 areas, including a boss battle against the Dianoga)
    MILLENIUM FALCON ESCAPE
    X-WING FIGHTER (approacing the Death Star)
    X-WING FIGHTER (Death Star Trench)
    When you reach the end of the trench you will have to fire one of your proton
    torpedoes into the thermal exhaust port (big hole) at the end of the trench
    run. Make sure to use the torpedo and not your regular lasers. The Death Star
    will explode in weak, black and white Game Boy non-glory and you will get a
    screen showing pics of 6 heroes: Luke, Han Solo, Princess Leia, C-3P0, R2-D2
    and Chewbacca (!). Obi-Wan gave his life but doesn't get a pic in the ending
    screen. The following message is under the pics:
    WELL DONE!
    LET THE FORCE BE
    WITH YOU, ALWAYS...
    GAME COMPLETE %100
    As I mentioned before, you can get less than 100% and will get the same ending
    here. The NES version showed the medal ceremony from the movie for their end-
    ing but Game Boy memory limitations must have been the reason for this one
    screen ending. Pressing the A button brings you back to the title screen.
    
    
    STAR WARS - THE EMPIRE STRIKES BACK (Capcom/Ubisoft)
    -This is almost identical to the NES version and just as hard, if not harder.
    You control Luke Skywalker throughout the whole game and must fight your way
    through Hoth (including the Snow Walker battle), Dagobah training with Yoda
    (after finding him) and onto Bespin/Cloud City, where you will have to beat
    Boba Fett in an X-Wing vs Slave 1 air battle and then a couple platform stages
    where you go through the city in search of Vader. In all there are 10 unnum-
    bered missions to play through. When you reach Mission 10 you must battle
    Darth Vader several times throughout the Mission until you eventually find
    him on the catwalk. Where him down with your lightsaber, preferably after us-
    ing the lightsaber power up icon and when you get his energy meter down to 1
    unit he will fall off the screen. This is definitely not how it went in the
    movie, but since it is a video game you get to play out your destiny. The next
    screen shows a pic of Vader with the following message from him:
    THIS TIME YOU HAVE
    DEFEATED ME. BUT
    NEXT TIME YOU WILL
    NOT BE AS LUCKY.
    IT IS OUR DESTINY
    TO MEET AGAIN.
    The victory music plays and the following message scrolls across the screen:
    CONGRATULATIONS,
    YOUNG JEDI KNIGHT!
    YOU HAVE WON ANOTHER
    VICTORY AGAINST THE
    EVIL GALACTIC EMPIRE
    BUT DO NOT
    UNDERESTIMATE THE
    DARK SIDE OF THE
    FORCE. THE EMPEROR,
    WITH HIS IMPERIAL
    FLEETS WILL CONTINUE
    THE SEARCH FOR
    HIDDEN BASES OF THE
    REBEL ALLIANCE AND
    TO SEEK AND DESTROY
    THE LAST OF THE JEDI
    KNIGHTS.
    THE REBELS, ON THE
    OTHER HAND CONTINUE
    THEIR STRUGGLE TO
    RESTORE FREEDOM TO
    THE GALAXY.
    TIME WILL COME FOR..
    THE RETURN OF THE
    JEDI.
    THE FORCE WILL BE
    WITH YOU ALWAYS.
    A picture of Yoda appears and he repeats what you just saw:
    THE FORCE WILL BE
    WITH YOU ALWAYS.
    Pressing any button returns you to the title screen. It wasn't the best of
    endings, but at least you got something for your troubles.
    
    
    STARHAWK (Accolade)
    -First off, if anyone knows exactly what region this game was released in,
    please let me know. I have no concrete evidence if this was a USA or a Euro-
    pean release, but I have seen websites that say both and neither, so for now
    I will just list it in the USA releases. The game itself is a basic shooter.
    There are only 5 Levels, each with a boss at the end. It reminded me of a
    watered down Gradius/Life Force/R-Type, like if it had been released by Sa-
    chen. There are a few powerups to obtain, but other than that it is one of
    the simplest shooters you will every play. There are also 2 modes of diffi-
    culty, EASY or HARD, but you get the same ending on both modes. When you de-
    feat the alien ship boss at the end of Level 5 it will show a screen that
    shows your ship escaping fast from the exploding planet with the following
    text:
    WELL DONE!
    THE EVIL EMPIRE
    HAS BEEN DEFEATED!
    Even the ending message is simple. Pressing start brings you to the HI-SCORES
    screen where you can enter your initials and then pressing it again brings
    you back to the title screen. I'd say don't waste your time with this, but
    since there aren't a ton of shooters for the Game Boy you might as well add
    it to your game's beaten list. Coincidentally, Starhawk is also the name of
    an old vector arcade game released in 1979 and a PlayStation 3 game released
    in 2012. Maybe we will see another Starhawk released in 12-15 years.
    
    
    STOP THAT ROACH! (Koei)
    -This is an interesting Koei game that strays from their usual war simulation
    genre and plays out as a puzzle game. The key to each Level is to defeat all
    the roaches or lead them into traps before they can get the treat on the
    screen. You really need to know how the roaches move and in which direction
    they will go when you swat them or where the remaining roaches will scurry
    when you whack one of their comrades. Once you have that figured out you need
    to just figure where to put traps, where to stand when hitting a roach in
    order to block others from getting the treat and just have a good sense of
    where things are on the screen. There are a total of 100 Levels to play
    through (Koei doesn't mess around!). After every 10 Levels you get a cute in-
    termission scene usually showing you chasing roaches to the left side of the
    screen, then them chasing you with reinforcements to the right side of the
    screen. When you finally manage to finish Level 100 you will get the usual
    YOU WIN! message followed by a cinema scene showing a family of roaches
    leaving your homestead, sad and defeated. It shifts to the same scene from a-
    far that shows your house with smoke coming from the chimney and a nice black,
    white and grey Game Boy sunset as the vermin depart. The next scene shows the
    2 kid heroes (Ken & Lilly) sitting at their kitchen table eating a nice meal,
    free from the roach distraction that occupied them through 100 Levels. It then
    shows just their happy faces and a thumbs-up from Ken and a peace sign from
    Lilly with THE END under them. After a couple seconds a smiling roach quickly
    pops up from the letter T then quickly disappears again. It fades out to the
    Koei Corporation 1994 copyright screen then eventually goes back to the title
    screen.
    
    
    SUMO FIGHTER (DTMC)
    -This is a decent action/platform game that has you battling as a Japanese
    Sumo wrestler. I thought the game was going to be some kind of tournament
    fighter game but was pleasantly surprised that it wasn't. There are 5 Stages
    to play through, each with 3 Levels. There will be a boss battle at the end
    of every Stage's 3rd level. There are also a few bonus games you will come
    across, including an arm wresling game, a thumb wrestling game and even a
    Sumo wrestling game, all of which are won by stopping a quickly moving meter
    in the center several times until you are victorious. Anyway, back to the
    regular game, when you reach the end of Stage 5-3 you will do battle against
    the Shogun's bodyguard. Defeat him and do battle against the Shogun himself.
    He seemed to be one of the easier boss battles to me. Once you finish him
    off grab the marker he leaves behind and your character will do his victory
    flexing. Now, the ending you will get will depend on which difficulty mode
    you chose. Here they are:
    EASY MODE
    It will show your character and a geisha walk to each other in the middle of
    the screen in a jumping embrace. They will then look towards you as the party
    ball at the top of the screen opens and releases a couple hearts and some
    confettie and the words THANK YOU!! BON CHAN appear at the bottom. It then
    says LET'S TRY HARD!! GOOD LUCK!! It then takes you right to the difficulty
    select screen where you can choose to play through the game again.
    HARD MODE
    It will show your character and a geisha walk to each other in the middle of
    the screen in a jumping embrace. They will then look towards you as the party
    ball at the top of the screen opens and releases a couple hearts and some
    confettie and the word CONGRATULATIONS! It then says LEVEL HARD CLEAR!! LET'S
    TRY...! SUPER!? The difficulty select screen appears again like it did in
    Easy but now you will notice SUPER mode as a selection.
    SUPER MODE
    This mode only appears after you have beaten the game in HARD mode. It will
    be the same ending as HARD mode where it says CONGRATULATIONS!! but then it
    adds YOU ARE A GREAT PLAYER!! and then goes through a bunch of STAFF credits
    and finishes with PRESENTED BY: DTMC INC. So you only get the credits by
    beating the game on SUPER mode.
    
    
    SUPER BREAKOUT (Majesco)
    -This game had a limited Game Boy release as a single cartridge but is mainly
    known for being released with Battlezone on one of the Arcade Classics carts.
    This ending write up could pretty much end here, as there is absolutely no
    ending for this game, but I will flesh it out a bit. There are 5 different
    "Versions" of Super Breakout to choose from: PRACTICE, REGULAR, DOUBLE, CAVITY
    and PROGRESSIVE. The only difference between these is the set up of the bricks
    you must break. Rather than mix in the different patterns into one game, each
    version is simply one screen that you replay over and over again. There are
    no cut screens or messages between screens, you just replay the same screen.
    The only thing that changes is your score and once you reach 9999 it stays at
    9999 until you lose all your paddles or quit playing. This holds true for all
    versions. At least it stayed true to the original, but for a game released in
    1998 you would kind of expect a Congratulations screen at the very least.
    
    
    SUPER HUNCHBACK (Ocean)
    -What seemed like a simple, straight-forward platform game had some serious
    bite at the end of it. I should have known a game that had "Putting on the
    Ritz" as an opening theme would be more than meets the eye. There are a total
    of 9 Levels to guide Quasimodo through. They become progressively harder the
    further you get, as any game should, but the last few levels through the
    white sparks of doom at you. If you get hit by one of these, whether you are
    playing on an emulator or an actual Game Boy, not only will they kill you
    immediately, but there is a 90% chance that it will reset your game (or
    freeze the emulator). Avoid these at ALL cost. So progress through the levels
    banging the bells at the end of each level to move on and eventually you will
    reach Level 9. This Level is a challenge, to say the least. It is one big
    area full of platforms and reflectors. Some of these reflectors can be moved
    with the B button so they are in a different position. The reasoning for this
    is because there are 5 globes at the top of the screen that create those
    annoying white sparks of doom and they will travel through the level, follow-
    ing the path of the reflectors. When the reflectors are set to the correct
    positions, the path of the sparks will lead them all into the giant diamond
    at the top of the level, destroying it and creating a warp to the game's
    ending. I had to use a youtube video for this, following it step-by-step and
    even somehow missed something on my first playthrough, but the 2nd time I did
    exactly as he did and was able to destroy the diamond and jump through the
    warp for the ending. It will rack up your score like it always does and then
    it will show the grotesque little hunchback running through the forest to his
    buxom lady friend. The next screen shows her giving him a kiss with hearts
    circling around them and then the credits (complete with 'Elmer Fudd" as
    editor) appearing inside the circle of hearts. After the credits it shows the
    pic of the girl kissing the hunchback and THE END appears in the circle of
    hearts around them. It will stay here until you reset.
    
    
    SUPER MARIO LAND (Nintendo)
    -What Game Boy endings guide would be complete without perhaps the most pop-
    ular game for the system, Super Mario Land. This game captures the Mario style
    perfectly on the small screen with one of the few drawbacks being the actual
    length of the game. There are only 4 Worlds to play through. Each World only
    has 3 stages. Since it was one of the earliest Game Boy games, programmers
    probably hadn't begun to push the system to its limit, but even though it is
    short it is definitely good. There are even a couple stages that are out of
    the ordinary for Mario games, like being in a submarine in World 2-3 and fly-
    ing the plane in the final stage, World 4-3. When you make it to the end of
    World 4-3 you will have to battle Tatanga, who is holding your beloved Daisy
    captive, but he sends his cloud henchman, Biokinton, out to get you first.
    Blast away at the cloud boss and Tatanga will come for you. Blast away at him
    and after about 25 hits he will explode. The next screen shows Daisy walking
    towards Mario and above them it says:
    OH! DAISY
    DAISY
    THANK YOU MARIO.
    -YOUR QUEST IS OVER-
    Daisy and Mario then run to the right and end up jumping in Mario's ship. They
    take off and the STAFF credits scroll by as they are flying and THE END ap-
    pears on the screen. Pressing a button will bring you back to the main screen.
    Now you will notice that the mushroom icon next to the word START on the title
    screen is replaced by a Mario head. This means when you press Start you will
    be playing in Expert Mode, like a 2nd Quest. The layout of the game is the
    same, but there are more enemies to beat during stages. If you beat Expert
    mode you will get the same exact ending that you did the first time. The only
    difference now is that when you go back to the title screen after the STAFF
    credits end you will see 1-1 next to the word START. Hit the A button and you
    can change 1-1 to any of the games stages so you can jump anywhere in the game
    if you so desire.
    
    
    SUPER R.C. PRO-AM (Nintendo)
    -This classic Game Boy game programmed by Rare is just as good as its NES
    counterpart. In it you must race through 24 Tracks and finish in at least 3rd
    place to advance to the next track. However, even if you finish all 24 Tracks
    you will not get the ending unless you spell out the word N-I-N-T-E-N-D-O
    three times by collecting a letter on each of the 24 Tracks. When you spell
    it out after Track 8 you will be upgraded to a new car, the Speed Demon. Then
    after Track 16 (assuming you collected a letter in Tracks 9-16) you will get
    the Spiker car. When you finish Track 24 you should have spelled out NINTENDO
    for the 3rd time. If you have not it will make you repeat Track 24 to get an-
    other letter. If you have managed to spell out NINTENDO all 3 times and finish
    Track 24 it will show you holding the #1 trophy as well as your little RC car
    while photographers snap pictures of you. Then it shows the front page of a
    newspaper and has a picture of you and the trophy with the following written:
    NINTENDO
    R.C.NEWS
    R.C. PRO-AM HAS
    NEW CHAMP.
    RARE
    SPECIAL
    OFFER
    That SPECIAL OFFER part is just at the bottom of the paper and is just filler.
    Hitting any button at this screen brings you to the TOP FIVE SPEEDSTERS screen
    where you enter your initials, then it brings you back to the title screen.
    
    
    SUPER STAR WARS - RETURN OF THE JEDI (Black Pearl)
    -This is the 3rd Star Wars game for the Game Boy and definitely the best. The
    first 2 were just the NES versions ported over in black & white while Return
    of the Jedi here is a black & white port of the SNES Super Return of the Jedi.
    It is also Super Game Boy enhanced, meaning you could use the device that let
    you play GB games on your SNES in color. Anyway, first thing to know is that
    there are 3 difficulties to choose from: Easy, Brave and Jedi. Each setting
    has the same number of Stages but when you finish the game on Easy or Brave
    you will get a screen showing Han, Luke, Leia, C-3P0, R2-D2, Chewbacca, Lando
    and Wicket on Endor with the message
    CONGRATULATIONS!
    NOW TRY JEDI MODE.
    Now play through the game on Jedi mode. You will get the same 10 Stages, which
    consist of platform levels, a speederbike stage, Stage 7 where you eventually
    fight Darth Vader, Stage 8 where you take on the Emperor himself and then the
    final 2 Stages, which both have you controlling the Millenium Falcon where you
    have to destroy the core and then escape the exploding Death Star from within.
    When you escape from the Death Star on Jedi difficulty it will show the Death
    Star exploding like it did on Easy and Brave modes and will go to the screen
    with the same 8 heroes on it but the message will be different, saying:
    CONGRATULATIONS JEDI! YOU HAVE
    DESTROYED THE NEW DEATH STAR AND
    DEFEATED THE EMPEROR. THIS DAY
    WILL BE REMEMBERED FOR ETERNITY
    AS THE DAY YOU SAVED THE GALAXY
    FROM EVIL.
    NOW, AS IT WAS BEFORE THE EMPIRE,
    PEACE WILL REIGN AGAIN.
    Then it goes to a screen showing the ghosts of Yoda, Obi-Wan Kenobi and Anakin
    Skywalker and says the following underneath them:
    REMEMBER!
    THE FORCE WILL BE WITH YOU
    ALWAYS!
    It tallies up your final score and then the game resets to the title screens.
    Not the best ending in the world but at least you get something different for
    beating the hardest difficulty. If you want to see the credits, you can select
    that option in the Options menu.
    
    
    SWORD OF HOPE, THE (Kemco-Seika)
    -This is an interesting hybrid between a traditional RPG and a game like
    Shadowgate (also by Kemco-Seika). You gain experience as well as HP and MP
    but there is no world map to traverse, as you go from room to room (or area
    to area when outside). Like most adventures, you need certain items and keys
    to move to new areas. There are 3 magicians you must find from the start, but
    they are hidden behind locked doors in the main area, so your initial goal is
    to find the key to one of the magician's doors and when you do, enter into
    that area and find the magician. You are trying to find the Sword of Hope but
    each magician can only power up your current sword. Eventually the old man
    you started the game at will bestow power into your sword to make it the Sword
    of Hope. After this you must get through the Underground Labyrinth and then go
    through King Hennesy's Castle and the Mirror World contained within. In the
    castle you will find the Secret spell in his throne after hitting it. You
    will then cast the Secret spell on the mirror to open the entrance to the
    Mirror World where you eventually find the dragon painting. King Hennesy (who
    is actually your father) will appear and fight you, as he is under the spell
    of the Dragon. Defeat the King and then battle the Dragon. When the Dragon
    hits you, the blood runs down to your birthmark which reveals it to be a
    sword. Your attacks will do much more damage and you will put the Dragon away
    much easier than the King. The ending will consist of the following pictures
    with text written beneath them:
    [DRAGON WITH A SWORD THROUGH IT]
    LATER, THEO
    STOOD
    BEFORE A GIANT
    DRAGON PAINTING ON
    A WALL.
    WHAT!
    THE SWORD OF HOPE
    "WISH" STUCK IN
    THE PAINTED
    DRAGON.
    "OH..."
    YOU HEARD AN
    ANGUISHED CRY
    BEHIND YOU.
    "BE BRAVE FATHER!"
    THE KING WOKE FROM
    HIS UNCONSCIOUS-
    NESS AT THEO'S
    SHOUT.
    "WHAT?
    I CAN'T REMEMBER!
    IT HAS BEEN
    LIKE A LONG BAD
    DREAM...
    YOU ARE?
    THE MARK ON YOUR
    LEFT ARM, IS
    PROOF YOU ARE THE
    SWORD'S CHOSEN!"
    SUDDENLY, THE
    PAINTING CRASHES
    TO THE FLOOR WITH
    A GREAT THUD.
    "FATHER! QUICKLY!"
    THEO HELPS KING
    HENNESY OUT OF THE
    WEIRD CAVE.
    Here the game actually retraces each step back to the castle. You will be in
    the room with the broken mirror with the following text:
    AS WE BOTH LEFT
    THE STRANGE WORLD,
    IT BROKE INTO A
    SHAPELESS MASS.
    [CABIN IN THE WOODS]
    THE DARKNESS
    VANISHED AND THE
    COUNTRY BECAME
    WARM AND BRIGHT.
    [CASTLE PICTURE]
    THE THREE WIZARDS
    BROUGHT THE CASTLE
    TO THE SURFACE
    FROM UNDERGROUND.
    THEN, THEY WISHED
    FOR WEALTH AND
    PEACE FOR RICCAR.
    [PICTURE OF RISEN CASTLE]
    AND...
    THEO'S GREAT DEED
    BECAME A LEGEND IN
    THE LAND, WHICH
    ALL REMEMBERED...
    HE WHO BEARS
    THE SIGN OF HOPE
    ON THE LEFT ARM
    SAVES THE WORLD
    It goes to a final screen with the words THE SWORD OF HOPE in the center,
    framed by some fancy artwork and the word FIN in cursive below it.
    
    
    T2 - THE ARCADE GAME (LJN)
    -This is apparently a scaled down version of the arcade and Genesis version
    of the game. There are a total of 6 stages to play through. Even though they
    are not numbered, you will know you finished one because your bonus score
    will be tallied up when you complete them. When you finish Stage 4 it will
    say it is the end of Mission 1. Just disregard that and play through the
    final 2 Stages. In the final stage you have to defeat the T-1000 at the
    very beginning of the stage by shooting the nitro truck so the nitro spills
    out onto him. When he is defeated play through the rest of the stage and
    you will eventually reach the end, where the boy is on the right of the
    screen and the T-1000 appears and tries to get him. Keep shooting the T-1000
    and eventually you will shoot him off the back center of the screen and he
    will fall into the hot liquid below. It will go to the bonus score tally
    screen (where you get 10000 points for terminating the T-1000) and it will
    say the usual TERMINATOR: EXCELLENT! message. You will then get the following
    ending message:
    MISSION:
    COMPLETE.
    JOHN CONNOR
    IS ALIVE.
    BUT RESEARCH AT
    CYBERDYNE WILL
    CONTINUE.
    JUDGMENT DAY IS
    STILL POSSIBLE...
    GAME OVER
    FINAL SCORE ######
    You can then enter your name on the TOP 5 TERMINATORS screen and then it will
    show the Acclaim/LJN/Beam staff credits and go back to the title screen.
    
    
    TAIL 'GATOR (Natsume)
    -This is a neat little platform game that reminded me of Super Mario Land for
    some reason. You control an alligator who must use his tail to defeat enemies
    and find a key in each room to unlock the door to the next room. There are a
    total of 4 Areas. At the beginning of the first 3 Areas you get to choose
    which path you want to go. There are 4 paths to choose on the screen. It does
    not matter in which order you choose the path, but sometimes you may face the
    Area boss in one of the earlier paths you have chosen, since he isn't always
    in the last path. So basically, Areas 1, 2 and 3 all have 4 stages (paths)
    and Area 4 only has 2 stages. In Area 4 you don't pick a path, you just play
    through 2 stages and at the end of Area 4-2 you will face the final boss, a
    Giant Dragon. Keep pounding away at him with your projectiles and eventually
    he will be toast and explode. After defeating him you will walk out of the
    castle and jump off of it, sailing down through the clouds and will land on a
    big puffy one. You will float down the screen on the cloud as the STAFF cred-
    its scroll by. When they are done the cloud will land on the ground and your
    Gator will enter the door at the bottom. The door will close on you and END
    will appear above the door.
    
    
    TALESPIN (Capcom)
    -A quality, albeit a bit too easy, shooter from Capcom. This game is listed as
    Disney's TaleSpin on some lists (like Gamefaqs.com) but I'll just refer to it
    as TaleSpin. In it you must fly Baloo through a mere 5 stages, each with a
    good sized boss at the end. At the end of Stage 5 you will face off against a
    giant flying ship called the Iron Vulture. All you have to do is destroy all
    the propellers as you fly by. When all the small propellers have been slagged
    take aim at the bigger one in the back of the ship. Destroy it and you have
    beaten the game. It will go to a screen showing Shere Khan in a suit saying:
    CURSES! THAT FOOL
    DON KARNAGE BLEW
    IT AGAIN!
    BUT I'LL ACQUIRE
    THAT COMPANY IF
    IT'S THE LAST
    THING I DO!
    The next screen shows Baloo talking to his son Kit with this dialogue:
    TODAY'S PROBLEMS
    MUST HAVE BEEN
    SHERE KHAN'S
    DOING.
    HE MUST BE
    FURIOUS AT YOU,
    BALOO.
    WHEN WILL HE
    LEARN NOT TO GO
    AGAINST ME IN THE
    AIR? I'M THE BEST
    PILOT IN THE SKY.
    It then shows Baloo flying by in his plane with Kit following him on his air
    board. THE END floats onto the screen in big letters. There are no staff cre-
    dits here, it will just stay on this screen. You can press Start and it will
    show you your final SCORE and MONEY earned and pressing Start again will go
    back to THE END screen but that is it for the ending.
    
    
    TARZAN (GAMETEK)
    -This is a very hard game, with cheap hits and a not-so-easy to control
    character. You control Tarzan and have to get through 6 Levels of the game
    to rescue your beloved Jane from the Evil Explorers/Poachers. There are 2
    difficulty settings, EASY and NORMAL, but the game is hard on both. You will
    get the same ending regardless of which difficulty you select. In each Level
    your main goal is to collect 16 objects which will trigger either a boss
    appearance or will let you do something you couldn't have previously done
    (like move the stone in Level 6). When you collect all the Crystal Icons in
    Level 6 and climb to the top of the level you will be eventually find the
    final boss, a stone statue with the Poacher leader inside. He will duck into
    the statue and stones will shower down upon you as the statue pounds his
    arms into the ground. The Poacher then pops out of the statue to shoot at
    you. Now is the time to hit him. Hit him a bunch of times and he is defeated.
    Jane will pop out of the statue with hearts around her as Tarzan pounds his
    chest. You then get a screen showing Tarzan (who looks a lot like Rad
    Gravity of NES fame) with his lips extended towards Jane and a bunch of
    hearts surrounding them with the following text below them:
    WELL DONE!
    YOU HAVE DEFEATED
    THE EVIL EXPLORERS!
    TARZAN AND JANE ARE
    REUNITED ONCE AGAIN.
    It then shows you the TARZAN CREDITS and simply returns to the title screen.
    Not much of an ending considering how difficult it was to get here.
    
    
    TASMANIA STORY (FCI)
    -This is a pretty decent Pac-Man type game with a twist to getting the end-
    ing. In each Stage you must collect all of the items to finish a Stage. How-
    ever, doing this alone will not net you the ending scene. There are a total
    of 10 Stages. If you simply blast through the game and beat all 10 Stages it
    will loop back to Stage 1...unless you have satisfied the requirements. Each
    Stage has a number of enemies you must jump on an squash before a secret ani-
    mal bonus character will appear. For Stages 1 & 2 you need to squash one ene-
    my and a Koala will appear. Grab it! In Stages 3 & 4 you must jump attack 2
    enemies and the Wallaby will appear for you to get. Stages 5 & 6 require you
    to jump on 3 enemies to make the wombat appear. Jump on 4 enemies in Stages 7
    & 8 and a penguin will appear for you to grab. Finally, in Stage 9 & 10 you
    have to jump attack 5 enemies and a mouse will appear. Grab the mouse and when
    you finish Stage 10 if you have successfully met all of the conditions and
    grabbed the special animals in each Stage instead of looping back to Stage 1
    it will go to a screen showing a tiger running across the landscape and your
    character will appear on the bottom of the screen and say:
    CONGRATULATIONS!
    TASMANIA IS CALLED
    "APPLE ISLAND".
    The word END appears on the screen as well. Pressing start will return you to
    the title screen. Thanks to the game's manual I was finally able to figure
    out exactly what triggered the ending.
    
    
    TAZ-MANIA (Sunsoft)
    -You control the clunky Taz in this primarily side-scrolling action game.
    Each Stage takes place on an island and has 4-5 levels, including a boss bat-
    tle at the end of each island. There are a few odd stages, like the one where
    you just have to skip over the water to reach the other side as well as a
    couple where you are on a roller-coaster type ride and a few where you are
    racing vertically, having to avoid roadblocks and grab diamonds, but for the
    most part the majority of the stages are side-scrolling. There are a total of
    23 stages between the 5 islands. When you reach Island 6 you will have your
    final boss battle against the Zoo Keeper Copter. He is fairly easy, as all
    you have to do is jump on the see-saws to launch a ball into the air to hit
    the copter. Once you nail it 10 times the copter will be destroyed. It will
    go to a screen showing Taz with his arms crossed as the following message ap-
    pears:
    WELL DONE YOU HAVE
    DEFEATED THE
    ZOO KEEPER
    YOU SCORED #####
    THANK YOU FOR
    PLAYING SUNSOFT'S
    'TAZ-MANIA'
    A ton of staff credits will then scroll by and keep repeating until you hit
    the start button. This game was released in Europe as LOONEY TUNES 2: TAZMAN-
    IAN DEVIL IN ISLAND CHASE.
    
    
    TAZ-MANIA 2 (T*HQ)
    -This sequel plays differently than the first one in that it is a platform
    game all the way through and the gameplay does not vary at all like it did in
    the first one. It is also odd that T*HQ released the sequel, as Sunsoft put
    out the first one...you'd think T*HQ would have just given the game a sub-
    title rather than making it a sequel to a game they did not produce. Anyway
    there are 4 Stages in this game: JUNGLE, CONDO CAVES, UNDERGROUND MINES and
    DESERT. Each Stage has 3 Levels followed by a boss fight, making a total of a
    mere 16 Levels in all. Each time you defeat a boss you save a member of your
    family. To defeat the final boss, Bull, at the end of Stage 4-4 you have to
    hit his plane a bunch of times and then it will crash off the screen to the
    right. Go over and then defeat Bull on the ground and you will have beaten
    the game. It will show Bull begging for mercy as you kiss the heart in your
    hand. It tallies up your score and then shows Taz rescuing his little brother
    with the following dialogue:
    YOU'RE THE
    BEST BIG
    BROTHER IN
    THE WORLD!
    I'M
    HUNGRY.
    LET'S GO
    HOME!
    The next scene shows the Taz family (mom, dad & sister) in their house near
    the refrigerator. The little brother comes whirling in and then the mom says:
    HERE COMES
    TAZ NOW,
    HUGH!
    HE SURE
    IS A
    MIGHTY
    FINE BOY!
    He comes blasting in and devours the refrigerator whole. It then shows Taz
    above the word TAZ-MANIA (not TAZ-MANIA 2) and the staff credits start to
    roll. Howard Phillips of Nintendo Power fame is among the credits. Several
    characters from the game are shown during the credits and then you get to
    enter your name on the HIGH SCORE screen. Do this and then it brings you back
    to the title screen. As noted above, it probably only said TAZ-MANIA at the
    start of the credits because that is what the game was called for its Euro-
    pean release. The original TAZ-MANIA for Game Boy was called LOONEY TUNES 2:
    TAZMANIAN DEVIL IN ISLAND CHASE in Europe so the sequel was the first one
    actually titled TAZ-MANIA over there.
    
    
    TEENAGE MUTANT NINJA TURTLES - FALL OF THE FOOT CLAN (Ultra)
    -Another fun Konami game, this is a straight-forward action game where you
    play as any of the 4 turtles and must slash your way through 5 Stages to
    finish the game. There is a boss at the end of each Stage, including
    Shredder at the end of Stage 4 and Krang at the end of Stage 5, the last
    Stage. Stage 5 takes place inside the Technodrome, the rolling headquarters
    of the Foot Clan. If you manage to defeat Krang at the end of the Stage he
    will fade away and it will go to a screen showing one of the turtles untying
    the captured April O'Neil with the following text below them:
    WE ARE HERE TO
    SAVE APRIL.
    YOU SAVE ME!
    THANK YOU TURTLES!
    It then shows the massive Technodrome crumbling into the ground and then
    goes to a white screen with the following message:
    EPILOGUE
    FREAKED THE FOOTS,
    MANGLED THE MOUSERS
    AND TOTALLED
    THE TECHNODROME.
    THAT'S..
    TURTLE POWER!!
    BUT, WHAT ABOUT
    THE SHREDDER
    AND KRANG...!?
    TURNED TO TOAST?
    VAPORIZED TO
    MILK SHAKE??
    OR..ESCAPED TO
    DIMENSION X???
    UNTIL WE KNOW, NONE
    OF US CAN SLEEP
    SAFELY IN OUR BEDS
    ..ER, SHELLS!
    An image of the 4 turtles scrolls onto the screen followed by the STAFF
    credits. When the credits are done it shows THE END and Krang appears on
    the screen. He gives a digitized laugh and then a ? appears after THE END.
    You then get the GAME OVER screen with your scores and it goes back to the
    title screen.
    
    
    TEENAGE MUTANT NINJA TURTLES II - BACK FROM THE SEWERS (Konami)
    -The 2nd TMNT installment for the Game Boy. In this one you have to battle
    your way through 6 Acts. Each Act has a boss to defeat at the end like in
    most action games and a couple of them have mid-bosses to take out. There
    are also 3 difficulty modes: Easy, Normal and Hard. The difference in
    these is faster enemies, more enemies and more difficult boss battles. The
    good news is that the ending is slightly different. When you get to Act 6
    you will have several areas to go through as well as a few boss fights,
    including General Traag (who is very similar to the Stone Warrior boss from
    Act 5), Super Shredder and of course the final boss, Krang. When you defeat
    Krang his body will explode but Krang himself escapes out the window. Your
    turtle jumps to safety as the Technodrome explodes (or seems to, as it shows
    a picture of it with the background flashing). A picture of the 4 turtles
    will then scroll onto the screen and the CAST roll, which includes every
    character who appeared in the game, good and evil. After this the STAFF
    credits will flash by. When these are finished it will say RESULT and show
    your TOP SCORE and regular SCORE. It then shows a picture of one of the
    turtles holding a pizza with (C)opyright 1991 KONAMI under it followed by
    END appearing on a black screen then back to the title screen. That was the
    Easy mode ending. If you played the game on Normal or Hard mode there will
    be one slight difference with the ending. Everything will be the same but
    when it shows the turtle holding the pizza at the end instead of just going
    to the END screen the turtle will throw the pizza at you and it will slide
    down the screen before going to the END screen. It's not much at all but
    for a game released in 1991 it was cool to see a small reward for beating
    the game on a harder difficulty setting.
    
    
    TEENAGE MUTANT NINJA TURTLES III - RADICAL RESCUE (Konami)
    -If you are thinking this will be just like the previous 2 installments
    in the TMNT Game Boy series, you will either be upset or surprised to find
    it is very different. Instead of the linear hack and slash action you had
    in the first 2 games, this one requires thought. You spend the game in a
    mostly underground fortress trying to find keys, key cards and pizzas and
    fighting bosses every so often (the hallway before the bosses is very
    similar to those in the Mega Man series). The bosses will give you keys
    that will unlock other areas of the fortress. Eventually you will make
    your way to the end where you will have to fight all 4 of the bosses you
    already beat one more time. Defeat them all again and you will battle the
    Cyber Shredder. He has 2 forms, so when you beat him once be ready for his
    energy meter to recharge and then beat him again. You also have to rescue
    the other 3 turtles (you start as Michaelangelo) who are being held captive
    somewhere in the fortress. You can switch between turtles once you find them
    and they each have a unique ability that will help you get past various
    obstacles during gameplay. So once you defeat the Cyber Shredder you have
    one last small room to get through. Once you get past the flame jets use
    the key you got from Shredder to open the door and rescue April O'Neil. She
    will appear on the screen and say the following:
    I KNEW YOU'D
    RESCUE ME!
    NOW THAT
    SHREDDER'S GONE,
    THE WORLD WILL
    FINALLY BE AT
    PEACE.
    The screen goes white and a digitized COWABUNGA! is heard as well as spelled
    out on the screen. It then shows pics of the 4 turtles as CAST and STAFF
    credits scroll by and end at the KONAMI 1993 copyright screen.
    
    
    TENNIS (Nintendo)
    -This is a very simple, yet fun tennis game for the Game Boy and was one of
    the original 5 North American launch titles. I won't get into the rules of
    tennis here, but the main objective is to win 2 out of 3 sets to defeat your
    opponent. You can choose between 4 difficulty Levels. When you beat the
    Level 1 opponent you will get a message that says LEVEL 1 CHAMP! TRY NEXT
    LEVEL. You will get the same message after beating the opponents in Levels
    2 & 3. When you defeat the Level 4 opponent you will shake his hand and then
    your character will be jumping around in front of the crowd and the follow-
    ing message will appear on the screen:
    YOU ARE
    THE GREATEST
    TENNIS PLAYER!!
    It will remain on this screen until you reset. A simple ending for a simple
    game.
    
    
    TERMINATOR 2 - JUDGMENT DAY (LJN)
    -This is a straight action game with a bit of variance to the levels. Level 1
    has several generators that you need to knock off towers all while Termin-
    ators are chasing you down. The hard part is you need to knock them down in
    order from the highest one to the lowest, which required some back-tracking.
    Level 2 is in Skynet and all you have to do is make it to the end of the
    platform type level. Level 3 is a doozy. You have to rewire a Terminator so
    it will fight for your side. What this requires is basically 3 mini-games
    where you have to repair 4 paths for the circuits to make a clear run from
    the bottom of the screen to the top. The hard part about this is that you
    have a time limit so you need to do it quick. You have 3 different boards
    that you have to "repair", with increasing difficulty as you move on to the
    next one. In Level 4 you play as the original Terminator (Ahhnold!) on a
    motorcycle with John Connor trying to outrun the T-1000, who is chasing you
    down in a truck. This is tough because you need to stay ahead of him while
    shooting to your left the whole time. If he touches you once you are toast.
    Level 5 is a platformer where you have to find some keys and the Terminator
    arm before you can exit the level. Finally, in Level 6 you will do battle
    with the T-1000. Keep moving to the right while punching him and waiting for
    a weapon to drop down from above. Grab it and shoot him and keep going to
    the right. Eventually you will reach the edge of the walkway and be able to
    shoot him into the vat of molten steel below. He will spaz around in the
    steel for a few seconds and then the following message will scroll by:
    GOOD WORK! NOW
    THAT THE T-1000 HAS
    BEEN DESTROYED, YOU
    HAVE GUARANTEED THE
    SAFETY OF THE HUMAN
    RACE, AND ALL LIFE AS
    WE KNOW IT...
    OR HAVE YOU?
    HASTA LA VISTA BABY!
    It then shows a peaceful scene of children playing in a park with trees and
    a skyline in the background. A quick staff credit scroll goes by and then it
    returns you to the LJN title screen.
    
    
    TESSERAE (GameTek)
    -This game is like one of those peg games where you have a bunch of pegs in
    holes and you need to leap frog over the other pegs, removing them until
    there is only 1 peg left. Tesserae uses tiles instead of pegs and there are
    several different kinds of tiles, including ones that you cannot move and
    others that need to be jumped over several times. There are a total of 9
    boards (called Mosaics) to play on. You can either practice an individual
    Mosaic or you can play in a TOURNAMENT, which requires you to play through
    all 9 of the Mosaics to get to the ending. There are 3 difficulty settings:
    Beginner, Intermediate and Advanced. You will get the same ending no matter
    which difficulty setting you played through. As for the ending, play through
    all 9 Mosaics in the Tournament and when you finish Mosaic 9 the screen will
    fill up with changing tiles and then go to a grey screen that says SUPER
    PLAYER in black. Pressing a button will bring you back to the title screen.
    This could seriously be in play for one of the worst endings ever, consider-
    ing how difficult it is to finish all 9 Mosaics on the Advanced difficulty.
    Definitely a disappointment. Thanks to nolberto82 for coming up with a Game
    Genie code to clear a Mosaic with one move (0B9-25F-081 & 189-24F-A29).
    
    
    TETRIS (Nintendo)
    -The classic puzzler for the Game Boy. Pretty much everyone has heard of
    this one and if they owned a Game Boy, chances are they owned Tetris. There
    are 2 different modes of play to choose from: A-TYPE and B-TYPE. I will
    explain each one and what you can do to trigger the endings:
    -A-TYPE-
    In this mode you can choose what speed level you want to start at, from
    0-9 with 9 being the fastest. You then play Tetris until your pieces reach
    the top of the screen. Now depending on how many points you score, you will
    get a bonus scene when your game ends:
    -0-99,999 points-
    You get no bonus, just a GAME OVER screen.
    -100,000 - 149,999 points-
    After the GAME OVER screen it shows a rocket getting ready to launch. It
    then slowly launches and then you enter your name on the TOP SCORE screen.
    -150,000 - 199,999 points-
    after the GAME OVER screen it shows a larger rocket than the one you got
    with the lesser score launching then you enter your name on the TOP SCORE
    screen.
    -200,000 - 999,999-
    An even bigger rocket with a pod attached to the top of it takes off then
    you enter your name on the TOP SCORE screen. I have scored 999,999 points
    in this mode (it stays at 999,999 and doesn't reset) and I still got this
    3rd rocket ending.
    -B-TYPE-
    In this mode you can choose what Level (0-9) and how High (0-5) you want to
    play at. You will get endings for finishing Level 9 at the various heights.
    Here is what you will get:
    -Level 9, High 0-
    There will be a lone violinist playing a tune at the top of the screen with
    a sun in the sky and some Russian spires in the far background.
    -Level 9, High 1-
    You will get the same ending as the previous High, but now another musician
    joins the violinist, this one playing what looks like a guitar.
    -Level 9, High 2-
    You will get the same ending as the previous High, but now a third musician
    is playing a large instrument between the other two.
    -Level 9, High 3-
    You will get the same ending as the previous High, but now a fourth member
    of the band, a drummer, joins them on a lower platform.
    -Level 9, High 4-
    You will get the same ending as the previous High, but now a 5th and 6th
    member of the band, both playing flutes, appear to the right of the drummer.
    -Level 9, High 5-
    You will get the same ending as the previous High, but now you have the
    entire band, as a guy with an accordian is next to the flutists, two male
    dancers are on the platform above them and two female dancers are in the box
    on the lower right side of the screen. But that's not all! It then goes to a
    screen showing a giant space shuttle blasting off and then CONGRATULATIONS!
    appears. Now that is a pretty cool ending.
    
    
    TRAX (HAL)
    -This is an underrated tank shooter from HAL, makers of both Kirby and Lolo.
    It is kind of charming for a tank game, as HAL put their special brand of
    humor into the game, especially the ending. You can choose to play MAIN GAME
    or MULTI GAME. The MAIN GAME is, well, the main game. I will get into that in
    a bit. The MULTI GAME is where you and up to 3 other players can complete for
    tank supremacy on your choice of 12 screens. There is no ending in this mode
    and if you have no friends you play against 3 computer opponents and will get
    1st, 2nd or 3rd place after there is only one tank left, but there is no end-
    ing in this mode. It does keep a score count for you as you go but you can
    keep playing in this mode for as long as you feel like it. Now in MAIN MODE
    you will play through a mere 4 Stages of a tank shoot 'em up. Think Iron Tank
    for the NES with fun added to it. Actually, it did remind me more of the NES
    game Jackal now that I think of it. Anyway, there is a good sized boss at the
    end of each stage you must defeat. When you reach Stage 4 and get through the
    Stage you will eventually have to defeat all the bosses (and mini-bosses) all
    over again. When you get to the final boss you have to beat him several times,
    as he will move up off the screen and come back at you equipped with new wea-
    pons attached. When you finally destroy him a sign saying GIVE UP! will appear
    where he was and it will show a view of his huge base in the city blowing up.
    You are ejaculated from the exploding base and land far in the distance. The
    screen scrolls as the base ejects the main bad guy, as he lands on his head
    next to you. The final scene it switches to shows the bad guy chasing after
    you as the sun sets in the background and the words THE END appear. It will
    stay here until resetting.
    
    
    TRUE LIES (LJN)
    -This is a basic straight-forward action shoot em up that spans 6 unnumbered
    Stages. There are a few weapons you can get, like the Uzi, shotgun and gren-
    ades, that help you in your mission but the only downside is a lack of bosses.
    In fact, Aziz, the final boss, is the only boss in the game, unless you count
    the nuclear device right before him that you have to destroy. Anyway, blast
    your way through and when you get to the Office stage (Stage 6) fight through
    it and eventually you will have to destroy that nuclear device and then get
    to the roof top. Up there you will find Aziz standing on an airplane with
    your gal hanging from it. Just keep firing at Aziz, preferably with the Uzi,
    and he will eventually be knocked off the plane. You then get to watch some
    digitized pics. The first one shows a side view of the falling Aziz. The next
    one shows a top down view of the falling, screaming Aziz. The next one shows
    something blowing up, probably Aziz. And the last one shows Arnold holding
    the rescued girl. You then get a screen showing all of the BEAM PRODUCTION
    TEAM followed by the WHITE TEAM who produced the game for Acclaim. It then
    returns you to the title screen. A short ending for a short game.
    
    
    TUROK - BATTLE OF THE BIONOSAURS (Acclaim)
    -This is a decent action quest and is completely different than the Turok
    game for the N64. First off, you can choose from EASY, MEDIUM or HARD
    difficulty but these only affect the health that Turok starts with and will
    not affect the ending you get when finishing the game, so playing it on EASY
    will get you the same ending as playing it on HARD. The difficulty will also
    determine how many hits your enemies can withstand, so play it on EASY unless
    you like a challenge. There are a total of 8 Areas to explore. You must find
    3 Keys in each Area which will allow you to enter the transporter to the
    next Area. There is a Hub area with all the transporters to each Area and
    you will notice that the transporters do not activate until you find the 3
    Keys in an Area. Also, each Area has a piece of the Chronoscepter. These are
    vital to the game, as you can defeat the final boss, The Campaigner, with
    the completed Chronoscepter weapon. So when you get all the Keys in Area 7
    and move on to Area 8 you will not need to find any more Keys since all the
    Areas are unlocked, but you will need to get the final Chronoscepter piece.
    You will find this after beating the toughest foe in the game, the giant
    T-Rex. After defeating the T-Rex and assembling your weapon, you will face
    off against The Campaigner. Now keep in mind that your Chronoscepter only
    has 3 shots for ammo. The Campaigner takes 2 shots to defeat, so you do not
    have a lot of room for error in this final battle. When you manage to defeat
    him he will explode and Turok will run to the right and leap into the water.
    He will swim off the screen and then it will show a screen with Turok watch-
    ing The Campaigner's fortress explode as the ACCLAIM CREDITS scroll by on
    the bottom of the screen. THE END appears and pressing start brings you back
    to the title screen.
    
    
    ULTIMA - RUNES OF VIRTUE (FCI)
    -This isn't your typical Ultima RPG. It is more of a cross between Legend of
    Zelda and Adventures of Lolo. Your goal is to go into 8 dungeons and recover
    the 8 Runes that have been scattered among them, 1 in each dungeon. There
    are weapons, items, armor, keys and other things you would find in a normal
    RPG, but this game is more action oriented. It has Lord British and you get
    to choose between 4 characters that Ultima fans are familiar with, but the
    game itself is not part of the Ultima canon. So go from dungeon to dungeon
    and when you need your last Rune it will be in the Great Stygian Abyss. In
    this dungeon you will have to battle several dragons, including 2 of them
    that guard the final Rune (in the room after a nasty arrow teleportation
    room). Do away with the dragon and hit the switches behind each of them to
    open the gate into the area with the Rune. It will be guarded by many in-
    visible enemies that will be shooting at you so make a run for that Rune and
    you will trigger the ending. It shows your character walking toward the Rune
    and then holding it up in the air followed by the following text:
    YOU HAVE
    RECLAIMED THE
    RUNE OF
    HUMILITY!
    It then goes to a screen with the following:
    CONGRATULATIONS!
    YOU HAVE FOILED
    THE BLACK KNIGHT,
    AND RETURNED THE
    EIGHT RUNES OF
    VIRTUE. LORD
    BRITISH SUMMONS
    YOU TO HIS THRONE
    ROOM TO BE
    KNIGHTED.
    The next screen shows Lord British sitting on his throne with a big ankh
    symbol on a banner on the wall as the character you played as walks into
    the room and kneels at the base of the throne. Lord British raises his hand
    to signify your becoming a knight and THE END appears on the screen. It then
    returns to the title screen. As an added bonus, where it gives you the option
    to JOURNEY ONWARD or to BEGIN A NEW GAME, if you select JOURNEY ONWARD and
    then speak to Lord British he will give you this message:
    CONGRATULAIONS!
    THOU HAST
    RETURNED THE
    EIGHT RUNES!
    After this you are free to wander around the world but your quest is over.
    Also of note, the ending does not change whether you played the game on Easy,
    Medium or Hard difficulty.
    
    
    UNIVERSAL SOLDIER (Accolade)
    -This is the same game as the Amiga/C64 game Turrican II: The Final Fight.
    The main difference is the programmers adding in 3 new levels and changing
    around some of the enemies and orders of the levels. Your mission is to track
    down and kill Andrew Scott, played by Dolph Lundgren in the movie. Your char-
    acter, a marine played by Jean-Claude Van Damme in the movie, has several
    different weapons and power-ups that can be obtained. There are a total of 10
    Levels. According to the manual the layout of the Levels is as followed, even
    through there is no indication on what World or Level number you are playing:
    World 1 (2 Levels)
    World 2 (3 Levels)
    World 3 (3 Levels)
    World 4 (2 Levels)
    You obtain a passcode upon completing a Level, which I have submitted to the
    Gamefaqs site in case you actually want to use them. When you get to the end
    of World 4, Level 2, which consists of you riding lifts up towards the top of
    the area, you will fight a giant version of Andrew Scott (bigger than the one
    you fought earlier in the game). He comes at you slowly and when he reaches
    the edge of the screen he will use his jetpack to fly back towards you. Just
    wear him down, hopefully with some special weapons if you have them, but if
    not just keep hammering away at him with your weapon. When he is finally des-
    troyed he will disappear and THE END will appear on the screen in giant let-
    ters. Press a button and you will get the following scrolling message:
    YOU HAVE DESTROYED
    THE SERGEANT AND THE
    CORRUPT ORGANIZATION
    WHICH DID THIS TO
    YOU
    YOU HAVE SAVED ME
    AND HELPED ME TO
    FIND HAPPINESS
    YOU MUST NOW LEARN
    TO LIVE AGAIN IN
    PEACE
    It then shows the Code Monkeys and Accolade staff credits and will return to
    the title screen when you press a button. This is definitely a no frills, ba-
    sic ending. Also of note, you get the same ending whether you beat the game
    on EASY or HARD difficulty. The difficulty mode mainly affects the time you
    get to complete each Level.
    
    
    WARIO LAND - SUPER MARIO LAND 3 (Nintendo)
    -Wario's first solo adventure. You must make your way through 7 different
    lands which each having anywhere from 4 to 6 Courses, for a grand total of 40
    Courses to play through. The 6 Courses in Sherbet Land are optional, so
    technically you do not have to play through all 40 Courses to finish the
    game. Now the ending will be determined based on how many coins you have
    collected throughout the game, as it keeps a running tally. There are also 15
    secret treasures hidden throughout the game, each of which are worth anywhere
    between 1000-9000 coins a piece. When you get to Syrup Castle you will play
    through Courses 37-40. At the end of Course 40 you will encounter Captain
    Syrup. She will use her magic lamp to summon a genie who will go after you.
    The only way to beat him is to toss the magic lamp around until a puff of
    smoke comes out of it. Hop on the puff of smoke and ride it up to jump on the
    genie's head. Bop him a total of 6 times and he will be defeated. It will
    then show Wario in Captain Syrup's room. She runs off and throws a giant bomb
    at Wario, but he escapes before the castle crumbles, leaving the lost statue
    of Princess Toadstool in the rubble. Mario then appears in his helicopter and
    airlifts the statue away while Wario can only stand and watch. Wario then
    throws down the magic lamp and the genie reappears. Wario wishes for a castle
    and the genie asks him for his money bags he has collected. This is where it
    goes to the money tallying screen. It will tally up the last of the coins you
    got in Course 40 and then give you the coin value for each of the treasures
    you collected. The total amount of coins you have determines what kind of
    ending you will get. The following coin amounts are what Wilson Lau found in
    his great Wario Land guide:
    300+ Coins gets you 1 Money Bag which grants you a Birdhouse
    10072+ Coins gets you 2 Money Bags which grants you a Tree Trunk
    40008+ Coins gets you 3 Money Bags which grants you a Log Cabin
    70008+ Coins gets you 4 Money Bags which grants you a Pagoda
    90008+ Coins gets you 5 Money Bags which grants you a Castle
    99999+ Coins gets you 6 Money Bags which grants you a Planet
    After you Coins are tallied up Wario hands the genie however many Money Bags
    he got from his Coins and the genie grants him the appropriate home listed
    above. The credits will then roll underneath Wario and his new home and will
    finish with the message PLEASE RETRY! unless Wario got 99999+ coins and got
    the Planet. If he was able to do this it will say PERFECT GAME! instead. It
    will stay on this screen until you reset.
    
    
    WHEEL OF FORTUNE (GAMETEK)
    -This is a simple, watered-down version of the classic TV game show for the
    Game Boy. You can choose 1 Player, 2 Players or 1 Player vs Computer. The
    first 2 options are for fun so in order to "beat" this game you must play
    against the computer. There will be 3 Rounds to play. The first 2 Rounds
    are normal, where you take turns against the computer spinning the wheel
    and guessing letters until one of you solves the puzzle. In Round 3 you
    spin the wheel once, which determines what the value will be for all the
    guessed letters in this round. You then take turns (without spinning the
    wheel) guessing letters and trying to solve the puzzle until one of you
    gets it. If you have scored more points than the computer opponent you will
    go on to the final round, where you must try to guess a final puzzle by
    providing 5 consonants and one vowel. If you manage to guess the answer it
    will say in the area where the puzzle answer was:
    CONGRATULATIONS
    YOU HAVE WON
    It will then go to a screen showing a pile of money and $25,000 written
    above it. That, my folks, was the ending screen. It will stay there until
    you press the Start button and when you do it will return you to the title
    screen. I told you this was a watered-down version, right down to the bad
    ending.
    
    
    WHO FRAMED ROGER RABBIT (Capcom)
    -An interesting game from Capcom, where you have to guide Roger Rabbit through
    6 Scenes and defeat Judge Doom at the end. In each scene you have to find
    clues and items that will let you progress through the scene. You can wander
    around the city but cannot reach certain areas unless you have already achie-
    ved a certain task. In each Scene you have to defeat or catch one of the wea-
    sels (except in Scene 1) and they will give you a clue to let you move on to
    the next Scene. When you get to the end of Scene 6 you will enter Doom's
    place. There is a bit of a maze to find your way through but you will finally
    reach Doom (be careful not to fall in the hole in the center of the room where
    he taunts you for being too slow). Just keep punching him (or if you have any
    bullets left, shooting him) while avoiding the shots from his dip gun and you
    will finally defeat him. He sits in the corner waving the white flag and then
    it switches to Roger meeting Jessica in a room with this dialogue:
    JESSICA: OH, ROGER. YOU WERE SPECTACULAR.
    ROGER RABBIT: JESSICA DARLING! I WAS WORRIED SICK ABOUT YOU! I'M GLAD YOU'RE
    SAFE! YOU WANNA PLAY PATTY CAKE TONIGHT? (Hopefully he does more than that!).
    Eddie then enters the room:
    EDDIE VALIANT: I HATE TO BREAK UP THIS HAPPY REUNION, BUT DO YOU STILL HAVE
    THE WILL?
    JESSICA: SURE! RIGHT HERE!
    The screen changes to one where Jessica is holding Roger with hearts around
    them and more dialogue:
    EDDIE VALIANT: WELL, IT LOOKS LIKE TOONTOWN IS SAFE AT LAST.
    Next it shows the various scenes where you defeated the weasels throughout the
    game as well as Judge Doom, Benny the Cab, Jessica, Eddie Valiant and finally
    Roger Rabbit. The next screen shows a curtain closing on the words THE END and
    the next screen shows Roger saying THANK YOU FOR YOUR PLAYING! and you are
    brought back to the title screen. Not a bad ending compared to a lot of the
    other Game Boy games I have finished.
    
    
    WIZARDS & WARRIORS CHAPTER X: THE FORTRESS OF FEAR (Acclaim)
    -This is a straight-forward action game and is linear, unlike the Wizards &
    Warriors games for the NES where you can do a bit of exploring. In this Game
    Boy version the level numbers are displayed on the screen while you are play-
    ing, which is much better for my tastes as opposed to a game like Gradius: The
    Interstellar Assault, where the stages just blend into each other. Anyway,
    there are a total of 17 stages to play through and here is the breakdown:
    Level 1-0, 1-1, 1-2, 1-3
    Level 2-0, 2-1, 2-2, 2-3, 2-4
    Level 3-0, 3-1, 3-2, 3-3
    Level 4-0, 4-1, 4-2
    Level 5-0
    Level 5-0 is a maze where you have to go through certain doors in order to
    reach the end. When you do you will face off against the wizard Malkil. He
    reminded me of the Emperor from Return of the Jedi with his robe and ability
    to shoot lightning out of his fingertips. He warps around the ledges you are
    standing on so you need to be alert and attack him the second he reappears.
    After hitting him enough times he will perish and you will get a nice little
    screen showing you holding your girlfriend with the following text:
    WELL DONE SIRE
    YOUR QUEST IS
    SUCCESSFUL
    THE EVIL MALKIL
    IS DEFEATED
    You will then be able to enter your initials on the SCROLL OF HONOUR and then
    it will return to the title screen. The three NES games were definitely better
    than this. I'm not sure why it is Chapter X in the subtitle but perhaps they
    thought they were going to release 6 more Wizards & Warriors titles for the
    NES before it was all said and done. Sadly the franchise never made it beyond
    the Game Boy and NES as far as I am aware.
    
    
    WORDZAP (Jaleco)
    -There is quite a bit to explain in this word-making game, as there are
    several games to choose from. The 2 main games are WORDHAI and WORDZAP. Each
    of these has several games within them as well, as follows:
    WORDHAI
    -Challenge Play
    -Free Play
    -Timed Turns
    WORDZAP
    -Any Letter (Solo)
    -Next Letter (Solo)
    -Any Letter (2 Player)
    -Next Letter (2 Player)
    Let's describe how to get the WORDHAI ending. I say ending because you only
    get an ending in CHALLENGE PLAY. FREE PLAY and TIMED TURNS are just practice
    games that you can play however you want. Now in WORDHAI CHALLENGE PLAY you
    can choose from 3 difficulty settings (1 being the easiest) but you will get
    the same ending no matter which one you choose. The object of CHALLENGE PLAY
    is to play through 6 Rounds, each Round having 4 levels for a total of 24
    levels. After each Round is completed it will show the following famous
    landmark "blasting off":
    Round 1: Space Shuttle
    Round 2: Big Ben
    Round 3: Eiffel Tower
    Round 4: Statue of Liberty
    Round 5: Leaning Tower of Pisa
    Round 6: Sphinx of Giza
    Yes, they all take off and blast into space. Pretty amusing. When you finish
    Round 6-4 and watch the Sphinx of Giza blast into the sky you will get a
    screen showing the following:
    CHALLENGE PLAY
    CONGRATULATIONS!
    FOR YOUR WORLD TOUR,
    PRESS:
    SELECT, A, LEFT,
    A, DOWN,
    B, A, RIGHT
    FROM THE TITLE
    SCREEN!
    It will then bring you to the title screen when you press start where you can
    try the code or play again. Now for the WORDZAP game. There are 4 choices in
    WORDZAP but we won't describe the 2 Player options, so lets get into the 2
    sub games, ANY LETTER and NEXT LETTER (both Solo). The object of ANY LETTER
    is to spell 7 words before the computer does. You can choose a difficulty
    from 1-5 and a Vocabulary of 1-3. Your ultimate goal is not to play to a
    particular Round, as they continue on and on (it actually goes to Round 99
    and then flips to Round 0 and keeps showing Round 0 after this no matter how
    many Rounds you finish), but to win enough games to improve your ranking. If
    you start on the easiest difficulty you must win about 10 Rounds before
    reaching Rank 1 but if you start on the hardest difficulty you will start at
    around Rank 6. Here are the Ranks to attain:
    Rank 1: Word Nerd Class B
    Rank 2: Word Nerd Class A
    Rank 3: Word Master
    Rank 4: Word Hero
    Rank 5: Word Ace
    Rank 6: Word Maestro
    Rank 7: Word Guru
    Rank 8: Word Star
    Rank 9: Word Wiz
    Rank 10: Golden!
    Playing on Difficulty 1, Vocabulary 1, I reached Rank 10 at Round 43 (and
    that was winning every Round, so I'm not sure if you would reach it at a
    later Round if you lost some Rounds). The computer is playing extremely fast
    so getting the Golden Rank is very difficult. After you attain this Rank you
    will keep playing but there are no more Ranks to reach, so consider getting
    to Rank 10 as finishing WORDZAP ANY LETTER SOLO. As for WORDZAP NEXT LETTER
    SOLO, other than the fact that the gameplay itself is slightly different, the
    entire set-up that you had in WORDZAP ANY LETTER SOLO is the exact same
    set-up you have in WORDZAP NEXT LETTER SOLO, right down to having to attain
    the same exact 10 Rankings and the Round numbering not really mattering since
    your goal is to just get to Rank 10 Golden. Consider reaching Rank 10 in both
    ANY LETTER and NEXT LETTER your ultimate goal and you will be a WORDZAP (and
    WORDHAI) master. Unfortunately, the only real ending on the entire cartridge
    is getting the World Tour code screen after finish Round 6-4 in WORDHAI.
    
    
    WORLD BOWLING (Romstar)
    -This is a simple, straight-forward bowling game where you choose your char-
    acter (boy or girl), your ball weight and then dive right into the first
    match. You will see 6 countries listed with a number next to them. That num-
    ber is what you need to reach for a score to move on to the next country. If
    you do not reach that number or higher you go back to the title screen. The
    countries and their target score to reach are as follows:
    Japan 200
    China 210
    USA 220
    Canada 230
    France 240
    England 250
    You only get to bowl one string to beat the score. Once you get the hang of
    where to position your bowler on the screen you need to get used to the two
    meters. One controls direction of the ball thrown and the other controls the
    power behind your throw. As you see the countries have progressively higher
    scores to beat, so when you reach England you really need to be on your game
    throwing strikes and spares and even then it is hard to reach 250 points. If
    you manage to do that against England you will get the one screen ending that
    shows a picture of your character and a picture of what look like two Chinese
    guys on the bottom of the screen. The accompanying text says:
    CONGRATULATIONS
    YOU ARE
    GOOD PLAYER
    SCORE ###
    Pressing B will bring you to the title screen. That is pretty much all there
    is to this simple game, simple ending included.
    
    
    XENON 2 - MEGABLAST (Mindscape)
    -This isn't one of the better shooters for the Game Boy but at least it gives
    you the opportunity to buy better weapons in between levels and after boss
    battles. You can also choose between Easy, Medium and Hard difficulty. My
    first playthrough of the game was on Easy. There are a total of 5 levels to
    play through, each with decent sized bosses and mini-bosses to defeat. At the
    end of Level 5 you will face off against a large battleship. Take out all the
    turrets and gun placements all around it and it will be destroyed. Once you
    have obliterated it the alien shopkeeper will appear and say:
    THATS ALL
    FOLKS
    DONT FORGET
    TO TURN OFF
    YOUR SET
    The screen turns black like a TV turning off and then you get my least favor-
    ite message you can get after beating a game, GAME OVER. You are then plopped
    back into Level 1 with 1 life but with your score intact. If you play through
    the game again you will get the same exact ending. Now if you play the game
    on Medium or Hard difficulty you simply start with less lives but you will
    get the same exact crappy ending that you got when you beat the game on easy.
    Very disappointing ending for Xenon 2 (or Xenon II as it says in the opening
    screen of the game).
    
    
    YOGI BEAR IN YOGI BEAR'S GOLDRUSH (GameTek)
    -This is a really good, really underrated Game Boy platform game. The con-
    trols are crisp and there is enough hidden stuff to keep you replaying it
    for a long while. You must guide Yogi through 6 Stages. Each Stage has mul-
    tiple areas. There are also 2 endings to this game, a good ending and a bad
    ending. In order to get the good ending you must find 2 vaults in each Stage.
    Each vault has 25 coins in it, so that means 50 coins in each Stage. It will
    add up the coins when you finish the stage and for every 25 coins you col-
    lected you will earn a gold bar. The ultimate goal is finishing the game with
    12 gold bars (from the 300 coins you collected from the 12 vaults). There are
    only 2 bosses in the game. One at the end of Stage 3 and the final boss at
    the end of Stage 6. When you defeat that final boss (a cloud with a cowboy
    hat...not sure if this is Evil Jake or not) you will get either the bad or
    the good ending. They are explained below.
    BAD ENDING
    It will show a picture of the JELLY STONE PARK gate with a lock on it and the
    following text will scroll by:
    YOGI YOU HAVE FOLLOWED THE MAP AND TRAVELLED THROUGH ALL THE LANDS BUT YOU
    HAVE FAILED TO FIND ALL TWELVE HIDDEN SAFES. YOGI YOU MUST RETRACE YOUR STEPS
    AND THIS TIME FIND ALL OF THE STOLEN MONEY IF JELLYSTONE PARK IS TO REMAIN
    OPEN THIS WINTER. The Yogi Bear staff credits then scroll by followed by THE
    END and it goes back to the title screen.
    GOOD ENDING
    If you managed to collect all 300 gold coins from the 12 vaults it will show
    a screen with Boo Boo sitting by an open treasure chest reading a parchment
    with the following text scrolling by:
    WELL DONE YOGI YOU HAVE FOUND ALL OF THE HIDDEN SAFES AND RECOVERED ALL OF
    THE STOLEN MONEY FROM EVIL JAKES CLUTCHES. THANKS TO YOU JELLYSTONE PARK CAN
    STAY OPEN ALL WINTER. YOGI YOU REALLY ARE SMARTER THAN THE AVERAGE BEAR.
    The Yogi staff credits then scroll by followed by THE END and then back to
    the title screen. A special thanks goes out to ninjabearhug for his awesome
    youtube video showing where all the hidden vaults were located.
    
    
    ZEN - INTERGALACTIC NINJA (Konami)
    -This version is much more straight-forward than the NES game of the same
    name. You control Zen and must play through 5 Areas of pollution in order to
    rid the world of some of its nastiest pollution perpetrators. When you start
    you get to choose from 4 Areas to play through in any order you want. They
    are Oil Area, Dam Area, Smog Area and Dust Area. Once you play through these
    (and the bonus rounds at the end of each Area) you get to play a 5th and Fi-
    nal Area. Get through this and you will reach the nasty Lord Contaminous. He
    sits up on his throne holding his skull staff while the boy you are trying to
    rescue, Jeremey, is trapped inside some kind of pod that is floating across
    the top of the room and attacking you. Attack this pod continuously, as you
    will never actually have to go after Lord Contaminous at all. Once the pod is
    ruptured, Jeremy will come out and Zen will toss the crystal to him. Jeremy
    then zaps Contaminous with the crystal as he looks around in disbelief and
    then crumbles to the ground. The next screed shows a view of Zen's spaceship
    with Earth below it as Zen zaps himself up into space and into his ship. The
    next screen shows Zen, Jeremy and 5 of the creatures who appeared in the game
    at one point or another (mostly in the bonus rounds if you got 100% in them)
    and the following message scrolls by:
    LORD CONTAMINOUS
    IS DESTROYED.
    THE EARTH IS
    SAVED,
    BUT THE OTHER
    CONTAMINOUS
    MAY COME BACK.
    THEN, CAN WE
    MEET ZEN AGAIN?
    YOU ARE THE ONE
    WHO SAVED THE
    EARTH.
    It then shows Zen at the controls of his ship as the STAFF credits flash by
    on the screen before him. It ends on the 1992 KONAMI ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
    screen and stays here until you reset.
    
    
    
    ====================
    B. NON-USA RELEASES
    ====================
    
    2ND SPACE (Sachen)
    -This is a Pac-Man like action game found on the Sachen 4-in-1 Volume 6
    multicart. The objective of the game is to fill in all the black spots on the
    screen while avoiding the enemies chasing you. When you fill in all the black
    spots around one of the background picture pieces it will show you what that
    piece of the picture looks like and any enemy travelling over it at the time
    will be destroyed. When you start you can choose between Slow and Fast modes.
    You are very sluggish in Slow mode and you get the same ending when you fin-
    ish either mode, so I recommend Fast. There are a total of 20 Stages. When
    you finish every 5th stage it reveal the picture you were uncovering in the
    previous 5 stages. When you finish Stage 20 it will show you the picture you
    uncovered (this one is a guy taking a corner on a motorcycle) and then bring
    you to the ending sequence. This consists of a screen showing a archway with
    3 flags blowing on either side of it and a gateway will open in front of it.
    The 10 enemies from the game will exit from the gateway one by one followed
    by your character. He stops in the middle of the screen and CONGRATULATIONS!
    will appear at the top. It then shows 7 various staff credits and ends on a
    screen that says THE END PRESENT BY 1993 SACHEN before returning to the title
    screen.
    
    
    A-FORCE (Sachen)
    -The game is known as A-Force but the title screen says Armour Force, so you
    might see it called that. It is available on the Sachen 4-in-1 Volume 6 mul-
    ticart and is a decent side-scrolling shooter, kind of like the side-scroll-
    ing stages of Legendary Wings for the NES (but obviously not as good). You
    start on Stage 1 and when you finish that you get the choice of which Stage
    to play next, between Stages A, B and C. It really doesn't matter which one
    you choose as this is the only time you get an option and you will still have
    to play through the other 2 after you finish the one you chose (if you chose
    Stage C it is called Stage 4 and when you finish that you will play Stage 2
    and then Stage 3). Once you finish the first 4 Stages you will play a final
    Stage 5 (Final Combat). It is a regular stage like the rest and you will face
    the final boss at the end of it, which looks like a core ship boss right out
    of the Gradius/Life Force series but without the walls you have to blast out
    to get to the core. Wear this ship down for awhile and you will eventually
    destroy it. It will go to a screen showing your fighter floating around and
    you will get the following text, rife with spelling errors:
    AD4058, SEPTEMBER-
    THE ARMOR-CLAD
    WERE BEATING THE
    MAINFORCE OF THE
    WESTERN REPUBLIC
    WITH SUPER HIGH-
    TECK WEAPON-
    A-FORCE. UNTIL
    NOVEMBER, WESTERN
    REPUBLIC DECIDED
    TO GIVE UP THE
    INVASION AS THEY
    WERE LOSING. A
    TREATY WAS SIGNED
    BY BOTH SIDES IN
    4059JTOREFRAIN
    FORM INVADING TO
    EACH OTHER AND
    GUARANTEED THE
    PEACE OF THE WHOLE
    GALAXY.
    It then shows a pic of a babe kissing your character with a couple other
    space jockeys in the shot as the staff credits flash beneath it. THE END
    appears and it goes back to the title screen.
    
    
    ADVENTURES OF LOLO (HAL/Nintendo)
    -This is the European version of Lolo for the Game Boy. There was no version
    of Lolo released in the USA for the Game Boy, only this one and a Famicom
    version that is similar but slightly different. It is also a Super Game Boy
    enhanced cartridge. There are a total of 125 puzzles to play through. When
    you start up the game you choose between the Simulation game and the Inter-
    mediate game. Simulation is really basic and is just a learning seminar for
    those unfamiliar with the Lolo series, so the game really starts when you
    start playing the Intermediate stages. There are a total of 16 Stages. The
    first 5 Stages are musical based stages and each have 14 puzzles. The rest of
    the Stages only have 5 puzzles each and are based around an amusement park
    storyline. Here is the breakdown:
    Stage 1 - Hula - 14 puzzles
    Stage 2 - Oriental - 14 puzzles
    Stage 3 - House - 14 puzzles
    Stage 4 - Flamenco - 14 puzzles
    Stage 5 - Ballet - 14 puzzles
    After Stage 5 you get a message saying you have cleared the Intermediate level
    and are moving on to the Advanced level, which takes place in the amusement
    park Gentryland and consists of the following:
    Stage 6 - Merry-Go-Round - 5 puzzles
    Stage 7 - Coffee Cup - 5 puzzles
    Stage 8 - Row Boat Depot - 5 puzzles
    Stage 9 - Haunted House - 5 puzzles
    Stage 10 - Food Zone - 5 puzzles
    Stage 11 - Souvenir Photo - 5 puzzles
    Stage 12 - Flying Rocket - 5 puzzles
    Stage 13 - Roller Coaster - 5 puzzles
    Stage 14 - Castle of Egger - 5 puzzles
    Finish Stage 14 and you get what seems like the ending message but then the
    King of Eggerland appears and tells you that you need 5 more keys to watch
    the Gentry Parade:
    Stage 15 - Gentry Parade - 5 puzzles
    When you finish all 5 puzzles in Stage 15 it will show a picture Lolo's son
    Lulu with the following dialogue:
    LULU: HOORAY, THANKS DADDY!
    LOLO: AHEM!
    KING: OH DEAR ME! WHAT HAS HAPPENED!
    LOLO: STOP ALL YOUR EVIL DEEDS!
    KING: I PROMISE I WILL!
    LULU: OK THEN! LET'S ALL PLAY TOGETHER!
    It then shows a giant Lolo scrolling sideways across the screen holding a
    CONGRATULATIONS! banner with the castle on top of the screen and Lolo, Lala
    and Lulu at the bottom of the screen. Fireworks appear as the staff credits
    flash by. After the credits the 3 of them walk off the screen and a robot
    walks onto the screen and the words THE END appear above it. This seems like
    the end but if you press a button the word PRO appears on the screen. You
    will now be able to play the PRO stage! The 5 PRO stage puzzles are very dif-
    ficult to beat but if you finish these you have beaten the entire game. When
    I exited PRO stage Puzzle 5 the emulator froze, so if anyone knows if any-
    thing happens here let me know, but since you got an ending after finishing
    Stage 15 I am guessing it just returns you to the title screen.
    
    
    ARCTIC ZONE (Commin/Sachen)
    -This is basically a filler game on the Sachen 4-in-1 Volume 5 multicart. I
    suppose if you like frantic, Tetris-style action with repetitive music, then
    you may find a place in your heart for this, but I was glad to be done vet-
    ting it for an ending. You control some kind of polar critter who must throw
    what are probably ice blocks to the left of the screen at the incoming geo-
    metrical shapes. Once you fill in one of these shapes it will disappear but
    there are always more shapes coming at you. You have the luxury of throwing
    a wave at these shapes that will wipe out all of them on the screen at once
    but you are limited to just 4 of these in game. However, I made a Game Shark
    code that give you an unlimited supply (010496C0). I ramble on here because
    there is no ending to write about. As you progress the Level number on the
    screen will get higher and the shapes will come at faster and faster. When
    you reach Level 15 they will be coming at you so fast that if you were play-
    ing this without the cheat code you more than likely would succumb and if
    so much as one of the shapes touches you it is game over. Anyway, if you can
    make it past Level 15's ridiculous speed it goes to Level 00 and the speed
    returns to how it was at the beginning of the game, deathly slow. So you
    can consider the Level number resetting back to 00 as finishing this game.
    This may have been a hit in arcades in the early 80s but for a 90s release
    it is a turd.
    
    
    BANISHING RACER (Jaleco)
    -This is a fun little side scrolling action game by Jaleco that reminded me
    of City Connection by Jaleco for the NES even though the gameplay really
    isn't that similar. Even though it says "Race" in the title, there is no
    racing against other cars in this game, just straight forward controlling
    your car like it was an action hero, jumping on other cars and making it to
    the end of the stage. In all there are 5 Stages, each with 3 levels. At the
    end of Stages 1-3, 3-3 and 5-3 you will have to fight a boss (there are no
    bosses at the end of Stages 2 and 4). The bosses are defeated by bopping
    them on the head several times. When you finish Stage 5-3 you will face off
    against the final boss. Bop him a couple times and since he gets taller
    each time you bop him, you will need to jump off the projectiles he shoots
    at you to get enough height to bop him the last couple times. If you manage
    to do this you will get to view the ending. It shows the usual fireworks
    going off after beating a boss and then shows a scene with your car riding
    along in front of the New York skyline and arriving at the angel that he
    met up with at the end of each Stage. He jumps in the air with his fist
    extended (yes, I said fist), but then the angel seems to explode to his
    wide-eyed chagrin. One of the angel's sparks floats into the newly revealed
    Statue of Liberty in the background as your car putters off. The car then
    oddly flies up and off, disappearing into space as the screen scrolls back
    down to Lady Liberty, who then fades away and is replaced by the girl (the
    angel?) holding her arm in the air like the Statue. The car then appears and
    winks at her and something is said in Japanese and then the staff credits
    flash beneath them and finish up with PRESENTED BY JALECO where it stays
    until you reset. Also, this game was only released in Japan and did not come
    out in the USA.
    
    
    BATTLE OF OLYMPUS, THE (Imagineer)
    -This Game Boy version of the game was only released in Europe and is almost
    identical to the NES version with the exception of a few item prices and how
    many hits certain enemies take to defeat, among other things. In your quest
    you must guide the hero (you get to name him and the girl you must rescue)
    through 9 different areas of Ancient Greece in search of items and weapons
    that will enable you to make it to the island of Tartarus and defeat the
    final boss, Hades. Along the way you will need to use an Ocarina to summon a
    dolphin who will bring you to previously unreachable areas and must collect
    Olives (the game's currency) to trade for items and weapons. The final item
    you must obtain is the Moon Orb which you got from Artemis in Phyrgia. When
    you work your way through Tartarus you will eventually find your girlfriend
    but she is turned to stone. In the next room you will encounter Hades, but he
    is invisible. Use the Moon Orb to make his shadow appear so you can locate him
    then hit him a few times and he will appear in full. Hit him a few more times
    and he will be defeated. Go back to the room where your girlfriend was and she
    will be back to normal again and tell you the following:
    OH, [HERO]!
    YOU'VE BEATEN
    HADES.
    YOU'VE SURVIVED
    THROUGH UNCOUNT-
    ABLE HARDSHIPS
    JUST FOR ME,
    AND I'D LIKE TO
    EXPRESS MY SIN-
    CERE GRATITUDE.
    BEING ABLE TO
    SEE YOU AGAIN IS
    LIKE A DREAM
    COME TRUE.
    LET'S RETURN
    TOGETHER
    TO THE PEACEFUL
    VILLAGE OF ELIS.
    It then shows a picture of you holding your girl in front of a temple with
    LICENSED BY NINTENDO at the bottom. After about 20 seconds or so you get a
    credits screen saying GAME BOY VERSION BY RADICAL ENTERTAINMENT DEVELOPED BY:
    DAVID ROBERTS
    IAN VERCHERE
    PAUL WILKINSON
    DAVE DAVIS
    It then goes back to the previous screen and stays there until you reset.
    
    
    BEAST FIGHTER (Sachen-unlicensed)
    -One of the more interesting Game Boy games, not only because it is one of
    the few unlicensed games out there for the system, but because it not only
    has an ending, but actually has 5 separate endings for each of the 5 fighters
    you can play as. The game itself is a basic side-scrolling action game where
    you play as one of the 5 aliens that crash landed on Earth (yes, there is
    even a story line to this game if you are patient enough to watch it before
    pressing start to get to the title screen). Each fighter landed in a specific
    spot on Earth so whichever one you play as you will have to fight through the
    other fighter's stages, so you only have to play through 4 stages to finish
    the game. Here is a list of the 5 Stages and the alien that landed there
    (complete with Sachen's misspellings):
    America (Beevan)
    Iceland (Kuskli)
    Igypt (Bill)
    China (Dalael/Dalaea/Dalaf) - misspelled 3 different ways
    Frence (Dackla)
    So if you play as Beevan, since he landed in America you do not have to fight
    through the America stage as him. He will only have to play through Iceland,
    Igypt, China and Frence, in that order. At the end of each Stage you will
    have to do battle with the fighter from that Stage, so Beevan will have to
    face off against Dackla in Frence at the end of Stage 4 to finish the game.
    As I mentioned, when you finish all 4 Stages you will get a personalized end-
    ing for the fighter you played as followed by a strange staff credit sequence
    which I will describe after. Here are the individual endings:
    It will show a news anchor at the desk for COMIN NEWS and he introduces each
    of the fighters:
    BEEVAN
    WELCOME TO COMIN NEWS AFTER BEATING THE FOE, [SPACE] IS NOW THE KING OF ALL.
    WHAT IS HE DOING ON EARTH? It then shows Beevan standing in front of the
    Statue of Liberty holding flowers and the anchor says: BEEVAN THE GREAT PRO-
    POSES TO THE STATUE OF LIBERTY WITH ONE THOUNSAND [sic] ROSES EVERYDAY. OH,
    BOY!
    KUSKLI
    WELCOME TO COMIN NEWS AFTER BEATING THE FOE, [SPACE] IS NOW THE KING OF ALL.
    WHAT IS HE DOING ON EARTH? It will go to a picture of Kuskly warming his
    hands in front of a fire and the anchor says: BEING WITH PENGUINS FOR A LONG
    TIME, KUSKLI HAS A COLD!
    BILL
    WELCOME TO COMIN NEWS AFTER BEATING THE FOE, [SPACE] IS NOW THE KING OF ALL.
    WHAT IS HE DOING ON EARTH? It shows a picture of Bill lying in the sun and
    the anchor says: THE SUN WORTHIPER [sic], BILL IS LYING AGAINST THE PYRAMID,
    TAKING A BIG, COZY NAP.
    DALAEL/DALAEA/DALAF
    WELCOME TO COMIN NEWS AFTER BEATING THE FOE, [SPACE] IS NOW THE KING OF ALL.
    WHAT IS HE DOING ON EARTH? It then shows a picture of him pounding something
    into the ground and the anchor says: AFTER THE LONG FIGHT DALAF NOW WORKING
    ON A FARM. WHAT A LIFE!
    DACKLA
    WELCOME TO COMIN NEWS AFTER BEATING THE FOE, [SPACE] IS NOW THE KING OF ALL.
    WHAT IS HE DOING ON EARTH? It will show a comical picture of the Godzilla-
    like Dackla stuck under a buidling as the anchor says: DACKLA GOT STUCK IN
    ARC OF TR-UMPH [sic] WHEN HE WAS ROAMING IN PARIS NOW THE POLICE ARE RESCUING
    HIM.
    After you get the ending story for your fighter it goes to the anchor again
    who says something funny about each of the STAFF members in the game. Here is
    what he says:
    NOW I AM GOING TO INSTRODUCE [sic] THE STAFFS OF THE GAME. LOOK HERE. DO NOT
    LOOK AROUND.
    PRODUCER
    ------------
    DICK LIN
    BORN IN MAR. 18, 1883. SINGLE. BUT HAS A HAPPY LIFE.
    -
    ART EDITOR
    ------------
    H. J. J.
    INFORMATION. INCOMPLETE SELLING TOLIET [sic] PAPERS NOW
    -
    PROGRAMMER
    ------------
    SUNNY CHEN
    YOUNG IDOL. SEEKING FOR PALS. SINGLE. TEL#????
    -
    MUSIC
    -------
    AMADEUS L. WANG
    SINGLE. INTERESTED IN YOUNG GIRLS WHOSE THREE MEASUREMENTS ARE 36, 25, 38
    -
    SOUND EFFECT
    --------------
    STONE CHEN
    MARRIED. INSTRODUCTION [sic] DISPENSABLE.
    -
    TESTER
    ------------
    SUZUKI
    K.K.CHEN
    EI-JOW YANG
    WANG.BS
    LOOK AT ME! GIVE ME A CLOSE UP
    -
    ART DESIGNER
    --------------
    LIN CHEN NAN
    WHOSE IS THIS ONE ?
    -
    DIRECTOR
    ------------
    ANDY CHEN
    TURN UP THE LIGHT.
    -
    SPECIAL THANKS
    --------------
    H. J. J.
    JAMES CHEN
    AND YOU!
    HELLO! DO NOT TURN OFF THE POWER..............................
    THE END appears and it goes to the title sequence.
    
    
    BLACK FOREST TALE (Sachen)
    -This action game is from the Sachen 4-in-1 Vol. 6 multicart. In it you con-
    trol a girl who must travel through the eerie Black Forest. There are a total
    of 10 Stages to play through. You can select any of the first 9 Stages but
    can only play Stage 10 once you finish all of the first 9. In each Stage your
    goal is to buy the key in the shop, which always costs $20. Once you have the
    key a black demon will appear near the exit. Hit him with your wand and the
    exit door will open allowing you to finish the stage. The game is pretty
    straight-forward but there are a couple tricky parts where you have to turn
    the enemies into rocks and push them into the water to clear a path for you
    to get into a new area. Once you finish Stages 1-9 you will automatically
    appear next to the giant tree in the upper left corner of the map, which you
    could not get to before. Play through this last stage and when you exit out
    the door you will get the following message:
    WE TRULY ADMIRE
    YOUR WIT AND
    REACTION.
    THANK YOU FOR
    PLAYING THIS GAME.
    YOUR SCORES ARE
    ######
    The staff credits start scrolling by, lead off by the DIRECTOR JACK CHEN. I
    am guessing the name Sachen comes from this guy. There is also a MACBEAR CHEN
    in the credits. Anyway, the credits are followed up by THE END and you are
    returned to the title screen. Also of note is that there are 3 difficulty
    modes to choose from: Easy, Normal & Hard. You get the same ending for all 3
    of them.
    
    
    BLOCK KUZUSHI GB (POW-Planning Office Wada)
    -This is a Japanese only Game Boy release (Super Game Boy Enhanced also) and
    is an Arkanoid/Breakout clone. There are 2 Game modes to choose from (3 if
    the 3rd selection is for a Game Boy linking option, but I cannot translate the
    Japanese). The first mode is NORMAL mode which I will get into in a moment.
    The second mode is ENDLESS mode, which is just that, endless. The screen will
    scroll down on you and you must break all the blocks before the screen hits
    the bottom. This mode is just what the name implies, endless, and you play it
    strictly for scoring purposes. The main mode in the game is NORMAL mode and it
    consists of 48 Stages. There is a boss fight every 6th Stage and eventually
    you will reach the final boss, Kuwar, at Stage 48. Since the game is in Jap-
    anese only, I found a youtube video for a different version of the game that
    gave a little back story. You basically assembled Kuwar's parts and when you
    finally got him back together he turned on you, so you have to defeat him to
    collect the bounty on him. Anyway, bounce the ball into Kuwar a bunch of times
    and eventually you will just be fighting his head. Now bounce the ball into
    his head a bunch more times and he will be defeated. He will explode and then
    the STAFF credits will roll and finish up with THE END. Press Start and you
    can enter your initials on a "CONGURATULATION!" screen. It will show your
    RANKING, score and time and then bring you back to the title screen.
    
    
    BOMB DISPOSER (Sachen/Commin)
    -This Dr. Mario clone is fun to play and is actually a quality unlicensed
    game by Sachen subsidiary Commin. It is found on the Sachen 4-in-1 Volume 6
    multicart. There are a total of 25 Levels (0-24) to play through. You can
    start at any Level from 0 through 20 but must finish 21-24 in sequence. You
    can also pick the speed you want the bombs to drop at: LOW, MID or HI. The
    ending you get is the same no matter what Level you started playing at or
    what speed you chose. When you finish Level 24 you will get a screen showing
    what I am guessing is you and your military leader standing at a podium with
    4 soldiers sitting 2 on each side. The leader puts a medal over your head
    and the following text accompanies this:
    V CITY IS REBUILT
    BECAUSE OF YOUR
    GREAT PERFORMANCE.
    The game then seems to glitch and returns to the title screen. I'm not sure
    if this is normal or if there should have been credits but it was nice of
    Commin to program this much of an ending into the game anyway.
    
    
    BOMB JACK (Infogrames)
    -This Tecmo arcade classic was reprogrammed by Infogrames for the Game Boy and
    was only released in Europe. Unlike the arcade version, the GB version very
    surprisingly has an ending! There are a total of 60 Levels to play through.
    The backgrounds alternate between 5 places (Egypt, Rome, Germany, New York
    and California). In the arcade version California was only in the rotation
    for the first 30 levels and then never appeared again, but in the GB version
    it keeps alternating with the other cities. When you finish Level 60 you will
    get the following message:
    CONGRATULATIONS
    YOU HAVE SUCCEEDED
    IN FINISHING
    THE GAME
    YOUR FINAL SCORE IS
    [#######]
    The next screen says GAME OVER (a personal pet peeve of mine since I associate
    "Game Over" with losing) and then you get to enter your initials on the BOMB
    JACK high scorers screen. Do this and then it will show a final screen with
    the game's copyright information and a few staff credits then it goes back to
    the title screen. Also of note is that you can choose Easy, Normal or Hard
    difficulty but you will get the same ending regardless of the difficulty.
    
    
    BURNING PAPER (LOZC G. Amusements)
    -This very unique puzzle/shooter game was released in Japan only. The goal of
    each Stage is to eliminate the number of bugs shown in the upper left corner.
    They crawl up from the bottom of the screen and you need to carve out pieces
    of the wall with your laser so they fall on the bugs. There are lots of spec-
    ial items to get to help along the way. There are 4 Stages, each consisting of
    6 sub stages. They are numbered as 1-1, 1-2, 1-3, 1-4 and 1-5 and then the
    6th sub stage is always a boss fight, but it is unnumbered. After you finish
    Stage 4-5 you will go on to fight the Monster Butterfly. In this battle, like
    all the other boss battles, you just try to fry the boss with your weapon
    while avoiding him and and shots or other enemies that are coming at you. If
    you manage to defeat the Monster Butterfly he will fall of the screen and you
    will get the STAGE 4 CLEAR! screen. Your character walks off the screen and
    then the ending shows him walking through the forest while the BURNING PAPER
    STAFF credits scroll under him. The backgrounds will change as he walks to a
    mountainy area, a desert, a city and finally the home of the scientist from
    the beginning. The last screen shows you standing with the scientist and a
    couple of the robotic helpers from the game and a banner lowers that says:
    THE END
    YOURE SCORE [sic]
    PRESENTED BY
    LOZC
    G. AMUSEMENTS
    CO., LTD.
    It will stay here until you reset. Not much of an ending for a fairly diffi-
    cult game but at least we got something from a company I had never heard of.
    
    
    CAPTAIN KNICK-KNACK (Sachen)
    -There's a good chance you have not heard of this game, as I had not until I
    was browsing through codes on gamehacking.org and spotted this one. It was
    released somewhere in Asia in 1999 and is a shooter where you control this
    big block of a ship that can also turn into a ball if you press the A button.
    It is not a quality game, as most Sachen games were not, but it is not total-
    ly horrible either. There are 5 Stages all together, each with their big boss
    at the end. When you get to the end of Stage 5 you will fight what looks like
    one of those slimes from Dragon Warrior, except this thing is a giant slime.
    Hammer away at it and if you manage to destroy it you will get this text:
    AFTER ALL THE PERILS
    PINOLT FINALLY FOUND
    OUT THE CAUSE OF AB-
    NORMAL PHENOMENA IN
    MARDY STAR, AND PASS
    THE CRISIS.
    It then shows a giant turtle flying across the screen with a big gun (appar-
    ently you were a turtle and not a giant block) with the words ALL STAGE CLEAR
    above you. You then fly off the screen, but wait, there's more. On the next
    screen the staff credits scroll by as your turtle character is doing a funny
    yet delightful dance on top of his turtle shell. The turtle then blows you
    kisses as it goes to the next screen that says THE END, shows the HI SCORE
    and YOUR SCORE and then says TRY HARD MODE. Whoa, I failed to mention that I
    played through the game on EASY MODE. I never thought Sachen would have an
    ending like this, nevermind a different ending for playing through on HARD
    MODE. So go ahead and play through the game on HARD MODE. You will get the
    same exact message about Pinolt and the Abnormal Phenomena and get to watch
    him fly across the sky again with his big gun. The credits roll as they did
    before and you get to watch Pinolt get jiggy on his shell again. After the
    credits roll it shows the score screen with THE END on it but unfortunately
    instead of the TRY HARD MODE message there is no message at all. Then it goes
    back to the title screen. A little disappointing, but who actually expected
    any kind of a decent end to this game anyway? This game is found on the
    Sachen 4-in-1 Volume 8 multicart.
    
    
    CHALVO 55 (Japan System Supply)
    -This is an odd action/puzzle game where you control a robot who turns into a
    bouncing ball. I'd say it is more action than puzzle, but the later Stages
    definitely have more puzzle elements. There are a total of 8 Stages. In each
    Stage you must collect 5 Diamonds. Once all 5 are collected you are able to
    enter the boss's chamber. If you find the chamber before you collect the 5
    Diamonds it will be blocked. Once you collect the 5 Diamonds and gain access
    to the chamber you have a Mega Man style hallway to walk through and then you
    will fight the Stage boss. Defeat him and you are on to the next Stage. There
    are a total of 8 Stages. When you manage to get through the confusing Stage 8
    (one of the rooms is like the Lost Woods area from Legend of Zelda in that
    the room seems to keep repeating, but it is really 3 rooms repeating) and do
    battle with the boss tank guy just jump on his head 4 times while avoiding
    being crushed. He will explode and you will get the STAGE 8 CLEAR!! screen.
    It then shows you bouncing down the exploding hallway and out into space. The
    next screen shows you landing next to what I assume is your creator (a fat,
    balding Dr. Light kind of guy with a tool apron). He holds out his arms for
    you and you run to him for the hug as the screen fades (actually it bright-
    ens). The staff credits then flash by and it ends on the 1997 JAPAN SYSTEM
    SUPPLY screen and goes back to the title screen. Two things of note: I beat
    the game using the English translation patch created by LameBoyAdvance. The
    other thing is that there is a hidden Stage 9 you can only access with a
    password. I made a Game Shark code to get there: 010818C8. Do not activate
    this code until the title screen appears. Start a game and once you are in
    Stage 9 you can deactivate the code. That code also works as a general stage
    select code, as you can change the 08 digits to 00-07 to play your desired
    stage.
    
    
    CHOPLIFTER III (Ocean)
    -This game is very similar to Choplifter II for the Game Boy but the levels
    are actually different, despite seeming almost identical to the levels in
    its predecessor. There are also the same exact number of Levels, 15, divided
    between 3 Sectors. However, in Choplifter III instead of playing through all
    5 Levels in a Sector one right after another like in Choplifter II, you play
    through the Level 1 mission in each Sector until you finish all 5 of them,
    then you tackle all the Level 2 missions in each Sector (you start the game
    in Sector 1, Level 1, then it goes to Sector 2, Level 1, then Sector 3, Level
    1 and so forth. When you finish Sector 5, Level 3 it will tally up any bonus
    points you got and then give you an end of the game COMPLETION BONUS by giv-
    ing you 1000 points for every life you have remaining. After this it goes to
    the screen where you chopper flies between the levels and it returns to the
    area where you started the game. You then get a screen showing a closeup of
    your pilot gazing straight into your soul with the word CONGRATULATIONS at
    the bottom of the screen. Hitting a button goes to the ENTER YOUR NAME screen
    and then to the HIGH SCORE screen, then returns you to the title screen. Note
    that Choplifter III was only released for the Game Boy in Europe and never
    made it to the USA.
    
    
    CRAZY BURGER (Sachen)
    -This odd, yet fun game is found on the Sachen 4-in-1 Volume 9 multicart. In
    it you must play through 15 stages (called "Places") and in each stage you
    must gather a pre-determined amount of boxes and bring them to the fire to
    dispose of them. However, you can only carry 3 boxes at a time and on top
    of this, the more boxes you carry the slower you move. Another cool thing
    about the game is that when an enemy hits you it does not kill you but rather
    it adds to your weight. If you get to fat you die. Seriously. There is a
    weightlifting station in each stage you can get to and press A to lose some
    weight, so as you can see the game play techniques are pretty unique for an
    unlicensed game such as this. Anyway, collect all the boxes in each stage
    and burn them and you will move on to the next. When you finish Place 15 it
    will actually give you an ending scene! It shows a city street with a
    couple of buildings around it as well as the burger joint and you get the
    following message scrolled onto the screen:
    FOR THE SACRIFICE
    OF GREAT HAMBURGER
    BURGER TOWN
    FINALLY RETURNS TO
    TRANGUIL [sic].
    HAMBURGER STORES
    CLOSE DOWN FOR
    LACK OF RAW
    MATERIAL.
    Here it will show the burger joint crumbling into the ground, kind of like
    how the castle crumbles into the ground when you beat Castlevania. Once the
    building is gone you will see the odd-looking townsfolk walking around and
    you get this scrolling message:
    AND PEOPLE NOW CAN
    WALK ON THE STREET
    FEARLESSLY, THEY
    DON'T HAVE TO
    WORRY ABOUT THE
    ATTACK OF MAD
    HAMBURGERS.
    HOWEVER, THE FAT
    ARE STILL FAT. THE
    ONLY THING CHANGED
    IS THAT NO ONE IN
    BURGER TOWN DARES
    TO EAT FAST FOOD
    ANY MORE.
    YOu then get a white screen with GAME OVER on it and it goes back to the
    title screen. A pretty good ending for an unlicensed game, especially com-
    pared to some of the other Game Boy titles released around the same time.
    
    
    DAN LASER (Sachen)
    -This simplistic shooter comes to you from the infamous unlicensed company
    Sachen and is only available on the Sachen 4-in-1 Volume 7 multicart. In it
    you control a ship that must blast its way through 7 Missions. At the title
    screen you get to select from NORMAL MODE and CRAZY MODE. NORMAL MODE is,
    well, normal. CRAZY MODE is the same as NORMAL MODE with the main exception
    being that you can destroy the backgrounds of the missions with your giant
    laser, which is actually pretty cool, considering  this was programmed by an
    unlicensed  game company not known for their  quality work. So you will get
    the
    same ending in both modes. There are no bosses in the game at all, so your
    goal is just to make it to the end of each Mission. When you reach the end of
    Mission 7 it will say ALL MISSION CLEAR and then it will switch to a screen
    with a black, starry background with the following scrolling message:
    THANKS FOR PLAYING
    DAN
    LASER
    HOT KEY:
    SELECT-START-A-B
    It will show several programmer credits and say THE END and then the ending
    message will scroll by again, infinitely. As for that code you got in the end-
    ing, you have to enter it at the title screen. Press and hold Select, then
    press and hold Start (while still holding Select), then press and hold A
    (while still holding Start AND Select) then finally press B (while holding
    Start AND Select AND A). It brings you to TEST MODE SELECT STAGE where you can
    select any of the 7 missions, the ending or a strange message.
    
    
    DEEP - FINAL MISSION (Sachen)
    -There really isn't much good to say about this game. It plays like a horrible
    undersea version of Space Invaders with poor hit detection, absolutely slug-
    gish gameplay and zero fun to be had. You control an undersea craft that is
    limited to just moving right and left at the bottom of the screen and have to
    shoot your pea shooter weapon that can only have one projectile on the screen
    at a time. The only power-ups you can get are the abililty to shoot two mis-
    siles out at once and also a big missile that is a single-use missile that
    will take out the enemies in the vicinity of its explosion. As for levels,
    there aren't any. You just play on this one screen until you die. This game
    isn't an officially licensed Game Boy game and is made by the Asian company
    Sachen, who isn't know for their game quality. So there is no ending to speak
    of. There is a preset game score of 25,000 points and if you get a TOP 5 HI
    score you can enter a 5-digit name on the HI scorer's screen. You can flip the
    score back to 0 after getting to 999,999 points but you will never feel the
    need to do such a thing. This plays like a really bad old school arcade game
    and I feel bad for anyone who wasted money on this for gameplay and not just
    a collector's piece. Also, the game is only available on the Sachen 4-in-1
    Volume 9 multicart.
    
    
    EXPLOSIVE BRICK 94 (Sachen-unlicensed)
    -This is Sachen's version of Breakout/Arkanoid and it isn't that bad for an
    unlicensed game. There are a few powerups to be had and each Stage has an
    explosive brick that will destroy all the other bricks in the Stage and let
    you move on to the next one. There are a total of 34 Stages to play through.
    If you somehow manage to destroy all the bricks on a Stage *except* the
    explosive brick you will skip ahead 3 Stages. When you manage to play through
    and finish Stage 34 it will tally up your score and go to a scren with a
    banner with the word COMPETENT moving back and forth on the screen with your
    SCORE and the TOPSCORE on the bottom of the screen. After a few seconds the
    credits will scroll onto the screen and then off of it and you will return
    to the title screen. Nice to see Sachen throw an ending on this. Also of note
    is that this game is only available on the Sachen 4-in-1 Volume 8 multicart.
    
    
    FIRE DRAGON (GYY-Game Unlock Team)
    -This is an unlicensed Chinese Game Boy game where your goal in each stage is
    to collect all the fireballs. When you grab a fireball the next one will ap-
    pear somewhere in the immediate vicinity. Also, the fireball is added to the
    end of your dragon, making it longer. You can select the amount of fireballs
    you need to collect in each stage on the options screen. There are a total of
    50 Stages. When you get to Stage 50 you have a couple enemies bouncing around
    the screen as well as some tight spaces to move around in, so you need to be
    really quick to not only avoid crashing into the walls but to avoid crashing
    in to your ever increasingly long tail as you collect the fireballs. If you
    can finish Stage 50 you will actually get an ending screen which shows your
    weird looking dragon giving the thumbs up while several terrified fireballs
    look on (including one on the end of your dragon's fork). The STAFF credits
    will roll beneath this wonderful image and conclude with THE END. Pressing
    start brings you back to the title screen. Gotta love an unlicensed pirate
    game giving you an ending screen when several other regular Game Boy games
    couldn't be bothered with one.
    
    
    FIRE FIGHTER (Mindscape)
    -This game was only released in Europe. A US release was rumored but unless
    the game appears in prototype form, the Euro version is the only one out
    there. There are a total of 10 Levels. In each Level you must rescue a set
    number of people from the burning buildings. Babies, women and even a fellow
    fire fighter are among the people you must rescue. When you get to Level 10
    things are changed up a bit. You only have to rescue one person (the afore-
    mentioned fire fighter) who is at the top of the burning building. However,
    you cannot climb up through the building but must find ladder icons on each
    floor to bring back to the firetruck to make the ladder bigger so you can
    get to the next floor up to find another ladder piece. There are a total of
    10 floors to the Level 10 building. Once you get to the top, rescue the fire
    fighter and jump back down to your truck to save him and finish the game.
    After the usual screen where it tallies up your points it will go to a screen
    showing the TEENYTOWN HALL (Teeny Weeny programmed this game) and the follow-
    ing message will scroll across the bottom:
    CONGRATULATIONS YOU HAVE SUCCESSFULLY RESCUED ALL THE PEOPLE. THE MAYOR IS SO
    PLEASED WITH YOUR PERFORMANCE HE AWARDS YOU TEENY WEENY CITYS HONORARY MEDAL
    FOR BRAVERY SHOWN BEYOND THE CALL OF DUTY. CAN YOU IMPROVE ON YOUR SCORE AND
    SAVE THE VICTIMS OF THE NEXT CITY. THIS GAME HAS BEEN BROUGHT TO YOU BY THE
    "TEENY WEENY GAMES" TEAM. IN CHARGE OF PRODUCTION "ANGELA SUTHERLAND" PRO-
    GRAMMING BY "PAUL JOHNSON" ARTWORK BY "JOHN CASSELLS" MUSIC BY "BEAM SOFT-
    WARE". COPYRIGHT TEENY WEENY GAMES LTD. 1992.
    The message keeps repeating until you press start. It then goes to a screen
    where you can enter your name (up to 7 letters) and then shows the HIGH SCORES
    then goes back to the title screen.
    
    
    GANSO!! YANCHA MARU (Irem)
    -This is the Japanese version of Kid Niki for the Game Boy. It plays similar
    to the NES version but is much shorter. There are a total of 3 stages, each
    with 3 levels. At the end of each stage you will fight a boss. When you reach
    the end of Stage 4-3 you will do battle with the final boss, the rabbit ninja
    known as Konkio. Defeat him while dispatching of the smaller enemies he throws
    at you and you will be rewarded with the final scroll. Now here is the part I
    am confused about. After getting the scroll it will say WONDERFUL! 20000 PTS
    at the top of the screen and you will walk to the right. An enemy will push
    your girlfriend off the top of the building. Two things can happen here. You
    will catch her as she is falling or you will not catch her as she is falling.
    You cannot control Kid Niki during this so it is either completely random or
    perhaps there is something that will trigger what happens here during the
    boss battle. I thought if you caught the scroll after the battle you would
    catch the girl but I had a save state right before beating the boss and tried
    multiple things, like catching the scroll, not catching it, having the timer
    end in an odd or even number, but whether you catch her seems to be random.
    If she falls into the crack it will show Niki with a very sad look on his
    face and say SORRY KURUMIHIME on the screen as he looks into the crack. Now
    if you do manage to catch her she will give you a big kiss and it will say
    THANK YOU YANCHAMARU on the screen. The rest of the ending is the same whe-
    ther you caught her or not. An enemy will run past you, closing and then open-
    ing the curtain and then you will be inside the building with your girl and
    it will show all the enemies in the game with their name above them. When the
    final boss is shown that same enemy as before will shut and reopen the cur-
    tain and it will show you, Kurumihime, the final boss and a few of the other
    enemies standing as if they are actors on the stage as your and your girl bow
    to the imaginary audience. Curtain guy runs across again but now it will say
    GAME END in front of the curtain. Pressing start will bring you back to the
    title screen. If anyone knows what determines the ending, please let me know.
    
    
    HUGO 2 (Laguna)
    -Hugo 2 is a unique game (unlike Hugo for the Game Boy which was The Bugs
    Bunny Crazy Castle 2 with Hugo characters substituted in) which was only
    released for the Game Boy in Germany. It is a fun action game where you have
    to guide Hugo through 5 levels in search for his girlfriend that the witch
    locked up. The first 4 levels are always selected for you at random and when
    you finish them you will play the final level, called HEXENENDSPIEL. Also,
    in 3 of the levels (WALD, SNOWBOARD and SCHWIMMER) you need to make sure you
    collect as many gold bags as you can, otherwise you will have to replay the
    level. It will tell you how many to get at the beginning of each level. For
    the level titled EISHOHLE you must jump around on platforms, making sure not
    to stay on any one platform too long or you will be shot at, and collect the
    3 trophies when they appear. When you grab one it will show you a symbol...
    remember this symbol. When you grab 3 trophies hop up to the window to es-
    cape. You will then have to pick 3 locks using the 3 symbols you got from the
    trophies. The final stage (HEXENENDSPIEL) takes place on a grid with the
    witch throwing lightning bolts at the floor. Your goal is to grab the key and
    avoid stepping on any of the tiles she has hit with a bolt. Make it to the
    door without falling through and you will go into another room with a door.
    It gives you 5 seconds to memorize the keyhole pattern. It will then put you
    in a room with 8 different keys. Pick the key that fits the keyhole and you
    will get the ending. Did I mention there are 3 different endings? You get an
    ending based on what difficulty you were playing the game on. The 3 diffi-
    culties are: LEICHT (easy), NORMAL and SCHWER (hard). The SCHWER difficulty
    really is hard, as there are more gold bags to collect and you have a timer
    going against you in the EISHOHLE level. Now here are the endings you get:
    --LEICHT (easy) DIFFICULTY--
    After unlocking the door with the correct key it will say the following:
    TOLL!
    DU HAST HUGO
    BEFREIT. VERSUCHE
    JETZT EINEN HOEHEREN
    SCHWIERIGKEITSGRAD.
    This is basically telling you you did great but need to try a higher diffi-
    culty. It will then show the goofy looking Hugo out in a field giving you
    the thumbs up and will go back to the title screen when you press a button.
    --NORMAL DIFFICULTY--
    After unlocking the door with the correct key it will say the following:
    SUPER!
    DU HAST HUGO
    BEFREIT. VERSUCHE
    JETZT EINEN HOEHEREN
    SCHWIERIGKEITSGRAD
    This pretty much says that you are free and to now try a higher difficulty.
    It will then show Hugo and his woman out in the same field Hugo was in in
    the Leicht ending and will go back to the title screen when you hit a button.
    --SCHWER (hard) DIFFICULTY--
    After unlocking the door with the correct key it will say the following:
    SPITZENKLASSE!
    DU HAST ALLE
    LEVEL GEMEISTERT.
    DU BIST DER
    CHAMPION!
    Roughly translated this says, "Top class! You've mastered all levels. You are
    the champion." The picture you get for this ending shows Hugo and his lady
    holding hands on a beach in front of a nice black & white sunset with birds
    flying in the air and a heart coming from them. As an added bonus when you
    press a button the Laguna staff credits will roll by and when they are fin-
    ished it will say HAPPY END, then you can press a button to get back to the
    title screen. It's nice to be rewarded for beating the game on the hardest
    difficulty, especially in an obscure, foreign (to me) game I had never heard
    of before playing it.
    
    
    JANKENMAN (NCS)
    -This is a typical action/platform game with a not-so-typical twist. Instead
    of fighting bosses at the end of each stage you will play a game of Janken
    against them, or Rock-Paper-Scissors as we call it in the USA. There are a
    total of 5 Stages. You can choose any of the first 4 stages to play and can
    even play through them again after beating them for more points. When you
    finish all 4 Stages the 5th and final stage will unlock. In each Stage there
    are 2 doors you can go through to play Janken against an old man. These
    games against the old man will be a best of 5 series, so whoever wins 3 games
    first wins the match. When you get to the end of the stage and play Janken
    against the boss (same guy for all 5 stages) you have to beat him at least
    5 times, but if he beats you it takes away one of your wins, so you need to
    keep playing him until you fill up all 5 stars at the top of the screen.
    When you beat him in the first 4 Stages it will release one of your friends
    from the top of the screen that he was holding captive. When you defeat him
    on the final stage he will run of the screen and you will do your victory
    dance. It will then show the score screen and how much time you had left and
    then will go to a sequence showing the hero walking at the top of the screen
    as blocks of text scroll by below him, from right to left. When this is done
    it simply returns you to the title screen. This ending text is completely in
    Japanese, so if anyone knows what it says feel free to drop me an email. So
    as you have probably surmised, this was a Japanese only Game Boy release.
    
    
    KLAX (Hudson)
    -The Hudson version of Klax is the Japanese (J) release. It is a completely
    different Klax game than the Mindscape released North American version. The
    differences are visually apparent even though they are basically the same
    game. In this version you have to get the horizontal, vertical and diagonal
    Klaxes, same as in all version of Klax, with the occasional point scoring goal
    every 5 stages. In this version there are 100 Waves to play through, 1 more
    than in the North American version. The screen right before Wave 100 says:
    WAVE: 100
    YOU MUST GET
    250000 POINTS
    HINT: THIS IS THE
    LAST WAVE OF KLAX.
    GOOD LUCK!
    SCORE
    #######
    Finish Wave 100 and you get the following screen:
    YOU WON
    1000000 PTS
    BONUS
    THANK YOU FOR
    PLAYING KLAX!
    SCORE
    #######
    Pressing a button will bring you back to the title screen. At least you get
    an ending in this Japanese version of Klax. Also of interest, the programmers
    left an easy to find cheat in this game if you press Select during gameplay.
    
    
    LAWNMOWER MAN, THE (The Sales Curve)
    -This game gave me a headache. The Lawnmower Man was released in Europe and
    did not make it overseas to the USA. It was released under the name Virtual
    Wars in Japan. The stages in this game are not numbered but are separated by
    the different modes of play found in the game. I am going to divide the game
    into 6 stages. Stage 1 is a sidescroller where you must go through 5 levels.
    Each level has a warp gate you must activate and you will have to go through
    a warp zone where the action turns into first person view as you must get
    through the zone. When you defeat the killer gas pumps you will move on to
    Stage 2. Here you must fly through a tunnel, avoiding dots along the way that
    sap your strength. The dots have a pattern and you can try to navigate through
    the tight spaces between dots. At the end of Stage 2 you will have to battle
    a giant head but if you can shoot the 5 or 6 warps behind the boss while doing
    battle against him you will move on to Stage 3. Stage 3 just has you driving a
    car, but at least you can see your distance meter at the bottom to see how far
    you need to go to finish the stage. Stage 4 is very similar to the Sega game
    Space Harrier. You have to fight through 4 waves of enemies and you will even-
    tually reach Stage 5. Stage 5 is called "The Shop" and is similar to Stage 1.
    Just like in Stage 1 you must find the warp to activate in each level. When
    you beat the boss at the end and jump into the warp you will go to Stage 6,
    the final battle against Doomplayer. This stage is like your typical shooter,
    where you must dodge spiked balls and take your shots at Doomplayer when you
    can. Powerups float by that you can grab and you will need them to outlast
    the guy. As you shoot Doomplayer he will loose his legs and then his arms.
    When he no longer has any limbs left just keep hammering away at him and you
    will finally put this difficult game out of its misery. Defeat Doomplayer and
    it goes to a victory screen that says the following:
    THE DOOMPLAYER
    IS DEFEATED!
    CONGRATULATIONS
    DR ANGELO.. VIRTUAL
    SPACE IS UNDER YOUR
    CONTROL AGAIN.
    OR IS IT ..?
    PRESS START.
    Go ahead and press Start. The next screen says:
    GAME OVER
    100% COMPLETED.
    YOUR SCORE: 00192980 (my score)
    A NEW HIGH SCORE!
    PRESS START
    Pressing Start again brings you back to the title screen. Normally I hate get-
    ting a GAME OVER message after beating a game but I was so glad to finally put
    this game out of its misery I didn't care what kind of ending it gave me. This
    game had potential with the different modes of play, but it was just too hard
    for the average player.
    
    
    MAGIC MAZE (Sachen/Commin)
    -This is an unlicensed game by Sachen, released under the name Commin...kind
    of like how Ultra released NES games even though they were really Konami.
    Yeah, not really the same, but you get the idea. Anyway, this game is found
    on the Sachen 4-in-1 Volume 8 multicart (along with Captain Knick-Knack,
    Flea War and Explosive Brick). There are a total of 50 Stages to play through
    and recover all the gems in each Stage. Strangely, you can select any of the
    50 Stages to play at any time. When you finish Stage 50, whether you started
    there or played through all 50 Stages, it will simply loop back to Stage 1.
    This is what you would expect from a Sachen ending, even though a few of the
    games they put out had decent endings.
    
    
    MAGICAL TOWER (Sachen)
    -This game would have been a hit on the Game Boy if one of its actual licen-
    sees had released it. You play as a hand that must go around a screen and
    get rid of the other hands. The fun part is that if you are familiar with
    the game Janken aka Rock-Paper-Scissors you will discover that if your hand
    is in rock form then you can eliminate any of the enemy hands that are in
    scissor form but the paper hands will kill you (the enemy rock hands will
    just bounce off you). If your hand is showing paper then you can eliminate
    the rock hands and if your hand is in scissors form you can defeat the paper
    hands. Once you clear a Floor of hands you go on to the next one. Your hand
    will change form if you touch an enemy (that doesn't kill you) or grab a
    fist symbol when it appears. There are a total of 25 Floors. When you finish
    Floor 25 it will show your hand (in scissors form) in a throne room. Some
    type of spectral being lowers onto the throne and then it goes to a screen
    showing your hand and what looks like a wizard and he says the following:
    MY SPELL IS BROKEN
    BY YOUR COURAGE.
    THE SPELL CAST ON
    YOU WILL VANISH
    WHEN THE SUN RISE.
    IS IT TRUE....
    YES. MY BRAVE SON.
    MAY YOUR COURAGE
    BRING YOU FORTUNE
    SO LONG.
    It was cool that Sachen had the ending programmed in English even though the
    game was released in Asia. Anyway, the next screen shows the hand turning
    back into human form, complete with t-shirt with a scissors hand on it. The
    screen then shows the MAGICAL TOWER logo and several STAFF credits flash by
    ending with THE END PRESENT BY 1993 SACHEN. This was a decent ending, better
    than a lot of licensed game endings for the Game Boy. For those looking for
    this game it is found on the Sachen 4-in-1 Volume 5 multicart.
    
    
    MAKAI MURA GAIDEN - THE DEMON DARKNESS (Capcom)
    -This is the sequel to Gargoyle's Quest, which only saw a Game Boy release
    in Japan. It is the same game as Gargoyle's QUest II for the NES. Some web
    sites say there were a couple levels added to the Japanese Game Boy version
    of the game but I played through using an NES walkthrough and it played out
    step-by-step to the NES version. I also used a translation patch created by
    Bailli so the ending message you will be reading below is what the ending
    said in English according to his translation. This game plays just like the
    original Gargoyle's Quest. You must defeat bosses and talk to characters and
    kings in order to get items, new weapons and jump/flying upgrades. It plays
    like a combination of action/RPG but it the quest is quite linear, with the
    exception of having to go back to a few areas to get items you could not get
    previously. The story is that an evil guy named Goza has brought back the
    nemesis from the original game, Breager. Once Firebrand (your character) is
    strong enough he can go into Breager's castle to do battle. You will run into
    Goza first, who is difficult to defeat but can be done in with repeated shots
    to the head. Once he is done you will go after Breager. To defeat him you
    must also go for his head while avoiding his shots and the orbs he sends
    after you. Having gotten Bereal's Wings helps tremendously at this point in
    the game, as you have infinite flying power. Once Breager is defeated he will
    say the following (translated by Bailli):
    I CANNOT BELIEVE
    THIS! I NEVER
    DREAMED MY PLOT
    WOULD BE THWARTED
    BY YOU, RED
    BLAZE. BUT
    REMEMBER, SOMEDAY
    I WILL REVIVE AND
    DESTROY YOU!
    Breager disappears and you are warped to the throne room of King Lethe where
    his retainers and subjects praise you if you decide you want to talk to them.
    Go talk to the King and he will say the following:
    I APPRECIATE YOUR
    EFFORT,
    FIREBRAND. I
    NEVER DREAMED.
    YOU WERE THE
    LEGENDARY RED
    BLAZE. BY THE
    WAY, I HEARD OF A
    VERY BEAUTIFUL
    LAND CALLED THE
    HUMAN WORLD. IT
    IS UNDER
    CONSTRUCTION.
    EXPLORE THE LAND
    AND IF YOU LIKE
    IT, TAKE IT OVER
    AND BE THE KING.
    FIREBRAND, LEAVE
    FOR THE HUMAN
    LAND NOW!
    The screen then goes white and you get the following scrolling message:
    WHEN FIREBRAND
    DEFEATED KING
    BREAGER, FIREBRAND
    RELEASED ALL OF HIS
    POWER. THE GHOUL
    REALM WAS ENVELOPED
    IN FLAMES AND THE
    BLACK LIGHT WAS
    SWEPT AWAY TOGETHER
    WITH THE KING OF
    DESTRUCTION'S ARMY.
    THUS THE GHOUL REALM
    RETURNED TO ITS
    PEACEFUL STATE AND
    FIREBRAND FULFILLED
    THE LEGEND OF THE
    RED BLAZE. AND HIS
    LEGEND WAS HANDED
    DOWN FROM GENERATION
    TO GENERATION.
    It then shows a gallery of all 7 bosses and then shows Firebrand then goes to
    the CAPCOM PRESENTS THANK YOU FOR YOUR PLAYING screen where it stays until
    you reset.
    
    
    MASTER KARATEKA (Bandai Shinsei/Broderbund)
    -This is a remake of the classic PC game Karateka with some slight changes.
    It was also only released for the Game Boy in Japan. The first choice you get
    to make when you start is what difficulty level you want to play. You have 3
    to choose from, with 1 being the easiest and 3 being the hardest. When you
    choose the difficulty you then get to allocate some points to either your
    power, life or speed attributes. After this you start Stage 1. Defeat the
    lone enemy and you get a cut scene showing Evil Master Karateka Akuma order-
    ing one of his soldiers to attack. The next part of Stage 1 has you fighting
    off a wave of attackers before you finish the stage and get to see that the
    Princess is being held captive. Stage 2 is set up the same. When you get to
    the end you have to get past the infamous gate. Get close to it, do a couple
    kicks and it will come crashing down. If you are under it it is game over for
    you. When it comes down just keep kicking and when it goes all the way up you
    should be able to walk under it to complete the Stage. Stage 3 is in Akuma's
    castle. Go through a few rooms, defeating the enemies along the way, and when
    you open a door and an eagle comes at you you will know you are entering
    Akuma's room. I'm not 100% sure what method to use to beat him, as I've got-
    ten to him and beaten him easily and other times I've gotten to him and could
    not register a hit. Regardless, I made a Game Shark code that lets you always
    have the throwing star weapon (011D16C2), which can inflict great damage on
    him if he doesn't block it. Anyway, once you defeat Akuma and his eagle you
    can walk into the room where Princess Mariko is being held captive. If you
    played the game on difficulty level 1 or 2 you will simply walk to her and
    she will embrace you, kicking her leg back in the air as you hug. It will
    then go to a screen that says THE END with your SCORE and then go back to the
    title screen when you press start. If you played the game on difficulty level
    3 you get a the same ending, except when you approace the Princess it will
    show a close up of the Princess' face before you hug her. It's not a major
    difference but I was actually surprised that a game like this rewarded you
    with something extra for beating the hardest difficulty. By the way, if the
    movement of your character reminded you of Prince of Persia's character it is
    because that game and this one were created by the same guy, Jordan Mechner.
    
    
    MINESWEEPER - SOUKAITEI (Pack-In-Video)
    -This classic PC time waster was released for the Game Boy only in Japan.
    It plays exactly like the old PC versions but has 3 modes. In PLAY MODE
    you just choose between 3 Levels to play and can play these Levels at 10
    different difficulties (10 being the Hardest). When you finish playing the
    board you chose you simply play it again. So finishing a Level 3 board on
    10 difficulty is the hardest option but you get no ending, so it is just
    basically a free play mode. The meat of this game is the 7-MISSIONS mode.
    In this mode you "travel" to 7 different geographical areas and must com-
    plete 10 boards in each area. The missions are:
    Mission 1: S-PACIFIC
    Mission 2: N-PACIFIC
    Mission 3: S-ATLANTIC
    Mission 4: N-ATLANTIC
    Mission 5: INDIA
    Mission 6: ARCTIC
    Mission 7: ANTARCTIC
    You do move around on a map between Missions but it is just cosmetic, as
    the gameplay screen is no different in the different areas. When you fin-
    ish each Mission you will get a 3-digit password for the next Mission. Now
    when you have played through the game and get to the 10th board in the
    ANTARCTIC (Mission 7) and finish it, you will get the same CONGRATULATIONS!
    screen that you get after each Mission but this one says CLEAR! ANTARCTIC.
    When you PUSH START as directed you do not get an ending but simply get
    sent back to the password screen. A horrible non-ending here, but notice
    that you have the password 1NT on the screen. Press Start and play the
    game using that password and you will be able to unlock rocks in the 3rd
    mode of the game, EDIT MODE. All this mode consists of is making your own
    boards but at least you got a tiny bit of something from playing through
    the 70 boards in 7-MISSIONS mode.
    
    
    MONTEZUMA'S RETURN! (TAKE-2 INTERACTIVE)
    -This is a European-only Game Boy release. It gives you the option of playing
    in English, French, Dutch, Spanish or Italian, so they covered their bases
    for their target audience. As for the game itself, it reminded me a bit of
    the NES game Super Pitfall, in that you are an explorer having to blindly
    play through rooms not knowing exactly where to go or what your main object-
    ive is. Well, I played this for quite awhile and I am 99% certain I know how
    I got to the ending. If you press Select during play you will see that you
    are in a giant pyramid, which spans 19 rooms wide at its base and 10 rooms
    high at its peak. If you press right or left on this Select screen you will
    see there are several other areas of the pyramid to explore, but luckily they
    are not as vast as the 1st area. Your ultimate goal in this game is to defeat
    2 of the Montezuma statues. They are located in the bottom left area of the
    pyramid in the 1st big pyramid area and another is located in the 3rd area
    of the pyramid. To defeat these statues you must collect the knife items that
    are located nearby the statues and jump through the statues head. You will
    know you registered damage when its eyes turn white. The statue in the 1st
    area takes around 8 hits while the one in the 3rd area takes 12 hits. You
    will actually have to leave the room to grab more knives, but at least it
    keeps track of how many times you have hit them when you leave the room. When
    I beat the 2nd statue I thought the game would end but it did not. I had no
    idea what to do so I figured that you had to collect all the gems scattered
    throughout the game, but luckily this was not the case. If you go back to the
    1st area of the pyramid (the big one) there is a room located at x10, y4
    (these are my own coordinates, not the game's, using x as the horizontal axis
    and y as the vertical axis) that you enter from the room below it. It will
    have a total of 6 gates, 3 to either side of your character. You only need to
    open 3 of the gates to get into the room, so hopefully you have those key
    types left over. I climbed to the center of the room where the torch was and
    it triggered the ending. I believe if you do this before you have defeated
    the statues nothing will happen, but I did not get into this room until I had
    beaten both statues, so when I touched the torch it flashed 4 separate pass-
    words (NNM2-WSY, NNM2-WJ8, NNM2-V?9 and NNM2-V2?) and then the ending screen
    appeared. This screen shows your character in a treasure room with a chest,
    diamond and coins all around him while he is holding a rapier up in victory.
    The text on the screen says:
    CONGRATULATIONS!
    YOU HAVE
    DEFEATED KING
    MONTEZUMA
    When you press a button you get to ENTER NAME on a screen and then it shows
    the HIGH SCORES then pressing a button again returns you to the title screen.
    I checked the passwords I was given when finishing the game and they start
    you at various points in the pyramid, including one where you start right
    after defeating one of the Montezuma statues.
    
    
    PALAMEDES (Takara)
    -This game was only released in Europe and Japan for the Game Boy. It plays
    almost identical to the NES version. It's basically Tetris with dice. There
    are 3 options at the title screen: 1 PLAYER GAME, 2 PLAYER GAME or TOURNA-
    MENT. If you play the 1 PLAYER GAME you get to choose between 5 Difficulty
    levels, with Level 5 being the hardest. You get the same ending no matter
    which one you choose unfortunately. In 1 PLAYER GAME you will have to play
    through a total of 20 Stages (same in each of the 5 Difficulties). When you
    finish Stage 20 it will go to a screen showing the boy and the girl standing
    on a raised platform. They slowly move towards each other and she rests her
    head on his shoulder. That is the entirety of the 1 PLAYER GAME ending. In
    the 2 PLAYER GAME you just play against a friend who has a Game Boy, so
    this is just for fun and isn't accessible playing on a lone Game Boy. Now
    for TOURNAMENT mode, you will have to choose between 3 SET, 5 SET or 7 SET.
    All this does is determine how many matches you will have to play against
    each opponent in the bracket. Whichever one you choose, you will have to
    play through each bracket, which will consist of you beating 4 different
    opponents. When you win the final match you will go to the top of the brack-
    et and then go to a screen where you are standing on that raised platform
    again with the girl and several people looking on as fireworks go off. She
    walks over to you and hands you flowers then gives you a kiss and the word
    CHU with a small heart appear above you as your eyes bulge. A dog then runs
    by and snatches the flowers from you and you fall over as the girl chases
    the dog to get the flowers back. The staff credits flash by on the bottom
    of the screen and finally it goes to a screen showing the faces of you and
    the girl smiling and you flashing the peace sign with THE END at the bottom.
    
    
    PARODIUS (Palcom)
    -Another cool Konami game (they released their games in Europe under the Pal-
    com title) that was not released in the USA. It is a whimsical Gradius clone
    very similar to the Famicom version of Parodius, with a lot of the same bosses
    and characters. In this version you can play as 4 different characters: the
    Vic Viper, the Octopus, Twin Bee and Pentarou. There are also 3 difficulty
    settings: Easy, Normal & Difficult. However, no matter what combination of
    character and difficulty you choose, you will get the same exact ending, with
    just 1 tiny exception that I will get into in a bit. There are a total of 8
    Stages but they do not stop and restart, but rather bleed into the next one.
    The first 2 Stages have multiple bosses but you will know when a new Stage
    starts because of the usual music that accompanies the beginning of every
    Stage and the usual 4 enemy sets that come at you from the beginning. When
    you reach the 8th Stage you will eventually get to the final boss, a giant
    Octopus with its tentacles hanging from rings on the top of the bottom of the
    screen. Simply blast at the rings and they will eventually break, bringing
    defeat upon the boss (this is actually the same boss as the Famicom version).
    It will then go to a screen showing the planet, which is a living organism,
    twitch a couple times and then let out a giant sneeze as birds fly around
    its dazed face. This scene is a parody (get it?) of the planet blowing up at
    the end of Gradius. As the planet cries, your character, depending on which
    one of the 4 you chose, escapes and flies by in front of the planet. This is
    the small difference I mentioned earlier, as it does ending does distinguish
    which character you used. About 8 staff credits will flash by at the bottom
    of the screen followed by the message:
    WE LOVE
    GRADIUS1 TOO
    PRESENTED BY KONAMI appears and then pressing start will restart you at Stage
    1 with your score intact. You can play through the game but will still get the
    same ending you got on your first playthrough. It would have been nice to get
    slightly different endings playing the different difficulties, but at least we
    got something.
    
    
    PENTA DRAGON (Yanoman/Japan Art Media)
    -This is an interesting hybrid of action shooter/adventure as you guide a
    dragon/girl mixed character through 7 Stages on a quest to free her mother
    from the Penta Dragon. The game is entirely in Japanese, therefore being a
    Japan-only Game Boy release, but a group called HTI made a translation patch
    for the game and I will be using that to write up the ending text. As for
    the Stage layout, each Stage has several sections to play through, with the
    exception of Stages 2 & 4, which both consist of one large land mass you have
    to find your way through rather then the normal segmented stages. Each Stage
    has a big boss at the end of it and while you are playing the game you will
    encounter random mini-boss battles throughout the stages. You can run from
    these mini-bosses but you will not be able to use a warp crystal until you
    defeat them (or as I encountered in the later stages, a string of them). So
    when you finally defeat the boss at the end of Stage 7 you will have some
    dialogue with the final boss, the Penta Dragon, and then you will face off
    against him. The battle is tough, as he takes away a slew of damage by just
    touching him, so keep blasting him when you can and make liberal use of the
    powerups you have left in reserve. When you finally deal enough damage to him
    he will explode. Your mother will then appear on the screen, complete with
    her missing eye, and you will exchange the following dialogue with her:
    LISA:
    "MY DAUGHTER...YOU'VE ARRIVED!"
    "I'VE NEVER BEEN SO HAPPY! A SUITABLE SUCCESSOR HAS BEEN FOUND!"
    SARA:
    "MOTHER... I..."
    LISA:
    "SARA...YOU DON'T HAVE TO SAY ANYTHING..."
    "NOW YOU WILL TEND THE HEAVENLY LAND AND AWAIT ITS NEXT SUCCESSOR."
    "SOON I WILL DIE. THEN I WILL LEAVE THIS WORLD AND GO TO HEAVEN."
    "AND WHILE I'M THERE...MAYBE I'LL BECOME A GODDESS..."
    "I MUST GO NOW...I KNOW YOU'LL GROW UP TO BECOME A FINE ADULT."
    "GOODBYE...I LOVE YOU, SARA...MY DAUGHTER..."
    SARA:
    "MOTHER...THANK YOU..."
    "DON'T WORRY, I WON'T LET YOU DOWN."
    "...MOTHER? M...MOTHER! PLEASE, WAIT A LITTLE LONGER! MOTHER!!!"
    It then shows several screens of staff credits followed by END and goes back
    to the starting story. Some reviews compare the game to Zelda, but I really
    didn't see any similarities and thought it felt more like a Gauntlet game at
    times.
    
    
    POP'N TWINBEE (Konami)
    -This Game Boy version of the popular Famicom/Super Famicom/NES/SNES game is
    short and sweet. There are only 6 stages to play through (you can select the
    order you want to play through the first 4 stages at a start menu) and they
    all scroll vertically, unlike the NES version (Stinger) which alternates
    horizontal and vertical scrolling stages. At the end of Stage 5 you will have
    to defeat 5 (!) bosses which have appeared in previous TwinBee games. Do this
    and you will go on to the 6th/Final Stage, which is a final boss battle with
    Cyber Poppo (full name: Super Delicious Ultra Cyber Poppo). This odd looking
    bird/vulture takes a bunch of hits to beat but do it and it will explode in
    great glory. The next screen shows your ship escaping from the floating island
    as it explodes and crashes to the ground. It then goes to a STAFF credits
    screen in the clouds where a curtain raises as characters drive by in the
    TwinBees revealing the staff names behind them. After this the KONAMI logo
    fills the screen. Pressing start brings you back to the title screen. Not much
    of an ending to this one but better than nothing. Not that this game was not
    released in the USA and this ending description is for the European release.
    
    
    POPEYE (Sigma)
    -This game was released in Japan only and is completely different from the
    Game Boy game Popeye 2 or the original Popeye arcade game for that matter.
    You must guide Popeye through a maze and need to do a few things to exit each
    stage. You have to find Olive Oil (make sure you don't run into Brutus or you
    will lose her and have to find her again), grab all the hearts, get Wimpy a
    burger by grabbing spinach, then a burger, then running into Wimpy and fin-
    ally you must find the Baby (Sweet Pea) to exit the stage. At the options
    screen you can choose between 3 Courses: A COURSE, B COURSE and C COURSE.
    Each Course has 5 Stages you must finish. When you finish all 5 Stages in
    COURSE A and COURSE B it will bring you back to the title screen. However,
    when you finish Stage 5 on COURSE C you actually get an ending screen! It
    shows Popeye and Olive Oil walking down a path between rows of trees with a
    church in the background as wedding music plays and hearts rise from the
    happy couple. Olive puckers her lips at Popeye as he looks at her lustily.
    After 30 seconds or so it returns to the title screen. I did not think there
    would be an ending to this but was glad to see one at the end of COURSE C.
    
    
    R-TYPE II (Irem)
    -I'm pretty sure this sequel to R-Type was only released for the Game Boy in
    Europe but I am not 100% sure of this. For this game ending, I used the Euro
    version to play through as I could not find a USA version. This plays similar
    to the original R-Type, as you get to charge your weapon before you fire it,
    but there are a couple different weapons you can get and there are only 5
    stages in the sequel as opposed to 6 in the original. When you get to the
    final boss at the end of Stage 5 (its name is Uom) it is wise to go after the
    guns shooting at you before you after the two weird like fetuses rotating
    around inside of it. Once you destroy the entire unit it will disappear and
    you will get the following message:
    THE BATTLE IS OVER.
    THE BYDO EMPIRE
    WHICH WAS ATTEMPTING
    TO EXPAND ITS
    TERRITORY OVER THE
    GALAXY COLLAPSED
    HERE.
    MANY PLANETS WERE
    INVADED BY THE EVIL
    EMPIRE AND TURNED
    INTO DEATH STARS
    BUT ARE RECOVERING
    TO THEIR ORIGINAL
    SHAPES.
    THUS THE UNIVERSE IS
    RESTORED TO PEACE.
    THANK YOU
    FOR SAVING US.
    As this message scrolled by several other ships appeared on screen with yours
    and sped off at the end of the message. The short credits then scroll by and
    it says PROGRAMMED IN WALES (which leads me to believe this was released in
    Europe only) followed by the message RUN SILENT RUN DEEP. I have no idea what
    this means. Pressing start lets you enter your initials on a high scorers
    screen then you are brought back to the title screen. Now a cool thing about
    the original R-Type for the Game Boy was that you could hold Down and press
    Select at the title screen and it would bring up an options screen that would
    let you select HARD difficulty (which was the same as the 2nd Quest you would
    have to play through after beating the game once) and when you beat the game
    on HARD (or played through the 2nd Quest) you would get a better ending mes-
    sage. Well, R-Type II also lets you access an options screen by pressing Down
    and Select at the title screen. You will be able to choose from EASY, MEDIUM
    and HARD here (MEDIUM is the default setting you normally play) but unfortun-
    ately you will get the same exact ending no matter which of the 3 difficulty
    levels you choose, which is too bad since HARD mode is extremely tough.
    
    
    RAINBOW PRINCE (Gowin)
    -This is an unlicensed game by Gowin that was released in 93-94. I had no
    idea what the game was about other than it being a rare unlicensed Game Boy
    release. I was impressed immediately by the scene after the title screen
    where a demon steals a girl and flies off with her. It goes to another screen
    showing what appears to be a kind and queen begging you, I assume the Rainbow
    Prince, to go save her. This is followed by a 3rd opening scene showing the
    Rainbow Prince brimming with power. Anyway, start a game and you are greeted
    by a giant mer-man face that opens its mouth and has a 1 in it. This face
    will greet you at the beginning of each Stage with the stage number in its
    mouth. So the game starts up...and its a shooter?? Not only is it a shooter
    but it is a pretty damn good Twinbee/Stinger clone. Clouds will appear every
    so often and you can shoot a bell object out of it that can be shot repeated-
    ly like the bells in Twinbee to give you a power up, like a spread shot for
    instance. So this ends up being a decent shooter, though the background
    graphics for the stages are a bit cheesy, but the boss fights at the end of
    each stage are good quality boss battles, complete with learnable enemy pat-
    terns and everything. So battle your way to Stage 5 where you will eventually
    face two posts with skulls on them. Destroy the skulls and you will go on to
    fight the devilish looking demon that stole the girl. He sits on a throne and
    his head will pop off at times and go after you. Just keep hammering at him
    and eventually he will be defeated. It will then show a scene with your char-
    acter, the Rainbow Prince (looking like a certain North Korean dictator just
    a bit) walking towards the girl he just rescued. She plants a kiss on him, he
    smiles, hearts appear above them and THE END appears below them. It will stay
    here until you press start. This is probably one of the best unlicensed Game
    Boy games out there and could definitely have gotten the Nintendo seal of
    approval.
    
    
    SAGAIA (Taito)
    -This Japanese only release game for the Game Boy is part of the Darius series
    and is one of the best, if not THE best, shooter for the Game Boy. You control
    a ship in this under water themed shmup and have to battle through a total of
    8 Zones. Not only do you have to defeat a boss at the end of each Zone but in
    Zones 4 & 8 you have to battle against newer versions of the previous bosses
    you already defeated. At the end of Zone 8, after defeating three mini-bosses,
    you will face off against the final boss, GREAT THING. He has apparently been
    a boss in several other Darius games and here he is the leader in the portable
    version. Blast away at this fiend, hitting his weak spots and his mouth when
    it is open, and eventually he will be toast. It then shows you flying through
    what looks like an asteroid field and your ship will suddenly transform into
    a phoenix or some sort of bird and fly off the screen. It then shows a close
    up of your pilot's face and the STAFF credits roll. The TAITO logo shows up
    and it brings you back to the title screen. However, for you ending freaks
    like myself, there is a little variation on the ending you get. On the opti-
    ons screen you can pick between EASY, NORMAL and HARD difficulty settings.
    The endings for all 3 are the same, but with one exception. In the ending
    description above I played through the game on NORMAL and it show's a close
    up of the pilot. It was a male pilot. If you finish the game on the EASY set-
    ting, the ending will be the same, except it will show a female pilot. Now for
    the weird one, when you finish the game on HARD difficulty it shows you turn-
    ing into the phoenix like the other 2 difficulties, but instead of it showing
    the pilot's face it shows a weird object floating over a planet. Not sure if
    this is a piece of the final boss or a strange looking ship, but it looks like
    a hand holding a sickle. If anyone can clear this up for me, please do. The
    STAFF credits roll as usual after this, so the only difference in the 3 end-
    ings is the pic it gives you.
    
    
    SKY ACE (Sachen)
    -Let me preface this write-up by saying I "finished" this game on an emulator.
    Visual Boy Advance to be exact. I mention this because when I reached the 1st
    boss of the game it was unhittable...ghost-like in fact. Your bullets go
    right through the enemy plane and do not register any damage. If you happen
    to be in the 0.00073% of the people reading this guide to see what the ending
    to this game is like, I only know because nolberto82 made 3 Game Genie codes
    that allow you to skip the boss battles and go on to the next Mission. The
    crappy part is, none of the bosses take any damage. If you happen to be play-
    ing this game on the Sachen 4-in-1 Volume 7 multicart that this game is found
    on I would love to know if the actual cart has this glitch. If it does, then
    this ending description is pretty much useless and only for the novelty of
    reading an ending for an unbeatable game. The game itself isn't bad, as it is
    a shooter in the vein of the 1942/1943 series. The object of each Mission is
    to shoot enough enemy planes to reach the set % of planes shot down to make
    the boss appear. In Mission 1 that percentage is 80%. Reach that number and
    the unbeatable boss will appear. For the record, there are a total of 5 Mis-
    sions in the game. If you were able to beat the final boss at the end of Mis-
    sion 5 it goes to a screen showing an illustration of 3 fighter planes tak-
    ing flight from an aircraft carrier then it goes back to the title screen.
    FOr those interested, here are the 3 Game Genie codes created by nolberto82
    that allow you to skip boss fights when you reach the goal percentage of en-
    emies shot down in each Mission:
    56B-9AB-E65
    FAB-99B-3B2
    CDB-98B-4C1
    I really have no idea how he figured these out but the guy is known for mak-
    ing unbelievable codes, like walking through walls, jump anywhere and hit
    anywhere codes, so I probably shouldn't be surprised by these.
    
    
    SMURFS NIGHTMARE, THE (Infogrames)
    -This game is also known as Smurfs 3 and was only released in Europe. You
    get to choose between 4 different languages, which you can do in the other
    2 Game Boy Smurf games, but this 3rd installment is a bit different from
    the others. It has the typical platform scenes like the others, but there is
    an element of adventure to this game. You start the game in the Smurf village
    and there is a strip of 6 Smurf houses as well as a few other areas of inter-
    est, like a mole looking for his glasses, a well and a rabbit looking for a
    carrot. Each of the houses needs a key to get into it. There is a visible
    key next to the first house. Get the key, go into the house and you will be
    in the 1st Level, called The Kitchen of Danger 1. Play through this platform
    level and also Kitchen of Danger 2 right after it and you will come out of
    the house with the carrot. Bring it to the rabbit for a single side-scrolling
    level where you are riding the rabbit. Make it to the end and you get the key
    for the next house. Keep going through the game like this and eventually you
    will reach the very last house, which contain The Laboratory of Hell 1 & 2.
    All total there are 16 Levels to play through. When you defeat the final boss
    at the end of The Laboratory of Hell 2 level go through the door and it will
    tally up your score. It then shows your Smurf talking to Papa Smurf between
    2 Smurf houses and he says the following:
    WELL DONE!
    YOU HAVE
    RESCUED ALL
    THE SMURFS.
    GARGAMEL
    DESERVES TO
    BE TAUGHT A
    LESSON!
    HE S GOING TO
    BE SMURFED
    INTO HIS
    WORST
    NIGHTMARES...
    Sparkles start coming out of the flask that Papa Smurf is holding and then it
    goes to a screen showing the sleeping Gargamel (with Azrael beside him)
    dreaming of a few of the enemies you encountered during the game and then the
    staff credits scroll by followed by THE END and then it dumps you back into
    the title screen. You get the same ending whether you finish the game on EASY
    or HARD difficult, even though HARD is definitely an increased challenge over
    EASY.
    
    
    SMURFS TRAVEL THE WORLD, THE (Infogrames)
    -This is The Smurfs 2 for the Game Boy and was a European release, unavailable
    in the USA. In this version of the game you control either Inquisitive Smurf
    or Smurfette and have to travel to various parts of the world to collect the
    pieces of the magic crystal that they broke. These are the 6 places you will
    be travelling to:
    AFRICA
    NORTH POLE
    ASIA
    NORTH AMERICA
    SOUTH AMERICA
    AUSTRALIA
    Each of these 6 places has 3 stages, making it a total of 18 stages to play
    through. The stages have anywhere from 3 to 9 crystals you must find to finish
    a stage and sometimes they are hidden in plain sight and other times you have
    to defeat an enemy to get it. Most of the stages are similar but there are 2
    that are different. The second stage in North America scrolls automatically as
    Gargamel's cat Azrael chases you. If he touches you, you are doomed. You only
    need 3 crystals in this stage and they are all at the very end. The other odd
    stage is the very last one you will play, the third stage in Australia. It is
    a pretty difficult stage as you must have great jump timing and need to swing
    from snake vines and jump off flies to reach platforms. You only need 3 cry-
    stals in this stage and they are all at the end as well. When you collect the
    3 at the end of this last Australian stage you will get the ending. It shows
    the map screen with the 6 locations X'd off and the words WELL DONE!!! at the
    bottom. It then shows a picture of Inquisitive Smurf and Smurfette appearing
    back at the Smurf Village with these words at the bottom:
    WHAT A RELIEF
    TO BE HOME AFTER
    SUCH A LONG TRIP!
    You then get a CONGRATULATIONS! screen with your FINAL SCORE and the staff
    credits flash by before returning to the title screen. Also of note, there are
    2 difficulty settings: EASY and HARD. You get the same exact ending for both
    of these. The game also has 4 languages to choose from, so the ending message
    will be in whatever language you chose.
    
    
    SPACE INVADERS (Taito)
    -This ending description is for the version of Space Invaders released in
    Japan only and not the Super Game Boy compatible version of Space Invaders
    that was released in the USA. This Japan-only version is very simplistic.
    There are a total of 30 old school Rounds of Space Invaders to play through.
    When you finish Round 10 you will get a COFFEE BREAK! intermission screen,
    complete with a crudely drawn cup of hot coffee with the words LET'S START
    THE NEXT GAME! under it. Now finish Round 20 and you will get another COFFEE
    BREAK screen, this time showing a flying saucer blasting away from a planet.
    Finally, finish Round 30 and you will get the ending screen, which shows
    a black background with what looks like the surface of the moon on the bot-
    tom and a view of a shaded Earth in the center with THE END above it. It will
    stay here until you press Start. Not much of an ending, but not too many
    versions of Space Invaders even had one. The funny thing about this game even
    having an ending is that when it was released 4 years later in the USA with
    Super Game Boy compatibility and game linking ability, they removed both the
    intermission scenes and the ending and gave you an endless game. Ouch.
    
    
    STREET RIDER (Commin/Sachen)
    -This unlicensed Sachen game was released on the Sachen 4-in-1 Volume 1 multi
    cart. You control a car that must go through 8 Levels trying to capture a
    pre-set amount of flags to clear a level. You only start with 3 lives and
    have to worry about your oil running out, so it is not an easy challenge. The
    good news is there is an actual ending. When you finish Level 8 it will go to
    a white screen that says ....STREET.RIDER and then the staff credits will
    scroll by underneath that. The SPECIAL.THANK category of the credits thanks
    "MY.MATHER, MY.WIFE and MY.BABY" which is pretty cool thinking that some
    Sachen (or Commin, an offshoot of Sachen) employee's baby is immortalized in
    the credits of an obscure unlicensed game). Anyways, it ends with ....THE.END
    and goes back to the title screen.
    
    
    SUPER CHINESE LAND (Culture Brain)
    -This is the Japanese version of Ninja Boy. There are a total of 8 Stages,
    each with 4 Levels. Sometimes there are bosses on the 4th Level of the Stage
    and sometimes there are not. There are also various warps throughout the
    game, so you don't necessarily have to play through all 32 Levels of this
    game. Also, the NES version of this game is Kung Fu Heroes and it is almost
    the same game. When you reach Stage 8-4 you will do battle with the final
    boss. Defeat him and go through the door and you will be greeted by a girl
    who says the following:
    THANK YOU JACK
    YOU ARE
    KUNG-FU HERO
    The next screen shows you and the girl looking out at the land you just
    traveled through and the enemy skull castle explodes and then fireworks
    fill the sky. END eventually shows up on the screen and then pressing the
    Start button brings you to Stage 9-1, which is the same as Stage 1-1 but
    your score is still intact. You will get the same ending playing through the
    game again.
    
    
    TRAP & TURN (Sachen/Commin)
    -This Othello clone can be found on the Sachen 4-in-1 Volume 1 multicart. In
    it you have to play the classic board game Othello against 4 different oppo-
    nents. In Level 1 you play against Sanjo, Level 2 against Robin, Level 3 ag-
    ainst Sylen and Level 4 against Picro (he is that black and white face in the
    middle of the board on the title screen). If you can win 3 matches against
    the opponent you go on to the next Level (or you can just choose to start on
    any of the 4 opponents/levels after you pick your name. Now for the bad news.
    There is no ending. If you defeat Level 4's Picro in 3 matches it says that
    YOU WON but you will just keep facing Picro, so consider beating Picro in 3
    matches as beating this game. It was a nice touch to give the opponents faces
    but I would have rather gotten an ending for my troubles.
    
    
    TRIP WORLD (Sunsoft)
    -This game is very similar to Sunsoft's Mr. Gimmick game, but is extremely
    short and much easier. It was not released in the USA, only in Japan and
    Europe. This ending is for the European version. There are only 5 Worlds and
    they are all fairly short. The each conclude with a boss battle and a few of
    the worlds have mini-bosses within them. The gameplay and music is great,
    which makes one wonder why the game was so short and simple. Your ultimate
    goal is to retrieve the stolen Maita Flower. When you defeat the final boss
    at the end of World 5 he will sink into the ground and the King of Mirror
    Land pops out of it (story from the game's wikipedia page). Apparently he was
    possessed by an evil flower. The next scene shows the Queen of Mirror Land
    breaking the through a wall where she had hidden the Flower of Maita. It
    shows a close-up of the flower and then the flower on the King's head disap-
    pears and he returns to his old self. Your character's grandfather appears
    and the flower floats up to him. It then shows the flower returning to the
    top of the holy mountain and shows you standing with the King and Queen in
    front of a bunch of flowers. The TRIP TEAM staff credits then scroll by fol-
    lowed by PRESENTED BY SUNSOFT THE END and then you return to the title screen.
    Sunsoft cranked out some great games like Blaster Master, Ufouria, Mr. Gim-
    mick and many others and this is no exception, but it definitely could have
    had more substance.
    
    
    VEX BLOCK (Commin/Sachen)
    -This game plays like Klax and is actually quite fun. It can be found on the
    Sachen 4-in-1 Volume 1 multicart. There are 3 difficulty modes to choose from:
    Easy, Normal and Hard. The main difference is that on Easy mode you will get
    only a handful of different blocks of the same type that drop. On Hard mode
    there are at least 10 different types, making it hard to accomplish your goal
    for the Stage/Wave. Each Stage/Wave has a random goal. You either have to do
    some horizontal, vertical or diagonal matching. In some Stages/Waves you just
    have to hit a target score. In others you have to simply get a certain number
    of any type of match. The worst part about the game is that there is no end-
    ing. It tells you the Stage # before you start the Stage, but while you are
    playing it is called a Wave. The interesting part of this is that once you
    finish Stage/Wave 9, it will say you are going on to Stage A but it will say
    Wave 0 on the screen. After you finish Stage A/Wave 0 it goes to Stage B/Wave
    1 and so forth. After you finish Stage F/Wave 5 the Stage # resets to 0 but
    the Wave # continues to Wave 6. I played through the second set of Stages (0
    through F) and it went back to Stage 0 again, so I can only assume this is an
    endless loop, seeing how some of the goals start getting next to impossible
    to finish, like getting 30 Diagonal matches in a Stage/Wave. If I had to set
    a goal for beating this game I would say finishing Stage F and then Stage 0
    after it would be considered beating it...on Hard mode of course.
    
    
    VOLLEY FIRE (Toei Animation)
    -This is an interesting shooter comprised of 8 Areas to play through. Each
    Area, other than Paria Planet, has 4 Stages, with the last Stage of each
    being a boss battle. You are on a map and start at ELZA PLANET then when
    you finish that you go back to the map screen and have options of where to
    go next, depending on which Area is nearby. You do not have to finish all
    the Areas to finish the game. Your goal is to make it to PARIA PLANET in
    the upper left corner of the map. The 8 Areas on the map are as follows:
    ELZA PLANET
    RID QUASAR
    MILIO ASTEROID
    TRAN PLANET
    DYNE STAR DUST
    TWIN PLANET
    MISTY BASE
    PARIA PLANET
    As I mentioned, you do not have to play through each Area to finish the
    game and it will not affect the ending if you take a direct path to PARIA
    PLANET. when you do reach PARIA PLANET things are a bit different. Instead
    of the usual 4 Stages there will be 8 Stages and they are boss battles ag-
    ainst the bosses of the other 7 Areas and a final battle against the PARIA
    PLANET final boss. When you defeat this final boss it will show an ending
    screen consisting of your character standing next to his ship with a city
    in the far background and CONGRATULATION!! at the top of the screen. The
    STAFF credits will appear at the bottom of the screen and wrap up with
    PRESENTED BY TOEI ANIMATION. It will stay on this screen until you reset.
    This game was released in Japan only for the Game Boy.
    
    
    WATERWORLD (Ocean)
    -This game was released in Europe only and was primed to be released in the
    USA but wound up being canceled. The movie was a dismal flop and the game
    is nothing great, but it's also not that bad. There are a total of 7 Levels
    to play through. The Level layout is as follows:
    Level 1 - 6 Stages (platform)
    Level 2 - 3 Stages (sailing)
    Level 3 - 4 Stages (platform)
    Level 4 - 3 Stages (sailing)
    Level 5 - 6 Stages (platform)
    Level 6 - 3 Stages (sailing)
    Level 7 - 5 Stages (platform)
    As you can see, the Levels alternate platform and sailing stages. The plat-
    form stages consist of jumping, running and some swimming. The sailing
    stages have you sailing your small boat past explosives and enemies on jet
    skis and the goal of these stages is to find the exit, which is always on
    the far right side of the stage and is fairly easy to find. Your biggest
    problem in the platform stages is running out of time but there will also
    be some difficult jumps to make in the later stages. When you reach the
    final area, Level 7, Stage 5 you will fight the final boss, The Deacon
    (played in the movie by legendary actor Dennis Hopper). There is ammo to
    be found all around your battle so keep blasting away at him and grabbing
    more ammo and eventually you will defeat him. you get the usual LEVEL COMP-
    LETED graphic and it shows a picture of the atoll where you defeated him
    with the following text:
    FINALLY
    YOU HAVE
    DEFEATED
    THE DEACON...
    The next screen shows you in a hot air ballon and says:
    AND MANAGED
    TO DECRYPT
    ENOLA'S
    TATTOO...
    The next screen shows Kevin Costner's character with the 2 kids and says:
    WHICH
    ENABLES
    YOU TO FIND
    DRYLAND.
    The next screen starts the STAFF roll but there is an incredible (for Game
    Boy standards) digitized screen shot of the Deacon followed by other really
    nice digitized shots from the movie accompanying the credits. It ends on a
    PRODUCED BY POWER AND MAGIC DEVELOPMENT screen and goes back to the title
    screen.
    
    
    WORM VISITOR (Sachen)
    -This unlicensed Frogger wannabe can be found on the Sachen 4-in-1 Volume 5
    mutlicart. You control a worm who must make their way through traffic, over
    water and past other obstacles to get to the goal at the top of the screen.
    There are several powerups to be found, one of which makes you faster and
    another which will stop all movement on the screen for a limited time. This
    game can be played on the NES on a Sachen 8-in-1 cart (I have an ending writ-
    ten up for it in my NES endings guide) and the NES version ends when you fin-
    ish Stage 30, so I was expecting that in the Game Boy version as well, since
    they are almost identical. When you finish Stage 30 the game keeps going so
    I thought it may keep repeating, but I was very happy when I finished Stage
    40 and got a proper ending. It will show a picture of your worm celebrating
    with all his friends he rescued from the game, including the butterfly, snail
    and a couple other wormy looking guys. An ending message then scrolls onto
    the screen that says:
    CATERPILLAR
    FINALLY COMPLETED
    HIS LONG AND
    HARD VISITS TO HIS
    FRIENDS.
    THOUGH THE JOURNEY
    WAS DANGEROUS,
    YOUR HELP MADE HIM
    SUCCEED.
    THANK YOU AGAIN
    FOR PLAYING
    THE GAME.
    WISH YOU HAPPINESS
    !!
    The staff credits then scroll, including other names found in Sachen games
    like Macbear Chen, Amadeus Wang, Bor Sen Wang and Jack Chen, among others,
    then it says THE-END BYE BYE and stays here until you reset.
    
    
    ZIPBALL (Sachen)
    -This Sachen title is an action/puzzle game where you control a cursor that
    controls a ball. You control which direction it goes in by how you release
    the ball. The goal in each Section is to get the ball to the key then to get
    the ball to the E (Exit) symbol. There are a total of 10 Sections, each hav-
    ing 5 levels. The further you get the more obstacles, enemies and annoying
    features you will run into, like the ? symbols. Run over one of these with
    the ball and suddenly the controls reverse, making it difficult to adjust on
    the fly. This game gets difficult, but it is actually really good and would
    have easily gotten Nintendo's seal of approval. The game even has a password
    feature. If you manage to finish Section 10-5 you will get the cool ending,
    which shows a Game Boy on the screen and then the Zipball comes bouncing out
    of it. The word CONGRATULATION appears on the bottom of the screen and then
    it goes to a cute scene showing the Sachen girl running through town with the
    Zipball chasing after her with a set of lips appearing on it and a heart
    coming from it. The staff credits show on the bottom followed by THE END and
    it stays here until you reset. This game can be found on the Sachen 4-in-1
    Volume 9 multicart.
    
    
    ZOO BLOCK (Sachen)
    -This decent Tetris-style game can be found on the unlicensed Sachen 4-in-1
    Volume 7 multicart. You control a hammer at the top of the screen and will
    be given various animal faces to pound down to the bottom of the screen to
    knock out the matching animal face. You switch what the animal face is by
    pressing A or B then you press down to hammer it downwards. There are a to-
    tal of 15 Levels to play through. The row of faces at the bottom of the
    screen move up quicker the higher the Level. In Level 1 you only need to
    knock out 5 of the faces (called Blocks) but in Level 2 this absurdly jumps
    to 90 faces to knock out, but this number gradually decreases the higher the
    level but the rows of faces will move towards you faster. You can choose any
    Level from 1 to 10 to start at. If you manage to finish Level 15 you will get
    an ending screen that shows the animals from the game watching a sunset as
    the snake from the game slithers up to join them. Sachen staff credits start
    appearing at the bottom of the screen and when these are finished it will say
    THE END above the animals and SACHEN below them, then return to the title
    screen.
    
    
    
    ==============
    C. PROTOTYPES
    ==============
    
    ADVENTURES OF PINOCCHIO (Bit Managers/Infogrames)
    -This game exists only as an unreleased prototype and is a completely differ-
    ent game and made by a completely different company than the Game Boy game
    Disney's Pinocchio. This game is similar to the NES game Solstice, in that
    your goal is to get to the exit of each room without dying, except in this
    game there are no items to collect along the way. There are a total of 100
    Rooms. The exit to each Room is marked with a black arrow. Touch the exit and
    you are on to the next Room. Since this is a prototype there are certain feat-
    ures that were still present in it that probably would not have been in a fin-
    ished version of the game, such as not losing a life when you die and the
    coolest feature, being able to skip through Rooms. When you pause the game
    you can press up or down to change the Room number. So play through all the
    Rooms and when you finish Room 100, which is justifiably the most difficult
    Room in the entire game, you will go to Room 101, which is not a playable Room
    but a cool little scene which shows Pinocchio finally meeting up with his
    father Geppetto. They hop on a platform and ride it to the wall. It then cuts
    to a scene showing the whale surfacing from the water and says the following:
    CONGRATULATIONS !!
    YOU HAVE SAVED
    GEPPETTO
    NOW YOU WILL BE A
    BOY AND WILL LIVE
    WITH GEPPETTO
    The whale then blinks a few times then sneezes and out come Pinocchio and
    Geppetto. The next screen shows the BIT MANAGERS team that created the game
    along with a pic of Geppetto and his boy Pinocchio. Pressing any button will
    give you the dubious GAME OVER screen and then back to the title screen. Not
    a bad little ending for a game that never saw the light of day until the ROM
    was luckily dumped by someone.
    
    
    
    
    =-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
    IV. MISCELLANEOUS
    =-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
    
    This section will be used to give thanks to anyone who helped contribute to
    this guide. I do all the endings myself, but once in awhile if I get stuck
    I will definitely credit whoever helps me pull myself out of the muck. I also
    should make a list of people who made codes to help me beat some of the games
    but I'll save that for another time.
    
    Thanks to everyone who has made a code for a Game Boy game that has helped me
    reach the ending so I could chronicle it, especially nolberto82, who this
    guide is dedicated to and everyone else at gamehacking.org.
    
    Thanks to Rey Esteban and all his game ending pics at vgmuseum.com.
    
    Thanks to anyone at gamefaqs.com who has made a thorough guide that has gotten
    me through a game and to the ending. There are quite a few games I may not
    have made it through without a good guide to tell me what to do.
    
    
    
    
    =-=-=-=-=-=-=
    V. DISCLAIMER
    =-=-=-=-=-=-=
    
    This FAQ is not endorsed by Nintendo or anyone in particular. The informa-
    tion contained within this document is provided without guarantee. All copy-
    rights and trademarks are recognized.
    
    This FAQ may be reprinted, posted in newsgroups, or placed on web sites, as
    long as the proper credit is given to the author. The most recent version of
    this walkthrough can be found at:
    
    www.gamefaqs.com
    
    ©2013-2014 Adam Lamontagne
    

    View in: